Home

User Manual

1. Sr No Attribute ID Access DataType Attribute Name Attribute Description 6 6 0x6 Ge USINT Line Voltage Phase Order Supply frequency in centi Hz 7 7 0x7 Get Set UINT PT Ratio only available with PT Ratio only available with external PT Primary external PT Primary 8 8 0x8 Ge UINT Line Frequency Scaled Line Frequency Scaled 9 9 0x9 Get Set UINT PT Ratio only available with PT Ratio only available with external PT Secondary external PT Secondary 10 10 OxA Ge UINT Measurement Module Voltage Measurement Module Voltage Scale Factor Scale Factor 11 11 OxB Get Se USINT Protection UnderVoltage Trip Protection UnderVoltage Trip Level Level 12 12 OxC Get Se UINT Protection UnderVoltage Trip Protection UnderVoltage Trip Debounce Debounce 13 13 OxD Get Se USINT Protection UnderVoltage Alarm Protection UnderVoltage Alarm Level Level 14 14 OxE Get Se UINT Protection UnderVoltage Start Protection UnderVoltage Start Delay Delay 15 15 OXF Get Se UINT Protection OverVoltage Trip Level Protection OverVoltage Trip Level 16 16 0x10 Get Se UINT Protection OverVoltage Trip Protection OverVoltage Trip Debounce Debounce 17 17 0x11 Get Se UINT Protection OverVoltage Alarm Protection OverVoltage Alarm Level Level 18 18 0x12 Get Se USINT Protection V Unbalance Trip Protection V Unbalance Trip Percen
2. Sr No AttributeID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Description 23 23 0x17 Get Set UINT Protection Jam Trip Level Protection Jam Trip Level 24 24 0x18 Get Set UINT Protection Jam Trip Debounce Protection Jam Trip Debounce 25 25 0x19 Get Set UINT Protection Jam Alarm Level Protection Jam Alarm Level 26 26 Ox1A Get Set UINT Protection Stall Trip Level Protection Stall Trip Level 27 27 0x1B Get Set INT Protection High KW Trip Level Protection High KW Trip Level 28 28 0x1C Get Set UINT Protection High KW Trip Time Debounce Protection High KW Trip Time Debounce 29 29 0x1D Get Set INT Protection High KW Alarm Level Protection High KW Alarm Level 30 30 Ox1E Get Set INT Protection Low KW Trip Level Protection Low KW Trip Level 31 31 0x1F Get Set UINT Protection Low KW Trip Time Debounce Protection Low KW Trip Time Debounce 32 32 0x20 Get Set INT Protection Low KW Alarm Level Protection Low KW Alarm Level 33 33 0x21 Get Set INT Power Factor Deviation Trip Level High Power Factor Deviation Trip Level High 34 34 0x22 Get Set INT Power Factor Deviation Trip Level Power Factor Deviation Trip Level 35 35 0x23 Get Set INT Power Factor Deviation Debounce Power Factor Deviation Debounce 36 36 0x24 Get Set INT Power Factor Deviation Alarm Level High Power Factor Deviation Alarm Level High 37 37 0x25 Get Set INT Power F
3. Register Name Attribute Description 717 Output 3 Function UINT16 RW NV Output Function Select for General Purpose Output 3 continued pales Value Description 29 Motor Control Status Running 1 30 Warning Status Bits PTC 31 Warning Status Bits Phase rotation mismatch 32 Warning Status Bits Stall 33 Warning Status Bits Overload 34 Warning Status Bits Starts limit exceeded 35 Warning Status Bits Low power 36 Warning Status Bits High power 37 Warning Status Bits Under current 38 Warning Status Bits Frequency deviation slow 39 Warning Status Bits Frequency deviation fast 40 Warning Status Bits Voltage unbalance 41 Warning Status Bits Voltage phase loss 42 Warning Status Bits Power factor deviation 43 Warning Status Bits Jam 44 Warning Status Bits Instantaneous over current 45 Warning Status Bits Current unbalance 46 Warning Status Bits Current phase loss 41 Warning Status Bits Residual ground fault 48 Warning Status Bits External ground fault 49 Warning Status Bits Over voltage 50 Warning Status Bits Under voltage 51 Tripped Status Bits Under voltage 52 Tripped Status Bits Over voltage 53 Tripped Status Bits External ground fault 54 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 0 55 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 1 56 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 2 57 Ba
4. Sr No Instance Attribute ID Access DataType Attribute Name Attribute Description 6 2 0x02 1 0x1 Ge UINT Power Board hardware rev Power Board Product hardware revision numerical 7 2 0x02 2 0x2 Ge UINT Power Board firmware rev Power Board Firmware revision numerical 8 2 0x02 3 0x3 Ge UDINT Power Board product Serial No Power Board Device Product Serial Number 3 0x03 1 0x1 Ge UINT M hardware rev M Product hardware revision numerical 10 3 0x03 2 Ox2 Ge UINT MM firmware rev MM Firmware revision numerical 11 3 0x03 3 0x3 Ge UDINT M product Serial No MM Device Product Serial Number 12 3 0x03 4 0x4 Ge UINT M Product code M Product code 13 3 0x03 5 0x5 Ge UINT M Product Sub code M Product Subcode 14 4 0x04 1 0x1 Ge UINT OPTION CARD hardware rev OPTION CARD Product hardware revision numerical 15 4 0x04 2 0x2 Ge Array of OPTION CARD firmware rev OPTION CARD Firmware revision numerical 2 UINT 16 4 0x04 3 0x3 Ge UDINT OPTION CARD product Serial No OPTION CARD Device Product Serial Number 17 4 0x04 4 0x4 Ge UINT OPTION CARD Product code OPTION CARD Product code 18 4 0x04 5 0x5 Ge UINT OPTION CARD Product Sub code OPTION CARD Product Subcode 19 5 0x05 2 0x2 Ge Array of BUI firmware rev BUI Firmware revision numerical 2 UINT 20 5 0x05 3 0x3 Ge UDINT BUI product Serial No BUI Device Product Serial Number 21 5 0x05 4 0x4 G
5. Array size 32 Array of 16 registers 7025 Base Control Module STRING8 RW NV Base Control Module User Assigned Name Assigned Name Array size 32 Array of 16 registers Default Power Xpert C445 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 7041 Base Control Module UINT32 RO Base Control Module 32bit Device Serial Number Serial Number 7 7 Write protected by manufacturing lock service Preserved on WipeNV 7043 Base Control Module UINT16 RO Base Control Module Product Code numerical Product Code 7044 Base Control Module UINT16 RO Base Control Module Product Sub Code Produet Sub Code Write protected by manufacturing lock service Preserved on WipeNV 7045 Base Control Module UINT16 RO Base Control Module Firmware Version Firmware Version 7 Array size 2 Array of 2 registers 7048 Base Control Module UINT16 RO Base Control Module Product hardware version numerical Margware Version Write protected by manufacturing lock service Preserved on WipeNV 7049 Base Control Module UINT16 RO The configuration CRC is a calculated hash of configuration parameters see appendix for list of Config CRC covered parameters t After a configuration parameter is changed the configuration CRC is recalculated t While the CRC is being calculated the returned value will be 65535 OxFFFF t 7050 Base Control Module UINT16 RO Base Control Module Bootloader Version Bootloader Version s Arr
6. USERLABEL3 _ UNZIND L 99 et 31 13 91 32 e nza 37 1 47 4 92 3 62 T n USER INTERFACE MODULE CUTOUT in Will Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 23 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Motor Wiring Connections Typical This section shows typical diagrams for basic overload applications Each C445 system consists of a base Module C445B and a Measurement Module C445MA C445MB or C445MC Options such as the user interface C445U current transformers and potential transformers may be connected to meet the operating requirements of the customer application The C445 can be configured utilizing external current transformers CT s and potential transformers PT s Figure 30 Terminal Fastening Current transformers and or potential transformers may be connected to any C445 application Please follow the device manufacturer s instructions for connection information The C445 will support optional mains voltage monitoring with phase voltage connections to Terminals V1 V2 and V3 on any Measurement Module The C445 will support optional motor positive temperature coefficient PTC thermistors with device connections to Terminals T1 and T2 on any Measurement Module to provi
7. Register Name Attribute Description 312 Active Fault UINT16 RO Active Fault continued Default 0 PE Enum Value Description 36 Ethernet Option Card firmware is incompatible 37 Profi Option Card firmware is incompatible 500 Internal communication loss with Power Supply Board 501 Internal Power Supply Board is not responding to SPI 502 Internal Checksums in NV memory FRAM didn t match during read neither pair 503 Internal Checksums in NV memory FRAM didn t match during write neither pair 504 Internal RTC Backup Memory Option Card is missing 505 Internal RTC Backup Memory Option Card does not match actual 506 Internal RTC Backup Memory Option Card has NV Fault 507 Internal serial flash memory fault Attempt Factory Reset first Return to manufacturer if not cleared 508 Internal logic mapping error Attempt factory reset 509 Internal CUI NV memory error 510 Internal Option card NV memory error 313 Active Warning UINT16 RO Active Warning Enum Value Description 0 No Warnings 1 Under voltage 2 Over voltage 3 External GF 4 Residual GF 5 Current phase loss 6 Current unbalance 7 Instantaneous over current 8 Jam 9 PF Deviation 10 Voltage phase loss 11 Voltage unbalance 12 Frequency deviation fast 13 Frequency deviation slow 14 Under current 15 High power 16 Low power 17 Contactor failure 18 Starts limit exceeded 19 Overload Power Xpert C445
8. Sr No ID Description Access Rule Data Type Remarks Default 1 1 0x1 Revision Get UINT 3 2 2 0x2 Max Instance Get UINT 2 3 3 0x3 Number of Instances Get UINT 2 4 4 0x4 Optional Attribute List Get Struct of Number of Attributes UINT 03 00 04 00 Array of Attributes Array of UINT 07 00 08 00 09 00 0A 00 5 6 0x6 Maximum ID Class Attribute Get UINT 7 6 7 0x7 Maximum ID Instance Attribute Get UINT 0A Instance Attributes Number of instances 2 Sr No ID Description Access Rule Data Type Remarks Default 1 1 0x1 nterface Speed Get UDINT 64 00 00 00 2 2 0x2 nterface Flags Get DWORD 2D 3 3 0x3 Physical Address Get ARRAY of 6 Range of 00 D0 AF 1A 00 00 to USINTs 00 D0 AF 1D D0 FF 4 6 0x6 nterface Control Get Set Struct of Control Bits WORD 1 Forced Interface Speed UINT OA 10 or 64 100 5 7 0x7 nterface Type Get USINT 2 6 8 0x8 nterface State Get USINT 1 7 9 0x9 Admin State Set USINT As per EIP Specs 8 A 0xA Interface Label Get Short String Port 1 for Instance 1 and Port 2 for Instance 2 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 225 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Modbus TCP Protocol The C445 Ethernet Card supports the Modbus TCP protocol as a server device The supported function codes are shown below The Modbus register map for the C445 is identical for the Modbus TCP and the Modbus ser
9. Configuration Parameter Modbus Register Description Read Write Active Operation Mode 700 This parameter selects the Operation Mode R W Control Fault Delay 701 Delay time before a control fault is issued Setting of 0 disables protection R W Motor 1 Overload FLA Scaled 900 This parameter can be used to set load limits R W Motor Overload Trip FLA 500 This parameter contains the active load rating R Trip Enable Bit Field 1000 1001 Trip Fault protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired protections Warn Enable Bit Field 1002 1003 Warning protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired protections warnings C445 Local Source Selector 711 Select the Local Control source R W C445 Remote Source Selector 712 Select the Remote Control source R W C445 Feedback Signal Source Selector 713 Input source of the feedback signals R W 0 No feedback source User interface inputs 2 Base control inputs 3 Fieldbus parameter C445 Q2 Output function select 716 Output 2 user function selection R W C445 Q3 Output function select 717 Output 3 user function selection R W FieldBus Input Feedback Register 602 Feedback input parameter to write the status of the feedback signals when aux R W switches are connected to the inputs Note Soft reset power cycle required for changes to these parameters to take effect Fieldbus Control Word The contactor feeder control profile will acc
10. Sr No Attribute ID Access DataType Attribute Name Attribute Description 5 5 0x5 Get Set BYTE Auto reset enable capability for each trip Per tripping type auto reset enable bits bit Bit location condition 0 under voltage 1 over voltage 2 high resistance GF 3 residual GF 4 current phase loss 5 current unbalance 6 instantaneous over current 7 jam 8 PF deviation 9 voltage phase loss 10 voltage unbalance 11 freq deviation fast 12 freq deviation slow 13 under current 14 high power 15 low powe 16 overload 17 stall 18 phase rotation 19 exceeds starts limit 20 PTC 21 initialization fault 22 NV memory fault 23 comm loss 24 comm msg error 6 6 0x6 Get Se UINT Reset time delay The amount of time to Time delay before auto reset wait until we do an auto reset 7 7 0x7 Get Se BOOL Perform reset on power up Protection allowed after delay since start 8 8 0x8 Get Se UINT Motor State time delay after which the Motor State time delay after which the RUN state is RUN state is declared if not reached via declared if not reached via current thresholds current thresholds 9 9 0x9 Get Se BOOL Start inhibited protection enable when If enabled only allows protection when motor is up to motor is up to speed speed 0 0 0xA Get Se UINT Phase Rotation Phase Rotation 1 1 0xB Get Se UINT Protection Instantaneous Overcurrent Trip Protection Instantaneous Overcurrent Tri
11. Sr No Attribute ID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Description 5 5 0x5 Get Se UDINT Motor Rated Watts Motor2 Motor Rated Watts Run2 6 6 0x6 Get Se UINT Motor Rated Speed Motor1 Motor Rated Speed RPM Run1 7 7 0x7 Get Se UINT Motor Rated Speed Motor2 Motor Rated Speed RPM Run2 8 8 0x8 Get Se UINT Rated Freq Motor rated frequency in Hz 9 9 0x9 Get Se UINT Motor Rated Efficiency otor rated efficiency in percentage 10 10 0xA Get Se INT Motor Rated PF scaled by 100 Motor rated power factor in percentage 11 11 OxB Get Set USINT Motor Rated Service Factor Motor Rated Service Factor 12 12 OxC Get Se UINT Oe ed Stator Resistance Scaled Motor Rated Stator Resistance Scaled x1000 x1000 13 13 OxD Get UDINT Motor Rated Hp Active Scaled by 100 Motor Rated Hp Active 14 14 OxE Get UINT Motor Rated Speed Active Motor Rated Speed RPM active 15 15 OXF Get UDINT Motor Rated Watts Active Motor Rated Watts Active Table 101 Operation Mode Object Class 0x9F 159 Class Services Service Code Service Name Ox0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service Code Service Name Ox0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instan
12. Tc poy oT Optional Modbus l l l l C445BD SD l REMOTE Us 24 VDC Us Uc 24 VDC Uc f ees s a PTC C445UC fe 550 2 LABA E T T Aa Ea Modbus C445BD SD rh LA Qn Q12 Q13 13 a12 2 Us 24 VDC 2 2 Us Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 109 7 7 RUN REMOTE RESET Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Figure 119 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power L1 L2 L3 PE C445UC C445BA SA RUN REMOTE RESET FB1 FERRITE Us 120 240 VAC Us 2 Uc 120 VAC Uc Notes 1 The inputs on the Base Control Module are only used by this Operation Mode if Fieldwire is selected for one of the control sources If Fieldwire is not the Local or Remote control source all 4 inputs may be used as general purpose inputs 2 No outputs may be used as general purpose outputs for this Operation Mode 3 Fieldwire is the Local control s
13. 00 0 000000 eee eee 92 vi Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay List of Figures continued Figure 90 C445UC N4 NEMA Control and Status 0 00 000 92 Figure 91 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power 05 94 Figure 92 Non isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vde C445 Power 94 Figure 93 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power 95 Figure 94 Timing Diagram for the Two Speed Operation Mode 96 Figure 95 C445UC I2 IEC Control and Status 2 eee 97 Figure 96 C445UC I6 IEC Control and Status 2 0 0 6 eee 97 Figure 97 C445UC N3 NEMA Status Only 0 00 000000 cece eee 97 Figure 98 C445UC N6 NEMA Control and Status 0 0 00002 eee eee 97 Figure 99 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power 99 Figure 100 Non isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vde C445 Power 99 Figure 101 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power 100 Figure 102 Timing Diagram for the Two Speed Dahlander Operation Mode 101 Figure 103 C445UC I2 IEC Control and Status 00 00 102 Figure 104 C445UC I6 IEC Control and Status 00 0 eee 102 Figure 105 C445UC N3 NEMA Status Only 00 0000002 eee 102 Figure 106 C445UC N6 NEMA Cont
14. C445BD SD REMOTE Us 24 VDC Us Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 125 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Figure 143 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power REMOTE C445BA SA FB1 FERRITE Us 120 240 VAC Us Notes 1 The inputs on the Base Control Module are only used by this Operation Mode if Fieldwire is selected for one of the control sources If Fieldwire is not the Local or Remote control source all 4 inputs may be used as general purpose inputs or can be selected as the feedback source for the feeder s aux_on contact 2 Outputs 2 and 3 may be used as general purpose outputs for this Operation Mode 3 If Fieldwire is the Local control source Input 3 is the Remote input When power is applied to Input 3 the C445 will be in Remote mode 4 If Fieldwire is the Remote control source and 2 wire control default is selected Input 3 is unused by this operation mode 126 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com General Purpose Input Output Operation Mode The C445 can operate as general purpose O providing the user 4 discrete inputs and 3 discrete outputs that can be controlled over a fieldbus network The inputs on the Base Control Module are not used by this Operation Mode All 4
15. C45 BA SAL ill N Options N None M On board Modbus Serial Outputs L 2 Form A NO 1 Form NO NC latching N 2 Form A NO 1 Form C NO NC non latching Supply Voltage Version Inputs A 120 240 Vac S Standard A 120 Vac D 24 Vdc D 24 Vdc odules on Page 6 If a Real Time Clock and Memory Backup Module are required please see Table 4 Optional Communication Cards and Modules on Page 6 Measurement Module Figure 3 Measurement Module Catalog Numbering C445 M A 005 A E Family C445 Power Xpert C445 global motor management relay Module M Measurement odule Frame Size A 45 mm 0 3 45 A B 55 mm 9 72 A C 90 mm 17 136 A Sensing Capability Inputs 45 mm 2P4 0 3 2 4 A 005 1 5 A 032 4 32 A 045 6 45 A l Current only V Current and voltage P Current and PTC A Current voltage and PTC 55 mm 072 9 72 A 90 mm 090 11 90 A 136 17 136 A Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 1 Power Xpert C445 Overview User Interface Figure 4 User Interface Catalog Numbering c45 UC NO i tL
16. Table 95 System Component Definition Object Class 0x88 136 Class Services Service Service Name Code 0x0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service Service Name Code 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 Get UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Instance Attributes Sr No Instance Attribute ID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x01 1 0x1 Get UINT BCM hardware rev BCM Product hardware revision numerical 2 1 0x01 2 0x2 Get UINT BCM firmware rev BCM Firmware revision numerical 3 1 0x01 3 0x3 Get UDINT BCM product Serial No BCM Device Product Serial Number 4 1 0x01 4 0x4 Get UINT BCM Product code BCM Product code 5 1 0x01 5 0x5 Get UINT BCM Product Sub code BCM Product Subcode Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 203 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 95 System Component Definition Object Class 0x88 136 continued Instance Attributes
17. Snes C445UC Optional Modbus C445BD SD Us 24 VDC Us Uc 24 VDC Uc Qi I DID TD S255 C445UC a C445BD SD Us 24 VDC Us 84 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Figure 75 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power L1 L2 L3 a C445UC r Optional Modbus C445BA SA FB1 FERRITE Us 120 240 VAC Us Uc 120 VAC Uc Notes 1 The inputs on the Base Control Module are only used by this Operation Mode if Fieldwire is selected for one of the control sources If Fieldwire is not the Local or Remote control source all 4 inputs may be used as general purpose inputs 2 Outputs 2 and 3 may be used as general purpose outputs for this Operation Mode 3 Fieldwire is the Local control source Input 3 is the Remote input When power is applied to Input 3 the C445 will be in Remote mode 4 Fieldwire is the Remote control source and 2 wire control default is selected Input 3 is unused by this operation mode 5 3 wire control is selected along with Fieldwire for either control source Input 2 is Permissive Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN
18. Jam Jam is similar to thermal overload in that it is a current draw on the motor above normal operating conditions Mechanical stall interference jam or seizure of the motor or motor load The motor attempts which has more res the mechanical inte to drive the load istive force due to rference In order to drive the load the motor draws an abnormal amount o lead to insulation b system failure current which can eakdown and Provides a configurable Jam setting that is active during motor run state to avoid nuisance trips Trip Threshold 50 400 of FLA Trip Delay 1 20 seconds Ground Fault A line to ground fault A current leakage path to ground An undetected grou nd fault can burn through multiple insulation windings ultimately leading to motor failure Power Xpert has ground fault protection capability with a sensitivity of 3 A or less up through 90 A applications using the built in three phase CTs and the residual current method That is the three phase current signals should sum to zero unless a Ground Fault GF condition is present In the case of a GF Power Xpert can alarm trip the starter or trip an alternative relay that can be used to shunt trip a breaker or light up a warning light GF urrent can also be monitored in real time through he advanced monitoring capabilities For applications requiring higher ground fault sensitivity across all FLA
19. L LLLLLLLL 4 UMMshsidssiddisstsstes LLL L Z Figure 16 Clearance Dimensions Side RALL DULL RDR LIET ELL LES LLL J f 210 mm O saoo J O 4X 20 39 Ke A a wets 4 4 A 7 j 4 I AISSI ISEEEEEEEEEEE X N N NI N N N N 14 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring C445 Module Assembly Note Power down the C445 before adding or removing option cards or RTC module Figure 17 Component Exploded View C445B Base Module C445M Measurement Module Accessory Cover C445XO TRTC Real Time Clock Module C445C Communications card s Figure 18 Option Cover Removal Remove the C445 Option Cover to install the Real Time Clock Module RTC Cat and or Communication Cards Cat If installing only the RTC module replace the cover on the C445 Base Module If installing any Communications card the cover is no longer required and can be discarded Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 15 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Figure 19 Real Time Clock and Memory Backup Module Installation Remove the C445B Option Cover as shown in Figure 18 The C445XO RTC module installation is facilitated by a notch on the upper right corner of the module
20. Modbus Baud Rate See Table 1 PROFIBUS Modbus address gt 0 Switches 1 7 define address rr NWAUNAN WO Table 115 Modbus Data Rate B1 BO Rate 0 0 Software Configurable 0 1 9600 1 0 115200 1 1 19200 PROFIBUS Cable Connection Options The PROFIBUS card provides two options for PROFIBUS cable connections 1 PROFIBUS 9 pin D SUB connector 2 3 position screw connector with the following pin assignment e Pin 1 RxD TxD negative green e Pin 2 RxD TxD positive red e Pin 3 Protective Earth Note The DIP Switches located beside the 3 position connector are only used when the 3 position connector is used for connecting the card to the PROFIBUS network These switches must be turned Off if the D shell connector is used to connect this card to PROFIBUS These switches are used to turn network termination On Off If the 3 position connector is used to connect the C445 PROFIBUS card to the PROFIBUS network and if this card is an end device on the network turn both switches On to enable termination Otherwise turn both switches Off to disable termination PROFIBUS D shell connector information is shown below Table 116 PROFIBUS D Shell Connector Specifications Items Value Terminal DB9 connector Female or 5 00mm connector male Data transfer method RS 485 half duplex Cable Twisted pair 1pair and shield Isolation 500 Vde
21. Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Description Overload alarm level generates a warning when the thermal capacity reaches this percent 1006 Overload Reset Threshold UINT8 RW NV Default 75 Range 1 to 99 Units Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Thermal Overload Reset Threshold Level where reset is possible 1007 Stall Trip Level UINT16 RW NV Default 200 Range 50 to 400 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem The Stall protection monitors the average phase current as a percentage of FLA Nominal Current of the motor and will trip the motor if the current exceeds the set threshold The stall protection is only active as the motor transitions from the starting to running states 1008 Jam Trip Level UINT16 RW NV Default 400 Range 50 to 400 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Jam Trip Level when exceeded and following the Jam Debounce time will generate a trip 280 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 1009 Name Jam Alarm Level Attribute UINT16 RW NV Default 400 Range 50 to 400 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock
22. Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Generate an alarm if the peak demand exceeds this threshold Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 289 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name 1054 Demand Window Duration Attribute UINT16 RW NV Default 15 Range 1 to 240 Units minutes Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Description Demand Window Duration 1055 Power Factor Deviation Trip Level High SINT16 RW NV Default 10000 Range 10000 to 10000 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem PF Deviation Trip Level High The Power Factor Deviation protection monitors the PF supply side of the load and will trip the motor if the measured deviation from rated exceeds the set threshold The high power factor protection is active when the motor is in the running state 1056 Power Factor Deviation Trip Level Low SINT16 RW NV Default 0 Range 10000 to 10000 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem PF Deviation Trip Level The Power Factor Deviation protection monitors the PF supply side of the load and will trip the motor if the measured deviation from rated exceeds the set threshold 1057 Power Factor Deviation Alarm Level High SIN
23. Under Current or Low Power Average rms current provided to Under current is usually associated If under current goes undetected a Power Xpert has two protection settings to detect the motor falls below normal with a portion of the user s load mechanical failure can and has this under current and low power Low power is a operating conditions disappearing Examples of this occurred In the case of a pump running more consistent way of ensuring detection as power would be a broken belt a dry pump a pump dry or running a pump ina is linear with motor load where as current is not low suction head or a dead headed dead headed condition can cause An unloaded motor may draw 50 of its rated centrifugal pump excessive heating damaging expensive current but the power draw will be less than 10 seals and breaking down desired fluid of rated power due to a low power factor properties High Power The motor load is drawing more This is typical of batch processing If a high power fault goes undetected Monitors the three phase real power If the real power than it should at normal applications where several the result may be a batch of material power value is estimated above the set threshold operating conditions ingredients flow into a mixer When that does not meet specification for the set length of time a fault is detected and the a substance s consistency changes overload will trip the starter Additionally power and viscosity increases
24. 31 20 0x78 Get UINT Base Control A list of faults based on most recent Duplicates are not Module Fau allowed They are sorted by event with the newest at the top Queue 5 of the queue 32 21 0x79 Get UINT Base Control A list of faults based on most recent Duplicates are not Module Fau allowed They are sorted by event with the newest at the top Queue 6 of the queue 33 22 Ox7A Get UINT Base Control A list of faults based on most recent Duplicates are not Module Fau allowed They are sorted by event with the newest at the top Queue 7 of the queue 34 23 Ox7B Get UINT Base Control A list of faults based on most recent Duplicates are not Module Fau allowed They are sorted by event with the newest at the top Queue 8 of the queue 35 24 Ox7C Get UINT Base Control A list of faults based on most recent Duplicates are not Module Fau allowed They are sorted by event with the newest at the top Queue 9 of the queue 36 25 Ox7D Get UINT Base Control A list of faults based on most recent Duplicates are not Module Fau allowed They are sorted by event with the newest at the top Queue 10 of the queue Table 94 Overload Object Class 0x2C 44 Class Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 Get UINT Revis
25. Backup Mem Overvoltage Debounce is the time delay following the trip level being exceeded until a trip occurs 284 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 1028 Name Undervoltage Trip Level Attribute UINT8 RW NV Default 90 Range 10 to 100 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Description Undervoltage Trip Level protection monitors the three phase voltages and will trip the motor if the measured voltage drops below the set threshold following the Undervoltage Deboune time 1029 Undervoltage Alarm Level UINT8 RW NV Default 90 Range 10 to 100 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Undervoltage Alarm Level when exceeded and following the Alarm Debounce Time in the Protections General category will generate a warning 1030 Undervoltage Start Delay UINT16 RW NV Default 20 Range 0 to 60 Units seconds Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Undervoltage Start Delay is a delay to prevent this protection if enabled from tripping the motor at start up until this time expires If the Undervoltage condition is still present after this time delay then a trip would occur if this condition were still present fol
26. Frequency Deviation Slow Table 50 Hz Dev Slow Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 13 Frequency Deviation Fault Trip 1069 0 01 Hz 10 500 10 1 60 20 1071 Slow FaultWaming 1070 0 01 Hz 10 500 10 1 60 2 1079 Frequency Deviation Fast The Frequency Deviation Fast protection monitors the line frequency of the supply and will trip the motor if the deviation from rated exceeds the set threshold The Frequency Deviation protection is active when the motor is in the Energized state Protections Frequency Frequency Deviation Fast Table 51 Hz Dev Fast Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 12 Frequency Deviation Fault Trip 1066 0 01 Hz 2 200 10 20 2000 1000 1068 Fast FaultWaming 1067 0 01 Hz 2 200 10 20 2000 2000 1079 Load Protection Use the inControl Interface to navigate the selected device Offline Parameters Control Monitor Dashboard gt Protections Then follow the path to the protection device settings Undercurrent The Undercurrent protection monitors the average current of the motor and will trip the motor if the unbalance drops below the set threshold The Undercurrent protection is active when the motor is in the Running state Protections Current Undercurrent Table 52 Undercurrent Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds
27. Mounting Dimensions A minimum of two 2 mounting feet are required to panel mount the C445MA Foot orientation is one clip on top and one on bottom of the unit 45 i 1 77 T 64 2 50 T 15 1 45 74 DEE 2 90 g 34 Le 1 34 62 J 4 2 43 __ T i 1 gt po 109 97 AA 80 4 31 3 81 PANEL MOUNT 3 15 2X M5 SAE 10 ke ma 1 E fo PANEL MOUNT PANEL MOUNT OPTION 1 OPTION 2 20 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Figure 26 Base Control Module C445B Mounting Dimensions L GEN cus roj Eijo 37 0 ojat cae 1 46 o afe HE 2 Ezi 200 i Sar gi mta 3 15 O oN O 43 0 gjo a mao 5 D IF vsa 1 69 B 5 5 Be0 a Q O46 i O gola f UUUU UU en 1 v 45 0 156 3 11 77 j 6 15 167 1 6 58 PANEL MOUNT 4 M5 OR 10 80 3 15 oy el ZI M 62 2 43 _ 74 Le 2 91 PANEL MOUNT OPTION 3 Power Xpert C445
28. The ferrite bead needs to be applied to meet requirements Bead should go over L1 and L2 terminals only Conducted Emissions IEN 55011 CISPIR 11 Group 1 Class A ISM Equipment for Industrial Scientific and Medical Equipment 0 15 MHz to 30 MHz The ferrite bead needs to be applied to meet requirements Bead should go over L1 and L2 terminals only Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 167 Appendix A Technical Data and Specifications Table 72 EMC Immunity Description Specification Surge 61000 4 5 2 kV Line to Earth Criteria B 1 kV Line to Line ESD 61000 4 2 8 kV air discharge Criteria B 4 kV contact discharge EFT 61000 4 4 Power Ports 2 kV 5 kHz Direct Method Criteria B Signal Ports 1 kV 5 kHz Clamp Method Radiated Immunity 61000 4 3 10 V m 80 2000 MHz 80 amplitude modulation at 1 kHz Criteria A 1 V m 2000 2700 MHz 80 amplitude modulation at 1 kHz Conducted Immunity 61000 4 6 10 V m 0 15 80 MHz 80 amplitude modulation a 1 kHz Criteria A Magnetic Field Immunity 61000 4 8 30 A m 50 60 Hz Criteria A Voltage Dips amp Interruptions 61000 4 11 110 Vac 60 Hz 220 Vac 50 Hz Criteria A 0 rated voltage during 1 2 cycle 0 rated voltage during 1 cycle 70 rated voltage during 25 30 cycles Voltage Interruptions 61000 4 11 110 Vac 60 Hz 220 Vac 50 Hz Criteria A Interruption 0 rated voltage during 250 300 cycles Voltage Inter
29. reverse to forward direction change in 0 1sec 703 Control Switching Time UINT16 RW NV Default 10 Range 0 to 60000 Units 10ms Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Time delay between switching from fast to slow which allows the motor time to slow down in 0 1 sec 704 Network contactor delay UINT16 RW NV Default 5 Range 0 to 2000 Units 10ms Settling time for network contactor before RUN contactor engages in 10 ms 705 Max Star Winding Time UINT16 RW NV Default 100 Range 1 to 6000 Units 100ms Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem The time after which the controller will transition to delta wiring when up to speed is NOT detected in the star winding 706 Enable HMCP Actuation BOOL RW NV Default 0 Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Enable HMCP Actuation Control Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 251 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute 707 HMCP actuation UINT16 RW NV pubs wigih Default 500 Range 100 to 60000 Units ms Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Description HMCP actuation pulse widt
30. Appendix D Modbus Register Map Register Name Attribute Description 748 User Interface UINT16 RW NV CFG parameter for the User Interface button 2 function Button 2 GEG Default 2 Value Description Enum 0 No User Interface button present Config CRC 1 User Interface button configured as STOP Admin Lock 2 User Interface button configured as AUTO USB Lock 3 User Interface button configured as RUN1 Backup Mem 4 User Interface button configured as RUN2 5 User Interface button configured as RESET 749 User Interface UINT16 RW NV CFG parameter for the User Interface button 3 function Button GEC Default 3 Value Description Enum 0 No User Interface button present Config CRC 1 User Interface button configured as STOP Admin Lock 2 User Interface button configured as AUTO USB Lock 3 User Interface button configured as RUN1 Backup Mem 4 User Interface button configured as RUN2 5 User Interface button configured as RESET 750 User Interface UINT16 RW NV CFG parameter for the User Interface button 4 function Button ie Default 4 Value Description Enum 0 No User Interface button present Config CRC 1 User Interface button configured as STOP Admin Lock 2 User Interface button configured as AUTO USB Lock 3 User Interface button configured as RUN1 Backup Mem 4 User Interface button configured as RUN2 5 User Interface button configured as RESET 7
31. Indication of traffic USB Status Color Green Indication of traffic 24 Vdc and 120 240 Vac System Power The C445 system consisting of the Base Control Module and a Measurement Module along with a number of optional modules cards and ports are all powered from the four point connector on the Base Control Module The Base Control Module can be powered by one of the following sources Input Power Three options available AC powered 110 Vac 60 Hz 220 Vac 50 Hz or 24 Vdc Figure 43 Input Power Options 120VAC 240VAC INPUT POWER 24VDC INPUT POWER Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 35 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Digital Inputs There are 4 digital inputs on the Base Control Module The module can be ordered with four 24 Vdc inputs or four 120 Vac inputs Some or all of these inputs may be used if Field Wire is selected as one of the control sources Or if Field Wire is not selected as one of the control sources all of these inputs are available as general purpose inputs The state of these inputs is available to a system controller over a supported fieldbus network The wiring for the inputs if they are available as general purpose inputs is shown below for both 24 Vdc and 120 Vac The Operation mode selected along with selecting Field Wire as one of the control sources determines which inputs are available as general purpose inputs Refer to System
32. Port Enable Ethernet PHY 2 Port Enable 24 24 0x18 Get Set BOOL ACD Enable ACD Enable 25 25 0x19 Ge USINT ACD Conflict State ACD Conflict State 26 26 0x1A Get Set USINT ACD Conflicted State ACD Conflicted State 27 27 0x1B Get Set USINT ACD Conflicted Device MAC ACD Conflicted Device MAC 28 28 0x1C Get cae Ethernet MAC Address Ethernet MAC Address Table 111 Port Object Class 0xF4 244 Class Services Service Code Service Name Ox0E Get Attribute Single 0x01 Get Attributes All Instance Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x01 Get Attributes All 222 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 111 Port Object Class 0xF4 244 continued Class Attributes Sr No ID Description Access Rule Data Type Remarks Default 1 1 0x1 Revision Ge UINT 1 2 2 0x2 Max Instance Ge UINT 2 3 3 0x3 Number of Instances Ge UINT 2 4 6 0x6 Maximum ID Class Attribute Ge UINT 9 5 7 0x7 Maximum ID Instance Attribute Ge UINT 7 6 8 0x8 Entry Port Ge UINT 2 7 9 0x9 Port Instance Info Ge Array of Struct of Port Type UINT See Instance attribute Port Number UINT See Instance attribute Instance Attributes Number of instances 2 Sr No ID Description Access Rule Data Type Remarks Default 1 1
33. Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay User Manual Effective September 2015 New Information ETN Powering Business Worldwide Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay Disclaimer of Warranties and Limitation of Liability The information recommendations descriptions and safety notations in this document are based on Eaton s experience and judgment and may not cover all contingencies If further information is required an Eaton sales office should be consulted Sale of the product shown in this literature is subject to the terms and conditions outlined in appropriate Eaton selling policies or other contractual agreement between Eaton and the purchaser THERE ARE NO UNDERSTANDINGS AGREEMENTS WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFICALLY SET OUT IN ANY EXISTING CONTRACT BETWEEN THE PARTIES ANY SUCH CONTRACT STATES THE ENTIRE OBLIGATION OF EATON THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT SHALL NOT BECOME PART OF OR MODIFY ANY CONTRACT BETWEEN THE PARTIES In no event will Eaton be responsible to the purchaser or user in contract in tort including negligence strict liability or otherwise for any special indirect incidental or consequential damage or loss whatsoever including but not limited to damage or loss of use of equipment plant or power system cost of capital loss of power additional expenses in the use of existing power
34. Powering Business Worldwide At Eaton we re energized by the challenge of powering a world that demands more With over 100 years experience in electrical power management we have the expertise to see beyond today From ground breaking products to turnkey design and engineering services critical industries around the globe count on Eaton Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland OH 44122 United States Eaton com 2015 Eaton All Rights Reserved Printed in USA Publication No MN042003EN Z17179 September 2015 We power businesses with reliable efficient and safe electrical power management solutions Combined with our personal service support and bold thinking we are answering tomorrow s needs today Follow the charge with Eaton Visit eaton com electrical Eaton is a registered trademark All other trademarks are property of their respective owners
35. Register Name Attribute Description 6039 Address Conflict UINT8 RW NV Address Conflict Detection conflicted device MAC address The source MAC address from the Detection Conflicted header of the received Ethernet packet which was sent by a device reporting a conflict All Ethernet MAC devices have a unique MAC address so by reporting the MAC address of the device containing the duplicate IP address allows the issue to be resolved in a timely manner Array size 6 Array of 3 registers Default 0 Range 0 to 0 6048 Ethernet MAC UINT8 RO Unique MAC Address assigned to this device nudes Array size 6 Array of 3 registers 6052 Profibus Modbus UINT16 RW NV The time before Modbus communications are considered lost Every valid message received will Timeout Default 2000 reset this timer The timeout is based on milliseconds When this timer expires communication loss behavior will be triggered A value of zero 0 will disable the communication timeout Units ms Backup Mem 7000 Minimum FLA UINT16 RO Minimum Full Load Amperes Scaled Nominal Current See motor current scale factor for scaling Nominal Current Default 1 Units scaled A 7001 Maximum FLA UINT16 RO Maximum Full Load Amperes Scaled Nominal Current See motor current scale factor for scaling Nominal Current Default 65535 Units scaled A 7002 Overlay type UINT8 RO Overlay type Default 255 Value Description Enum 0 No predefined User Interface overlay selected 1 30 46625 101 IEC User In
36. September 2015 www eaton com Motor Thermal Overload The Overload function models the thermal characteristics of a motor and generates a Fault Trip event that de energizes the motor before motor damage will occur This is intended to protect the motor and power wiring from excessive current Trip curves are defined by applicable agency standards The trip class for any particular Overload class is user adjustable Table 36 Overload Chapter 6 Motor Protection Fault Default Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Status Units Note Min Max Default Min Max Default 19 Thermal Overload Fault Trip Enabled amps C445MA2P2 0 3 2 4 0 3 Class5 Class40 Class 5 C445MA005 1 5 1 C445MA032 4 32 4 C445MA045 6 45 6 C445MB072 9 72 9 C445MC090 11 90 11 C445MC136 17 136 17 C445 ext ext 800 ext Fault Warning Disabled 1 100 90 Overload Reset C445 1 99 75 Threshold Instantaneous Overcurrent The Instantaneous Overcurrent protection monitors the maximum phase current of the motor and will trip the motor if the current exceeds the set threshold The Instantaneous Current protection is active when the motor is energized but does have a separate Start delay to account for high starting currents that are characteristic of high efficiency induction motors Current Instantaneous Overcurrent Table 37 Instantaneous Overcurrent Fault Fault Action Settings Delay Seconds C
37. 1080 If Protection Start Inhibit Enable BOOL RW NV Default 1 Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem If this parameter is enabled and a supply problem exists when the start command is issued the C445 will be inhibited from starting the motor This applies to Over Voltage Under Voltage and Voltage Imbalance 1081 Undervoltage Start Inhibit Threshold UINT8 RW NV Default 90 Range 10 to 100 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem If Protection Start Inhibit Enable is enabled this Under Voltage threshold value is used to inhibit the motor from being started 1082 Voltage Unbalance Start Inhibit Threshold UINT8 RW NV Default 6 Range 1 to 20 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem If Protection Start Inhibit Enable is enabled this Voltage Unbalance threshold value is used to inhibit the motor from being started 296 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description Inhibit Threshold Default 110 motor from being started Range 90 to 150 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1084 Motor Start UINT8 RW NV Motor Start Threshold Percent Threshold Default 30 Range 1
38. 7 7 0x7 Get Set Array of 4 Static IP Address Static IP Address USINT 8 8 0x8 Get Set Array of 4 Static Subnet Mask Static Subnet Mask USINT 9 9 0x9 Get Set ae 4 Static Default Gateway Static Default Gateway 10 0 OxA Get Set UINT Ethernet PHY 1 Link Speed Select Ethernet PHY 1 Link Speed Select 11 1 OxB Ge UINT Ethernet PHY 1 Link Speed Actual Ethernet PHY 1 Link Speed Actual 12 2 OxC Get Set BOOL Ethernet PHY 1 Duplex Select Ethernet PHY 1 Duplex Select 13 3 OxD Get BOOL Ethernet PHY 1 Duplex Actual Ethernet PHY 1 Duplex Actual 14 4 OxE Get Set BOOL Ethernet PHY 1 Link Auto Negotiate Ethernet PHY 1 Link Auto Negotiate Enable Enable 15 5 OXF Get USINT Ethernet PHY 1 Link Auto Negotiate Ethernet PHY 1 Link Auto Negotiate State State 16 6 0x10 Get Set BOOL Ethernet PHY 1 Port Enable Ethernet PHY 1 Port Enable 17 7 0x11 Get Set UINT Ethernet PHY 2 Link Speed Select Ethernet PHY 2 Link Speed Select 18 8 0x12 Get UINT Ethernet PHY 2 Link Speed Actual Ethernet PHY 2 Link Speed Actual 19 9 0x13 Get Set BOOL Ethernet PHY 2 Duplex Select Ethernet PHY 2 Duplex Select 20 20 0x14 Get BOOL Ethernet PHY 2 Duplex Actual Ethernet PHY 2 Duplex Actual 21 21 0x15 Get Set BOOL Ethernet PHY 2 Link Auto Negotiate Ethernet PHY 2 Link Auto Negotiate Enable Enable 22 22 0x16 Get USINT hernet PHY 2 Link Auto Negotiate Ethernet PHY 2 Link Auto Negotiate State ate 23 23 0x17 Get Set BOOL Ethernet PHY 2
39. Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Figure 123 C445UC NO NEMA Control and Status WARNING OVERLOAD Overlay Display e OFF LED solid On Solenoid in non energized state no faults inhibits present Ready e OFF LED blinking On Solenoid in non energized state faults inhibits is present Not Ready e RUN LED solid On Energize command is active Not in position feedback open e RUN LED blinking On Energize command is active In position feedback closed e AUTO LED Off C445 control is local source e AUTO LED On C445 control is remote source Overlay Buttons e OFF button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a STOP command to the C445 overload to de energize the solenoid e RUN button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a RUN1 command to the C445 overload to energize the solenoid e AUTO button Selects the remote source as the active C445 control e RESET button Resets fault if condition has cleared e HAND button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a RUN1 command to the C445 overload to energize the solenoid 112 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Control Settings The following parameters are used to configure the Solenoid Valve Operation Mode and the C445 sourc
40. Chapter 6 Motor Protection USB Lock This feature sets a password on USB communication access Other communications are not locked Any attempt to write values to locked parameters will be ignored An error exception code will be returned to the sender Reading the values is allowed When parameters are not locked reads and writes follow normal behaviors Using Power Xpert inControl Software Tool navigate to the following parameter USB Password to set the password default 0 Register 5004 USB Password to login enter password Register 5006 Note The USB Password parameter USB Password will display a value of 0 if ano password has been programmed into the unit default If the C445 has been programmed with a password a value of 0 will be displayed if logged out or a value of 4 294 976 295 will be displayed when logged in in order to obscure the set password value Fault Trip and Fault Warning A Fault Trip event occurs when any enabled protective parameter causes motor stoppage A Fault Trip must be corrected or cleared before the C445 can enable return to running operation A Fault Warning message will remain as long as the fault condition is active When the condition clears the Fault Warning message is removed A Fault Warning reset is not required There are five protection Fault Warnings that will change to Fault Trip status if the RUN command is active during the time in which Fault Warning occurs
41. Code Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 14 Undercurrent Fault Trip 1021 FLA 10 90 50 1 60 20 1023 Fault Warning 1022 FLA 10 90 50 1 60 2 1079 156 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 6 Motor Protection Low Power The Low Power protection monitors the kW consumed supply side by the load and will trip the motor if the measured value is lower than the set threshold The Low Power protection is active when the motor is in the Running state The rated power is calculated from the rated HP input by the user Protections Power Low kW Table 53 Low Power Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 16 Low Power Fault Trip 1049 200 200 50 1 60 20 1051 Fault Warning 1050 200 200 50 1 60 2 1079 High Power The High Power protection monitors the kW consumed supply side by the load and will trip the motor if the measured value exceeds the set threshold The High Power protection is active when the motor is in the Running state The rated power is calculated from the rated HP input by the user Protections Power High kW Table 54 High Power Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 15 High Power Fault Trip 1046 200 200 110 1 60 20 1048 Fault Warni
42. Default 19 Thermal Overload Fault Trip Enabled Amps C445MA2P4 0 3 24 0 3 Class5 Class40 Class 5 C445MA005 1 5 1 C445MA032 4 32 4 C445MA045 5 6 45 5 6 C445MB072 9 72 9 C445MC090 11 90 11 C445MC136 17 136 17 C445 ext ext 800 ext Fault Warning Disabled 1 100 90 0 0 0 7 Instantaneous Fault Trip Disabled FLA 50 400 400 0 001 2 2 Overcurrent Fault Warning Disabled FLA 50 400 400 0 2 5 2 8 Jam Fault Trip Disabled FLA 50 400 400 1 60 10 Fault Warning Disabled FLA 50 400 400 0 2 5 2 20 Stall Fault Trip Disabled FLA 50 400 200 0 0 0 14 Undercurrent Fault Trip Disabled FLA 10 90 50 1 60 20 Fault Warning Disabled FLA 10 90 50 0 2 5 2 6 Current Unbalance Fault Trip Disabled 1 60 15 1 60 15 Fault Warning Disabled 1 60 15 0 2 5 2 10 Phase Loss Fault Trip Disabled 60 60 60 2 2 2 4 Ground Fault earth Fault Trip Disabled Amps C445MA2P4 0 12 2 4 1 1 60 5 C445MA005 0 25 5 3 C445MA032 10 9 6 3 C445MA045 10 13 5 3 C445MB072 30 21 6 3 C445MC090 3 27 3 C445MC136 34 40 8 34 C445 ext 30 of 50 of 50 of CT CT CT Primary Primary Primary Note ABC wiring recommended Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 137 Chapter 6 Motor Protection Voltage Based Protection Parameters Table 30 Voltage Based Protections Fault Default Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Sta
43. Fault Warnings e 36 Overload nstantaneous QVETCUIFENT mersis nars cls ated eee kbs Pave mada sakes O38 JAM e pee he Table 39sStall ts ack et acct e 40 Current Unbalance e 41 Current Phase Loss e 42 Undercurrent e 43 Ground Fault e 44 Undervoltage e 45 Overvoltage e 46 Voltage Unbalance e 47 Voltage Phase Loss ows OoONN OO 43 46 58 63 68 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 124 127 131 135 135 137 138 138 139 139 147 148 149 149 150 150 150 151 151 152 153 153 154 154 155 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay List of Tables continued Table 49 PF Devito e axetil hom ae naa a Biwi aea Phe ba 155 Table 50 HADE SIOW as eaa Seat ney cea Bea ey Ao ened medida GEKA enna cede 156 Table AZ DEV Fast sn 2 ouaa a hale he cee AR a aa ae wy ee ai 156 Tabl 52 Undercurrent ormetan at ede adhd ea deat elem led Balk ele dade dd 156 Table bg LOW POWER u oes nee dea a oa a a ae a dog Se ad des a ecw we Goines 157 Table S4s HIigh POWER eu feeble cats aaa aaa oe Keka Rada bee eee 157 Tabl 55 Peak Demand namaed tee Sacks Sd he atelier ah Retna lake s 46d aye de Rade ahs 158 Tabl 56 Current Based Monitoring y ws c 5 seners hae Ree Ay Pee ME AG weed 160 Table 57 Voltage Based Monitoring 000 000 c tee 160 Tabl 59 SystemiMOnitorind unis ees ossen eae eka a ede eba Ee d iaaa 161 Table 58 Pow
44. Instantaneous over current 45 Warning Status Bits Current unbalance 46 Warning Status Bits Current phase loss 47 Warning Status Bits Residual ground fault 48 Warning Status Bits External ground fault 49 Warning Status Bits Over voltage 50 Warning Status Bits Under voltage 51 Tripped Status Bits Under voltage 52 Tripped Status Bitt Over voltage 53 Tripped Status Bits External ground fault 54 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 0 55 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 1 256 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 716 Output 2 Function UINT16 RW NV Output Function Select for General Purpose Output 2 continued Select wa Value Description 56 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 2 57 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 3 65535 Reserved 717 Output 3 Function UINT16 RW NV Output Function Select for General Purpose Output 3 Select Available when this output is not used by the Application Mode Default none If used by the Application Mode Reserved For non latching relay 0 de energized and 1 energized For latching relay 0 no change and 1 set Defau
45. L1 Motor Current in Floating Point Format Units A 379 IB L2 Float FLOAT RO Phase B L2 Motor Current in Floating Point Format Units A 381 IC L3 Float FLOAT RO Phase C L3 Motor Current in Floating Point Format Units A 383 Average Float FLOAT RO Average Motor Current in Floating Point Format Units A 385 Positive Sequence SINT16 RO Current positive sequence real Real 386 Positive Sequence SINT16 RO Current positive sequence imaginary Imaginary 387 Negative Sequence SINT16 RO Current negative sequence real Real 388 Negative Sequence SINT16 RO Current negative sequence imaginary Imaginary 389 V Positive Sequence SINT16 RO Voltage Positive Sequence Real Real 390 V Positive Sequence SINT16 RO Voltage Positive Sequence Imaginary Imaginary 391 V Negative SINT16 RO Voltage Negative Sequence Real Sequence Real 392 V Negative SINT16 RO Voltage Negative Sequence Imaginary Sequence Imaginary 393 Line Frequency x100 UINT16 RO Supply Frequency in centi Hz Units 0 01 Hz 394 Digital Input Status BYTE RO ON OFF status of digital inputs ae Bit Description Coil 0 Base Control Module Input 11 6289 1 Base Control Module Input 12 6290 2 Base Control Module Input 13 6291 3 Base Control Module Input 14 6292 4 User Interface Input 11 6293 5 User Interface Input 12 6294 6 User Interface Input 13 6295 7 User Interface Input 14 6296 246 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Appendix D
46. Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 395 Base Control Module BYTE RO Base Control Module Relay Status Relay Status Default 0 7 ae z Bitfield Bit Description Coil 0 Q1 state 0 Open not energized 1 Closed energized 6305 1 Q2 state 0 Open not energized 1 Closed energized 6306 2 Q3 State 0 Open latching relay reset 1 Closed latching relay set 6307 396 Base Control Module WORD RO Base Control Module Dip Switch Settings Dip Switches Bitfield Bit Description Coil 0 Switch 1 close to connector 6321 1 Switch 2 6322 2 Switch 3 6323 3 Switch 4 6324 4 Switch 5 6325 5 Switch 6 6326 6 Switch 7 6327 7 Switch 8 6328 8 Switch 9 6329 9 Switch 10 USB close to top 6330 397 Base Control Module SINT16 RO Base Control Module Option board ambient temperature measured on the PCB Control Bd Amb 7 Temp Units JC 398 Base Control Module SINT16 RW NV Base Control Module Maximum ambient temperature measured on the PCB This value can be set Max Bd Amb Temp Default 40 typically to 40 Units fC 400 Proof Test Status UINT8 RO Proof Test Status Default 0 PSE Enum Value Description 0 Proof test is idle not triggered 1 Proof test is running 2 Proof test passed 3 Proof test failed 500 Active Overload Trip UINT16 RO Active Overload Tr
47. Phase Rotation Protection Table 48 Voltage Phase Rotation Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Value Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 21 Phase Rotation Fault Trip 1024 0 Off 1 0 0 0 1 ABC 1 0 0 0 2 ACB 1 0 0 0 Power Factor Deviation The Power Factor PF Deviation protection monitors the PF supply side of the load and will trip the motor if the measured deviation from rated exceeds the set threshold The power factor deviation protection is active when the motor is in the running state Measurement Precondition Vavg gt 40 volts RMS amp lavg RMS gt 50 of FLA Protections Power PF Deviation Table 49 PF Deviation Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus DeviationLow FaultWaming 1058 10000 10000 0 1 60 2 1079 9 Power Factor Fault Trip 1055 10000 10000 10000 1 60 20 1059 Deviation High Fault Warning 1057 10000 10000 10000 1 60 2 1079 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 155 Chapter 6 Motor Protection Frequency Deviation Slow The Frequency Deviation Slow protection monitors the line frequency of the supply and will trip the motor if the deviation from rated exceeds the set threshold The Frequency Deviation protection is active when the motor is in the Energized state Protections Frequency
48. Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 1048 Name High kW Debounce Attribute UINT16 RW NV Default 20 Range 1 to 60 Units seconds Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Description High kW Debounce is the time delay following the trip level being exceeded until a trip occurs 1049 Low kW Trip Level SINT16 RW NV Default 50 Range 200 to 200 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Low kW Trip Level protection will trip the motor if the calculated Low kW Trip Level exceeds this threshold following the Voltage Unbalance Debounce time 1050 Low kW Alarm Level SINT16 RW NV Default 50 Range 200 to 200 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Low kW Alarm Level when exceeded and following the Alarm Debounce Time in the Protections General category will generate a warning 1051 Low kW Debounce UINT16 RW NV Default 20 Range 1 to 60 Units seconds Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Low kW Debounce is the time delay following the trip level being exceeded until a trip occurs 1052 Peak Demand Warning Threshold UINT32 RW NV Default 0 Units W
49. September 2015 www eaton com 85 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Reverser Operation Mode Description The Reverser starter profile will use the motor1 parameters for all control protections C445 outputs e Output 1 is configured as the FWD relay output e Output 2 is configured as the REV relay output e Output 3 is general purpose Output 1 controls the FORWARD contactor Output 1 will close when a valid FWD RUN1 command is received and there is no active fault or inhibit It will open on a STOP command or if a trip occurs Output 2 controls the REVERSE contactor Output 2 will close anytime a valid REV RUN2 command is received and there is no active fault or inhibit It will open on a STOP command or if a trip occurs A C445 trip will cause Outputs 1 and 2 to open effectively dropping out the reverser Output 3 is a user configurable output whose function can be changed by the user A transition from FWD to REV or REV to FWD must first go through STOP unless the Control Interlocking Time parameter is set to a value of 0 If the value of this parameter is greater than 0 the control will transition to Stop for that delay time before transitioning to the new direction The Control Interlocking Time parameter can be found in the Operation mode category in the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool The C445 will issue a control fault when e RunFwd or RunRev command is active and phase voltage is present wit
50. This value can be set typically to 0 Current Floating Point Default 0 Units A Admin Lock USB Lock 371 Maximum Start UINT16 RW NV Max Motor Starting Current Scaled Scaled by parameter Scale Factor This value can be set Current Scaled Default 0 typically to 0 Units scaled A Admin Lock USB Lock 372 Motor State Current UINT8 RO Current based motor state The motor state is determined by using the current presently measured Based Enum This state indication runs independent of the actual command being provided Value Description 0 Motor current indicates a stop 1 Motor current indicates motor is accelerating 2 Motor current indicates a running or at speed condition 373 Motor Speed RPM UINT16 RO Motor Speed in RPM Units 0 1 RPM 374 Motor Torque SINT16 RO Motor torque Units 0 01 Nm 375 Motor Efficiency UINT16 RO Motor Efficiency in Percentage scaled by 0 01 Percent Scaled Units 0 01 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 245 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 376 PTC Status UINT8 RO PTC Status Bits Enum Value Description 0 PTC ok No fault 1 PTC over temperature fault 2 PTC shorted fault 3 PTC open fault 377 IA L1 Float FLOAT RO Phase A
51. Tripped Status Bits Current Unbalance a a a a a a a a Tripped Status Bits freq deviation slow a a a a a a a a Warning Statu s Bits overvoltage Tripped Status Bits Current Phase Loss Warning Status Bits undervoltage Tripped Status Bits Residual GF Tripped Status Bits undervoltage Motor Status Up To Speed Tripped Status Bits overvoltage Motor Status Tripped Status Bits External GF 0 Device not ready to take any commands BCM Field Output control word bit 0 1 Device ready to take commands 0 disable Motor Status Inhibited enable Motor Status Warning BCM Field Output control word bit 1 Motor Status Fault tae Motor Status Remote Enabled Ai 7 BCM Field Output control word bit 2 Motor Status Running 2 0 disable Motor Status Running 1 enable BCM Field Output control word bit 3 0 disable enable 46 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning Commissioning There are many ways to configure a C445 Motor Management Relay There are configuration tools that are best to use for initial commissioning and some that are faster when configuring a replac
52. Us OFF ON 2V C CB MOTOR OPERATOR 120 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Figure 135 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power C445UC k T a 5 6 7 j N cosED NV ALARM TT DUT DT Optional Modbus C445BA SA a aa ge i rae ae CLOSE REMOTE RESET Us OFF ON 24V C CB MOTOR OPERATOR Notes 1 The inputs on the Base Control Module are only used by this Operation Mode if Fieldwire is selected for one of the control sources If Fieldwire is not the Local or Remote control source all 4 inputs may be used as general purpose inputs or can be selected as the feedback source for the CB aux contacts 2 Output 3 may be used as general purpose output for this Operation Mode 3 If Fieldwire is the Local control source Input 3 is the Remote input When power is applied to Input 3 the C445 will be in Remote mode 4 If Fieldwire is the Remote control source and 2 wire control default is selected Input 3 is unused by this operation mode Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 Us Us Us Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation FB1 FERRITE 120 240VAC 24 VDC www eaton com 121 Chapter 5 System C
53. detected e A De energize command is active and no closed feedback is detected Normally open valve e An Energize command is active and no closed feedback is detected e A De energize command is active and no open feedback is detected Output 1 will be de activated when the C445 experiences a fault inhibit condition Output 1 solenoid coil NO Output 2 open for user configuration and their function can be selected by the user Output 3 open for user configuration and their function can be selected by the user Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Figure 120 Timing Diagram for the Solenoid Valve Operation Mode Timing Diagram Control Fault panty i l ENERGIZE l l l DE ENERGIZE l i Normal state Closed De energize to energize transition open delay active Energize to de energize transition close delay active Normal state Open De energize to energize transition close delay active Energize to de energize transition open delay active Recommended User Interface Overlays for the Solenoid Valve Operation Mode Figure 121 C445UC I0 IEC Control and Status WARNING EARTH FAULT O vortace O CURRENT O POWER O sTatus Ouse x J Figure 122 C445UC I4 IEC Control and Status ETN g O voutace O current O Power Ostatus Ouse my Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 111
54. following parameter e Param Lock to set the password default 0 Register 5009 e Param Lock to login enter password Register 5010 Note The Motor Running Lock parameter Param Lock will display a value of 0 if ano password has been programmed into the unit default If the C445 has been programmed with a password a value of 0 will be displayed if logged out or a value of 4 294 976 295 will be displayed when logged in in order to obscure the set password value Administrator Lock This feature sets an administrative password to lock selected parameters Any attempt to write values to locked parameters will be ignored An error exception code will be returned to the sender Reading the values is allowed When parameters are not locked reads and writes follow normal behaviors Using Power Xpert inControl Software Tool navigate to the following parameter Admin Password to set the password default 0 Register 5000 Admin Password to login enter password Register 5002 Note The Administrator Password parameter Admin Password will display a value of 0 if ano password has been programmed into the unit default If the C445 has been programmed with a password a value of 0 will be displayed if logged out or a value of 4 294 976 295 will be displayed when logged in in order to obscure the set password value Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 129
55. without control buttons is connected or if no User Interface module is connected at all the Local Control source will be treated as No Local Control No Local Control lIs not allowed if a User Interface module with control buttons is connected User Interface Control User Interface will be the Local Control Source If a Status only User Interface module without control buttons is connected or if no User Interface module is connected at all the system will remain inhibited Fieldwire Control The Fieldwire will act as the Local Control Source This selection is allowed if a Status only User Interface module without control buttons is connected or if no User Interface module is connected at all The default wiring method is 2 wire control 3 wire control is an option for all operation modes except Reverser and the Two Speed Operation modes Page 79 displays the wiring options for all modes There are three options for the remote control source e No remote control source e Fieldbus e Fieldwire No remote control souree Remote Control is not allowed under any condition Fieldbus Fieldbus will be the Remote Control source if the Active Control Source is Remote Fieldwire Fieldwire will be the remote control source if the Active Control Source is Remote This selection cannot be used if the Fieldwire is already selected as a local control source The default wiring method is 2 wire control 3 wire control is an option
56. 0 Minutes Element 1 Hours Array size 2 Default 0 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Array of 1 registers 5000 Set Admin Password UINT32 RW Default 0x00000000 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Set administrator password 0x00000000 means no password 5002 Administrator Login UINT32 RW Log in with administrator password 5004 Set USB Port Password UINT32 RW Default 0x00000000 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Loc Backup Mem Set USB port password 0x00000000 means no password 5006 USB Login UINT32 RW Log in with USB Port administrator password Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 305 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 5008 Motor Run BOOL RW NV When the motor is either running or is being commanded to run certain protection and control Parameter Lock Default 0 parameters are locked To disable this lock and allow parameters to be adjusted during motor run Override SIAU time set this parameter to 1 To restrict access during run time set this parameter to 0 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 6000 Base Control Module UINT8 RW NV M
57. 0x1 Port Type Get UINT 4 2 2 0x2 Port Number Get UINT 1or2 3 3 0x3 Link Object Get Struct of Path Length UINT 2 Link Path Padded EPATH 20 F5 2401 4 4 0x4 Port Name Get Short String Ethernet IP Port in ASCII 7 7 0x7 Port Number and Node address Get Padded EPATH Active IP address in ASCII Table 112 TCP IP Object Class 0xF5 245 Class Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x01 Get Attributes All Instance Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single 0x01 Get Attributes All Class Services Sr No ID Description Access Rule Data Remarks Default 1 1 0x1 Revision Get UINT 4 2 2 0x2 Max Instance Get UINT 1 3 3 0x3 Number of instances Get UINT 1 4 4 0x4 Optional attribute list Get Array of UINT 04 00 08 00 09 00 0A 00 OB 00 5 6 0x6 Maximum ID Class Attribute Get UINT 6 7 0x7 Maximum ID Instance Attribute Get UINT OB 00 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 223 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 112 TCP IP Object Class 0xF5 245 continued Instance Attributes Sr No ID Description Access Rule Data Type Remarks 1 1 0x1 Status Get DWORD 01 00 00 00 2 2 0x2 Configuration Capabilit
58. 6 Fault Bit 7 Warning Bits 8 15 Reserved Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 229 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Module 2 Cyclic Module 2 This profile includes one input byte Each bit is selectable via the C445 GSD file installed in the PROFIBUS master s configuration software tool Module 3 Cyclic Module 3 This profile includes 2 input bytes Each bit is selectable via the C445 GSD file installed in the PROFIBUS master s configuration software tool Module 4 Cyclic Module 4 This profile includes 1 output byte Each bit is selectable via the C445 GSD file installed in the PROFIBUS master s configuration software tool under the Slave module Module 5 Cyclic Module 5 This profile includes 2 output bytes Each bit is selectable via the C445 GSD file installed in the PROFIBUS master s configuration software tool under the Slave module Module 6 Cyclic Module 6 This profile includes 2 input bytes and 2 output bytes Each input bit is selectable via the C445 GSD file installed in the PROFIBUS master s configuration software tool Each output bit is selectable via the C445 GSD file installed in the PROFIBUS master s configuration software tool under the Slave module Module 7 Cyclic Module 7 This profile includes 8 input bytes and 4 output bytes 4 word parameters may be selected for the input data and 2 word
59. 97 Dynamic input Assembly Interface Object Class 0x96 150 206 Table 98 Dynamic Input Assembly Instance Parameters 0 200000 207 Table 99 Test Only Object Class OxC7 199 2 eee 207 Table 100 Motor Info Object Class Ox9B 155 2 eee 209 Table 101 Operation Mode Object Class Ox9F 159 0 eee 210 Table 102 Modbus Object Class OxAO 160 0 0 eee 211 Table 103 Motor Monitoring Object Class OxA1 161 2 0 20 00 0002 eee eee 212 Table 104 Motor Protection Object Class OxA2 162 0 0 eee 213 Table 105 Snapshot Object Class OxA5 165 eee 217 Table 107 RTC Object Class OxBO 176 2 ce eee 218 Table 106 Parameter Access Object Class OxAA 170 2 eee 218 Table 108 BCM Object Class 0xB1 177 2 0 eee 219 Table 109 BUI Object Class 0xB2 178 2 eee 220 Table 110 Option Card Object Class 0xB3 179 0 eee 221 Table 111 Port Object Class OxF4 244 2 00 eee 222 Table 112 TCP IP Object Class OxF5 245 carine rdt eee 223 Table 113 Ethernet Link Object Class OxF6 246 0 000 224 Table 114 Modbus TCP Function Codes 0 20 00 eee 226 Table 115 Modbus Data Rate 6 ee eens 228 Table 116 PROFIBUS D Shell Connector Specifications 005 228 Tabl 117DB 9 Connector esn noona rari Wed UR Seo oh we AA ee ee Be SR 228 Table 118 PROFIBUS Card LED Definitions 200 000 0000 ccc eee 229 Table 119 C445 D
60. A L1 Motor Current Scaled caled by parameter I Scale Factor 4 2 Current 2 CI_MOTOR_I_B_SCALED se B L2 Motor Current Scaled caled by parameter I Scale Factor 6 2 Current 3 CI_MOTOR_I_C_SCALED hase C L3 Motor Current Scaled Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor U 1 nw J nw 5 fed Output Instance 104 0x68 Extended Motor Starter 2 Length 2 Bytes Byte Size Offset bytes Name Description 0 2 Extended Motor Vendor specific Extended Motor starter Starter 2 Bit 0 Runt Bit 1 Run2 Bit 2 Reserved Bit3 Fault Reset Bit 4 to 15 Reserved 184 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Output Instance 105 0x69 Basic Starter Relay Length 2 Bytes Byte Size Offset bytes Name Description 0 2 Basic Overload Basic Overload with Relays w Relay Bit 0 Output 1 Bit 1 Output 2 Bit 2 Output 3 set Bit 3 Fault Reset Bit 4 Output 3 reset Bit 5 Test Trip Bit 6 to 15 reserved Output Instance 106 0x6A Basic Output Control Length 2 Bytes Byte Size Offset bytes Name Description 0 2 Basic Control Relay Basic Control Bits Byte1 DCINETCTRL_CONTROL_WORD Byte2 DCI_BCM_FIELD_OUTPUTS Bit 0 Runt Bit 1 Run2 Bit 2 Reserved Bit 3 Fault Reset Bit 4 Enable Control From Network Protocol Bit 5 Test Trip Bit 6 Reserved B
61. Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Residual Ground Fault Use Inhibit Current if selected the Residual GF Inhibit Current will be used 1065 Residual GF Inhibit Current Percent UINT16 RW NV Default 50 Range 25 to 100 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock This parameter will inhibit a Ground Fault trip if the Ground Fault current exceeds this percentage The purpose of this is to allow an upstream control to resolve the issue 1066 Frequency Deviation Fast Trip Level Scaled UINT16 RW NV Default 10 Range 2 to 200 Units 0 01 Hz Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Frequency Deviation Fast Trip Level has a small range for the trip level selection with a large time delay to trip range If the frequency deviation from rated exceeds the set threshold for the duration of the Frequency Deviation Fast Debounce time it will trip the motor The frequency deviation protection is active when the motor is in the energized state This parameter is scaled by 0 01 292 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 1067 Frequency Deviation UINT16 RW NV Frequency Deviation Fast Alarm Level
62. Code Product Sub Code 7069 User Interface UINT16 RO User Interface Module Firmware version numerical Firmware Version 7 A Array size 2 Array of 2 registers 7072 User Interface UINT16 RO User Interface Module Product hardware version numerical Hardware Version 7073 User Interface UINT16 RO User Interface Bootloader Version Bootloader Version i F Array size 2 Array of 2 registers 7076 Option Card Serial UINT32 RO Option Card 32 bit Device Serial Number Number 7078 Option Card Product UINT16 RO Option Card Product Code ae Default 0 7079 Option Card Product UINT16 RO Option Card Product Sub Code Sub Code 7080 Option Card Product UINT16 RO Option Card Product Firmware Version Firmware Version Array size 2 Array of 2 registers 7083 Option Card UINT16 RO Option Card Product hardware Version Hardware Version 7084 Option Card UINT16 RO Option Card Bootloader Version Bootloader Version Array size 2 Array of 2 registers 7087 Power Board Serial UINT32 RO Power Board 32 bit Device Serial Number Number 7089 Power Board UINT16 RO The Firmware version of the power board processor Firmware Version Array size 2 Array of 2 registers 7092 Power Board UINT16 RO Power Board Product hardware version numerical Hardware Version Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 313 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register
63. Control Word 11540 Bit 3 0 Use fault state 1 Hold Last Backup Mem 723 Field Output BYTE RW NV Communication Fault Value to be Applied A bitfield where each bit defines an output point eee rault Default 0 Bit Description Coil Bitfield 0 Communication loss action for Field Output Control Word 11553 Bit 0 0 Off 1 On Config CRC 1 Communication loss action for Field Output Control Word 11554 Bit 1 0 Off 1 On Admin Lock 2 Communication loss action for Field Output Control Word 11555 Bit 2 0 Off 1 On USB Lock 3 Comm unication loss action for Field Output Control Word 11556 Backup Mem Bit 3 0 Off 1 On 724 Field Output BYTE RW NV When a communication idle state occurs the relays can execute two types of behavior Only valid Communication Idle for output relays used as general purpose field outputs The behavior is selected on a per bit basis Aetion Default 0 Bit Description Coil Bitfield 0 Communication idle action for Field Output Control Word 11569 Bit 0 0 Use idle state 1 Hold Last Config CRC 1 Communication idle action for Field Output Control Word 11570 Bit 1 0 Use idle state 1 Hold Last Admin Lock 2 Communication idle action for Field Output Control Word 11571 Bit 2 0 Use idle state 1 Hold Last USB Lock 3 Communication idle action for Field Output Control Word 11572 Bit 3 0 Use idle state 1 Hold Last Backup Mem Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www e
64. Each button has an indicator to show status Button designations will change depending on the overlay ordered Power Xpert inControl Software Tool Basic Overview Power Xpert inControl device configuration and control software is a FDT DTM based Software Tool used for configuration of the C445 This tool has been developed to provide a simple interface for configuration monitoring and troubleshooting The software consists of two major parts the Field Device Tool FDT software which is also known as the frame application and the Device Type Managers DTM The DTM portion is further classified into two categories Device DTMs which connect to the field devices configuration components and Communication DTMs which connect to the communications components of the device 10 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Chapter 1 Power Xpert C445 Overview Pre Defined Operating Modes Basic Overview The C445 relay has several predefined configurations referred to as operation modes Selecting one of these operation modes will determine the behavior of some or all of the inputs and outputs of the C445 relay Each predefined operating mode can be controlled by way of 2 wire or 3 wire control wiring both with and without the User Interface option The Pre defined Operating modes available are e Overload Only e Direct Online e Reverser e Star Delta e Two Speed Two Winding e
65. Enter Password eecccece Repeat Password eecccece Click Here Description access Levei action Type the user name and password in the above input boxes and click the proper button on the READ ONLY Set User Passwd right You have to be a SUPER USER or the password waiver level has to be set at SUPER USER 99 CONTROL Set User Passwd User name should only contain 0 9 a z A Z and CONFIGURATION Set User Passwd underscore Password should only contain printable ASCII SUPER USER Set User Passwd characters excluding white spaces and tabs STATUS Successfully changed username password to READ ONLY 72 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning 4 Select an access level to change the access level to something other than Super User E TeN CHANGE TO A DIFFERENT ACCESS LEVEL WITH USER NAME AND PASSWORD Powenng Business Worldwide Click button to change to READ ONLY level Shanes Dashboard type in user name and password when prompted Change Click button to change to CONTROL level Change Al Par type in user name and password when prompted Click button to change to CONFIGURATION level Change AES type in user name and password when prompted Click button to change to SUPER USER level Change Ursinia type in user name and password when prompted CHANGE TO A DIFFERENT PASSWORD WAIVER LEVEL User Group Setup Click button to set the
66. Fault Default 0 ae Enum Value Description 0 No Faults 1 Under voltage 2 Over voltage 3 External GF 4 Residual GF 5 Current phase loss 6 Current unbalance 7 Instantaneous over current 8 Jam 9 PF Deviation 10 Voltage phase loss 11 Voltage unbalance 12 Frequency deviation fast 13 Frequency deviation slow 14 Under current 15 High power 16 Low power 17 Contactor failure 18 Starts limit exceeded 19 Overload 20 Stall 21 Phase rotation mismatch 22 PTC See PTC State for details 23 Under voltage restart 24 Measurement Module fault 25 Communication loss on active fieldbus 26 Measurement Module not available or communication loss with the module 27 User Interface not available or communication loss with the module 28 Test trip was triggered 29 Option Card not available or communication loss with the module 30 RTC Backup Memory Option Board NV memory fail 31 Currently connected User Interface does not match with what was connected before 32 Currently connected Measurement Module does not match with what was connected before 33 Currently connected Option Card does not match with what was connected before 34 Measurement Module firmware is incompatible 35 User Interface firmware is incompatible 238 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued
67. Get USINT C445 Q2 Output function select C445 Q2 Output function select 21 21 0x15 Get USINT C445 03 Output function select C445 Q3 Output function select 22 22 0x16 Get Set UINT at Latching 03 Relay Reset Source C445 Latching 03 Relay Reset Source select select 23 23 0x17 Get Set USINT Relay 3 Behavior Relay 3 Behavior 24 24 0x18 Get Set USINT Latching Relay Behavior at Power down Latching Relay Behavior at Power down Table 102 Modbus Object Class 0xA0 160 Class Services Service Service Name Code Ox0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service Service Name Code 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 211 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 102 Modbus Object Class 0xA0 160 continued Instance Attributes Sr No AttributeID Access DataType Attribute Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get Se USINT Remote Modbus Address
68. Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 239 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 313 Active Warning UINT16 RO Active Warning continued Enum Value Description 20 Stall 21 Phase rotation mismatch 22 PTC See PTC State for details 23 Peak demand 24 Measurement Module warning 25 Real Time Clock requires setting has not been set 26 RTC Battery Low Replacement is recommended 27 Device ambient temperature high 28 MM high ambient temperature 29 CUI high ambient temperature 30 Option card high ambient temperature 314 Active Inhibit UINT16 RO Active Inhibit Ean Value Description 0 No inhibits 1 Incorrect configuration See configuration inhibit reason 2 A soft reset is required 3 Backspin prevention 4 Under voltage restart timer active 5 Control voltage is low 6 Under voltage condition 7 Voltage unbalance 8 Starts per hour limit has been exceeded 9 Over voltage condition 315 Config Inhibit Reason UINT8 RO Config Inhibit Reason pnu Value Description 0 No active inhibits 1 Local and Remote motor control sources both point to Fieldwire 2 Local motor control source is set to User Interface but the User Interface type does not match 3 One or more enabled protection features requires a voltage option card in the Measurement
69. Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 287 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 1044 Name Voltage Unbalance Alarm Level Attribute UINT8 RW NV Default 6 Range 1 to 20 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Loc Backup Mem Description Voltage Unbalance Alarm Level when exceeded and following the Alarm Debounce Time in the Protections General category will generate a warning 1045 Voltage Unbalance Debounce UINT16 RW NV Default 20 Range 1 to 60 Units seconds Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Voltage Unbalance Debounce is the time delay following the trip level being exceeded until a trip occurs 1046 High kW Trip Level SINT16 RW NV Default 110 Range 200 to 200 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem High kW Trip Level protection will trip the motor if the calculated High kW Trip Level exceeds this threshold following the Voltage Unbalance Debounce time 1047 High kW Alarm Level SINT16 RW NV Default 110 Range 200 to 200 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem High kW Alarm Level when exceeded and following the Alarm Debounce Time in the Protections General category will generate a warning 288
70. MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 141 Chapter 6 Motor Protection Example 2 Mains voltage does not return above Undervoltage Restart Restoration Level setting in lt 200 ms default 12 Cycles In this case the contactor does not re close and normal protections if enabled take over The start circuit aux relay opens at the Auto Time Threshold If the control voltage to the C445 is not being supplied by UPS or separate source the C445 relay may power down from loss of control power and VL Short Time VL Long Time restart protections cannot be utilized If the control voltage to the C445 remains intact UPS or separate source the VL Short Time VL Long Time restart protections can be utilized after VL Auto Time has expired Figure 149 Example 2 Auto Time Mains Voltage Does Not Return Before Auto Time Expires Auto Time Example Voltage does not return before Auto Time i VL Auto Time y atone lt 200ms gt Mains Voltage 90 Possibly Control Voltage 50 0 CLOSED C445 Output Relay In Start Circuit OPEN CLOSED Motor Contactor OPEN 142 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 6 Motor Protection VL Short Time VL Short Time is a command to automatically reclose a contactor to restart a motor in the event of an undervoltage condition that has exceeded the VL Auto Time duration if enabled A user configurable time delay is av
71. MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Overlay Display OFF LED solid On Feeder is in Off or Tripped position CB ON aux input is low RUN LED blinking On Feeder has an active Close command but is in open position CB ON aux input is low RUN LED solid On Feeder is in On position CB ON aux input is high AUTO LED Off C445 control is local source AUTO LED On C445 control is remote source FAULT LED solid On C445 controller is faulted WARNING LED solid On C445 controller has an active warning present TRIPPED LED solid On Feeder is in the Tripped state CB ALARM aux input is high Overlay Buttons OFF button Button press will put the control in Local and will send an OPEN command to the C445 to open the feeder CLOSE button Button press will put the control in Local and will send an CLOSE command to the C445 to close the feeder AUTO button Selects the remote source as the active C445 control RESET button Resets fault if condition has cleared Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 123 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Control Settings The following parameters are used to configure the Contactor Feeder Application Mode and the C445 sources of control Table 24 Contactor Feeder Configuration Parameters
72. Module 4 One or more enabled protection features requires a PTC Temperature option card in the Measurement Module 5 Selected operational mode is incompatible with 3 wire CFG fieldwire as local control 6 Cannot choose fieldwire as the feedback source when the fieldwire is used as a local remote source with the selected starter 7 UI Custom Overlay Multiple buttons assigned to same function 240 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 315 Config Inhibit Reason UINT8 RO Config Inhibit Reason continued enum Value Description 8 UI Custom Overlay Multiple button LEDs assigned to the same function 9 UI Custom Overlay Multiple status LEDs assigned to the same function 10 Selected operational mode is incompatible with the connected UI 11 The General Purpose 1 0 operational mode does not use fieldwire as a control source 316 Tripped Status Bits BYTE RO Trip Status Bits Indicate the Trip Reason S i Bit Description Coil 0 Under voltage 5041 1 Over voltage 5042 2 External ground fault 5043 3 Residual ground fault 5044 4 Current phase loss 5045 5 Current unbalance 5046 6 Instantaneous over current 5047 7 Jam 5048 8 Power factor deviation 5049 9 Voltage phase loss 5050 10
73. NV Frequency Deviation Slow Alarm Level has a large range for the trip level selection and uses the Slow Alarm Level Default Alarm Debounce Time in the Protections General category for the delay between exceeding the set Scaled efault 10 threshold and generating a warning The frequency deviation protection is always active This Range 10 to 500 parameter is scaled by 0 01 Units 0 01 Hz Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 293 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 1071 Frequency Deviation UINT16 RW NV In the motor energized state the obtained percent deviation is compared against the set trip Slow Debounce Default 20 threshold If the frequency deviation is higher than the Frequency Deviation Slow Trip Level for the atault duration of the Frequency Deviation Slow Debounce time the decision to trip the motor is made Range 1 to 60 This debounce time delay only applies to the trip level Units seconds Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1072 Global Auto Reset BOOL RW NV If disabled no auto reset if enabled auto reset is based on trip auto reset bit selections EU Default FALSE Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup M
74. OxA Get Set UDINT Manufacturing Login Manufacturing Login Table 107 RTC Object Class 0xBO 176 Class Services Service Code Service Name Ox0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device 218 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 107 RTC Object Class 0xB0 176 continued Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access DataType Attribute Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get Se USINT RTC Time RTC Time in hh mm ss format 24 hour format 2 2 0x2 Get Se UINT RTC Year RTC year 3 3 0x3 Get Se USINT RTC Month RTC month 4 4 0x4 Get Se USINT RTC Day of Month RTC day of month 5 5 0x5 Get Se USINT RTC Disable Oscillator If a 1 is set oscillator on RTC will be stopped to save
75. Password Waiver Level to the value in the input box 5 Groups This level or below does not need password Monitor 7 for READ ONLY z A Vollage 15 for CONTROL Change Current 31 for CONFIGURATION Aaa 99 for SUPER USER LEG iik Setting to 0 requires password for all levels Wiring Configuration Operation Mode Fuis and Events STATUS Protectons General Protectons Current Protectons Voltage Option Card Inpu Power Board Securty USER ASM1 USER ASM2 USER ASMI USER ASM4 USER ASMS USER ASM6 USER ASM7 USER ASME USER ASMS USER ASM10 5 Select the Control Level then the Change Button and enter a User Name and Password when prompted The server 148 179 204 95 at webusers ethernet requires a username and password assword Remember my credentials Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 73 Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning 6 Enter the username amp password set for Control access level The server 148 179 204 95 at webusers ethernet requires a username and password control Remember my credentials 7 The following message will be displayed if successful CHANGE TO A DIFFERENT ACCESS LEVEL WITH USER NAME AND PASSWORD ES facon Click button to change to READ ONLY level type in user name and password when prompted Click button to change to CONTROL level type in user name and password when prompted Change Click
76. Protocol PROFIBUS DP V1 Baud rate 9 6K 12M Addresses 3 125 Ol 0 2 RxD TxD N 8 o 5 a eects 7 he gt x ve 6 o6 1 Of Table 117 DB 9 Connector Pin Purpose Housing Shield Connected to PE ot used or Shield shield or protect GND ot used or M24 Minus 24V output Voltage RXD TXD P Positive of Receive or Transmit signal RTS Request To Send DGND GND of signal Isolated GND from RS 485 side VP 5V Voltage Plus Isolated 5V from RS 485side ot used or P24 Plus 24V Output Voltage RXD TXD N Negative of Receive or Transmit signal oO CO N 9 om A wy MB gt Not used or CNTR_N Control N Configuring using the inControl software tool There is a Modbus serial DTM Driver for the inControl software tool This DTM is used to communicate from a computer running the inControl software tool using either a USB to micro USB cable or a USB to RS 485 serial cable These interfaces may be used to connect to the C445 Motor Management Relay Refer to the inControl software tool user manual for additional information publication MNO40013EN Configuring using The C445 PROFIBUS GSD file he GSD file for the C445 Motor Management Relay may be found at the Eaton website http www eaton com This file is compatible with any PROFIBUS software used to configure a PROFIBUS network It provides input output information for cyclic polling configuration file para
77. Real Time Clock backup power has been interrupted Interjupted Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 Power not interrupted Backup Mem 1 Power interrupted 4010 RTC Time In UNIX UINT32 RO Real Time Clock time in seconds from UNIX epoch formiat Units seconds 4012 RTC Status UINT8 RO Real Time Clock Status Enum Enum Value Description 0 Running 1 Initializing 2 Real time clock not present 3 Internal error Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 303 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute 4013 RTC Time Set Status UINT8 RO Description Real Time Clock Time Set Status 0 Initial Value 1 Successful 2 In Progress 3 Wrong Input 4 Conversion out of range 5 Internal Error Enum Value Description 0 Initial value 1 Successful 2 Set in progress 3 Wrong data 4 Conversion out of range 5 Internal error 4014 RTC Time Zone DST UINT8 RO Real Time Clock Time Zone DST Setting Status Setting Status Enum Value Description Config CRC 0 Okay Admin Lock 1 Manual rule error USB Lock 2 Time zone error 3 Conversion out of range 4 Internal error 4015 RTC DST Rule UINT8 RW NV Real Time Clock DST Rule Selection Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 No daylight savings time Config CRC 1 Manually set DST start and end Admin
78. Relay system It provides motor protection and communication cards the connectors for digital inputs and control algorithms and various motor data for monitoring outputs the optional RS 485 Modbus connector the This module is equipped with native digital inputs for field connector for powering the system the USB port and the wire control and outputs for motor control and protection DIP switches see Figure 41 The DIP Switch settings are It also provides communication card options and USB dependent on the communication options installed connectivity for real time data on the health and status of the motor Figure 41 Base Control Module Features and Connections DIP Switches O Communication Modul Relay Outputs P ETN cuss o odules IRI pes T o me Ef e SR ae Sio lel n D i els j olg Sg RS 4 Output Status SL RTC Module Joa E aj es 85 iios Je Relay __ a ols Input Status ol S same lt 0 Output 3 3 tols ses Status LEDs TSE fae tae Ja ola wooo 5 mputs g 3 fj Input Power R aL gt p F Gia oar a f E A ala USB Port Test Reset 34 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Base Control Module
79. Remote Modbus Address 2 2 0x2 Get Se USINT Remote Modbus Baud Rate Remote Modbus Baud Rate 3 3 0x3 Get Se USINT Remote Modbus Parity and Stop Bits Remote Modbus Parity and Stop Bits 4 4 0x4 Get Se USINT Remote Modbus TX Mode Remote Modbus TX Mode 5 5 0x5 Get Se UINT Remote Modbus Communication Timeout Remote Modbus Communication Timeout 6 6 0x6 Get Se UINT Base Control Module USB Modbus Base Control Module USB Modbus CommTimeout CommTimeout 7 7 0x7 Get Se UINT User Interface USB Modbus User Interface USB Modbus CommTimeout CommTimeout 8 0x8 Get Se UINT Modbus Scan Data Modbus Scan Data 9 9 0x9 Get Se UINT Modbus Scan List Modbus Scan List Table 103 Motor Monitoring Object Class 0xA1 161 Class Services Service Code Service Name Ox0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service Code Service Name Ox0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Data Type Attribute Name At
80. Reset fault will clear fault provided condition has cleared Bit5 0 No action 1 The C445 will issue a Test Trip fault general purpose outputs are not affected by Test Trip Control Status Word The control status word of the General Purpose IO profile can be accessed over the fieldbus network Status Bits Bit 2 0 local control source active 1 remote control source is active Bit3 O no fault present 1 C445 fault present Bit4 0 no warning present 1 C445 warning present Bit5 O no inhibit present 1 C445 control inhibit present Bit6 0 C445 not ready fault and or inhibit present 1 C445 ready for control No fault or inhibit present Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 127 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation General Field Output Control Word The general purpose output can be activated de activated over a fieldbus network Output Control Bits BitO 0 de activate the Output 1 activate the Output 1 Bit 0 de activate the Output 2 activate the Output 2 Bit2 0 de activate the Output 3 activate set the Output 3 Bit3 0 No action Output 3 latching relay reset Note The Outputs can be configured to be controlled by any of the bits of this control word The above designations are showing the most common usage General Input Status Word The general purpose inputs status over a fieldbus network Input
81. September 2015 www eaton com Table 26 Parameters That Control the Transition Profile Chapter 6 Motor Protection Parameter Units Increment Minimum Maximum Default Notes Motor Transition Threshold Percent 1 25 200 115 Modbus Register 1086 Motor Start Threshold Percent 1 1 100 30 Modbus Register 1084 Motor Stop Threshold Percent 1 1 50 5 Modbus Register 1085 Start Cycle Time s 1 2 360 10 Modbus Register 1078 Figure 144 Start Cycle and Transition Timing CURRENT IN OF FLA Transition Contactor Point Opens SATCU RC 2 PANN Oe J E EEEE oe ees ie ae ee S EO EON E eee en of FLA SE ROSES CERO EEE TEE RR eT rT OEE R Des nee Serta x PRES ES ee ERE LER ARETE ON eee of FLA TIME Stop Start Cycle Cycle ae Motor Thermal Overload The Overload function models the thermal characteristics of a motor and generates a Fault Trip event that de energizes the motor before motor damage will occur This is intended to protect the motor and power wiring from excessive current Trip curves are defined by applicable agency standards The trip class for any particular Overload class is user adjustable When the FLA is entered for the motor the thermal capacity value will be calculated to model the motor temperature during motor operation Thermal capacity can be characterized by the calculated value representing the relative position with regard to the Trip Class curve For example a motor running at
82. Sets LED color to amber USB Lock 3 Sets LED color to white Backup Mem 755 User Interface LED 4 UINT16 RW NV User Interface LED 4 Color CFG parameter golor GFG Default 3 Value Description Enum 0 Sets LED color to green Config CRC 1 Sets LED color to red Admin Lock 2 Sets LED color to amber USB Lock 3 Sets LED color to white Backup Mem 756 User Interface LED5 UINT16 RW NV User Interface LED 5 Color CFG parameter color Cee Default 1 Value Description Enum 0 Sets LED color to green Config CRC 1 Sets LED color to red Admin Lock 2 Sets LED color to amber USB Lock 3 Sets LED color to white Backup Mem 272 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 757 User Interface LED 6 UINT16 RW NV User Interface LED 6 Color CFG parameter EDIT EG Default 1 Value Description Enum 0 Sets LED color to green Config CRC 1 Sets LED color to red Admin Lock 2 Sets LED color to amber USB Lock Backup Mem 758 User Interface LED7 UINT16 RW NV User Interface LED 7 Color CFG parameter colr eEG Default 2 Value Description Enum 0 Sets LED color to green Config CRC 1 Sets LED color to red Admin Lock 2 Sets LED color to amber USB Lock Backup Mem 759 User Interface User UINT16 RW NV User Interface User Defined LED 1 C
83. Status Remote enabled 28 Motor Control Status Running 2 29 Motor Control Status Running 1 30 Warning Status Bits PTC 31 Warning Status Bits Phase rotation mismatch 32 Warning Status Bits Stall 33 Warning Status Bits Overload 34 Warning Status Bits Starts limit exceeded 35 Warning Status Bits Low power 36 Warning Status Bits High power 37 Warning Status Bits Under current 38 Warning Status Bits Frequency deviation slow 39 Warning Status Bits Frequency deviation fast 40 Warning Status Bits Voltage unbalance 41 Warning Status Bits Voltage phase loss 42 Warning Status Bits Power factor deviation 43 Warning Status Bits Jam 44 Warning Status Bits lnstantaneous over current 45 Warning Status Bits Current unbalance 46 Warning Status Bits Current phase loss 254 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 715 Output 1 Function UINT16 RW NV Output Function Select for General Purpose Output 1 continued select Value Description 41 Warning Status Bits Residual ground fault 48 Warning Status Bits External ground fault 49 Warning Status Bits Over voltage 50 Warning Status Bits Under voltage 51 Tripped
84. System Configuration and Commissioning Table 12 Administrator Password Lock Parameters continued Parameters Overvoltage Trip Level Overload Alarm Level Overload Trip Class Motor1 Overload FLA Nominal Current Scaled Motor2 Overload FLA Nominal Current Scaled Overload Reset Threshold Fault Reset on Power Up Phase Rotation Protection Power Factor Deviation Alarm Level High Power Factor Deviation Alarm Level Low Power Factor Deviation Debounce Power Factor Deviation Trip Level Low Power Factor Deviation Trip Level High Stall Trip Level Allowed Starts Per Hour ip Enable Bits ndercurrent Alarm Level ndercurrent Debounce ndervoltage Alarm Level ndervoltage Start Delay ndervoltage Debounce T U U Undercurrent Trip Level U U U U ndervoltage Trip Level Voltage Unbalance Alarm Level Voltage Unbalance Debounce Voltage Unbalance Trip Level Warning Enable Bits High kW Alarm Level High kW Debounce High kW Trip Level Low kW Alarm Level Low kW Debounce Low kW Trip Level Output 3 Latching Relay Behavior at Power down RTC Manual DST Rule End RTC Manual DST Rule Start RTC DST Rule RTC Time Zone Ahead of UTC RTC Time Zone DST Setting Status RTC Time Zone hh mm Number of Starts Resettable Delay before control fault in
85. TRANSFORMER 1 rype V1 v2 V3 C j DO D1 Optional Modbus C445BD evo TE Q1 Cable and motor protection Q11 Run contactor External CT External Current Transformer connect in accordance with manufacturer s instructions PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient PTC sensor Fuse protection for V1 V2 V3 is recommended 32 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Us 24 VDC Us Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Motor Connections with Potential Transformer s Figure 40 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control Using Potential Transformers with C445BA L1 L2 L3 PE Ld m E o 7 ka l I C445U POTENTIA TRANSFORMER c merere eT C_I V1 V2 Optional Modbus C445BA Us 120 240 VAC Us Legend Q1 Cable and motor protection Q11 Run contactor External CT External Current Transformer connect in accordance with manufacturer s instructions PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient PTC sensor Fuse protection for V1 V2 V3 is recommended Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 33 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Power and I O Wiring Base Control Module The Base Control Module is the controller of the C445 Motor Base Control Module provides the slot for optional Management
86. The C445B C445MA combined assembly may be mounted on a 35 mm DIN Rail C445 Surface Mounting on DIN rail Place the C445 device onto the mounting rail from above 1 push down 2 and allow the device to snap into position To remove any C445 device from a rail gently press down on the unit and then pull the lower housing edge away from the rail Lift the C445 device upward and off the mounting rail Figure 22 DIN Rail Mounting Instructions p 18 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 Figure 23 DIN Rail Dimensions pa www eaton com Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring C445 Mounting Dimensions DIN Rail and Panel Mount A minimum of two 2 mounting clips are required to panel mount the C445MA Mounting clip orientation is one clip on top and one on bottom of the unit Figure 24 Base Control Module C445B Mounting Dimensions 374 fi 80 0 i f O 3 15 ol i 9 42 6 Q 1 68 OH 3 3 JIN pocoo OOD 0000 100 8 3 97 112 0 bee 4 41 2X M5 SAE 10 107 6 95 0 69 0 4 24 3 74 2 72 gt ee P S 1 34 PANEL MOUNT PANEL MOUNT OPTION 1 OPTION 2 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 19 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Figure 25 Measurement Module C445MA
87. The inputs on the Base Control Module are only used by this Operation Mode if Fieldwire is selected for one of the control sources If Fieldwire is not the Local or Remote control source all 4 inputs may be used as general purpose inputs 2 Output 3 may be used as a general purpose output for this Operation Mode 3 If Fieldwire is the Local control source Input 3 is the Remote input and 3 wire control is not allowed for this operation mode When power is applied to Input 3 the C445 will be in Remote mode 4 If Fieldwire is the Remote control source then input 3 is not used for 2 wire control but is Permissive for 3 wire control 100 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Two Speed Dahlander Operation Mode The Two Speed Dahlander motor starter operation mode accepts OFF SLOW FAST commands to control two speed motor applications ARUN SLOW command will activate Output 1 slow ARUN FAST command will activate Output 3 net Then after the Network Contactor Delay time expires Output 2 fast activates starting the motor on the fast winding A STOP command de activates all 3 outputs When transitioning from fast slow the C445 will de activate both Output 2 fast and Output 3 net and will delay activating Output 1 slow until the Control Switching Time Delay expires allowing the motor time to slow down before transitioning to the slow speed The C445 will issue a control f
88. Undervoltage restart max time for delayed restart long Reset time delay The amount of time to wait until we do an auto reset Undervoltage restart delay long Trip Enable Bit Field Undervoltage restart delay short Warn Enable Bit Field Protection Under Voltage Restart Restoration Level Percent Protection Instantaneous Overcurrent Alarm Level Undervoltage restart max time for delayed restart short Protection Instantaneous Overcurrent Start Delay Undervoltage restart max time for immediate restart Protection Instantaneous Overcurrent Trip Level Backspin reset inhibit time Protection UnderCurrent Alarm Level umber of Starts per Hour allowed before trip Protection UnderCurrent Trip Level otor State time delay after which the RUN state is declared if not reached via current thresholds Protection Unbalance Trip Percent Level Protection start inhibit enable 234 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com C445 PROFIBUS Bit Mapping Parameters C445 has option of mapping individual bits in input output modules Below are the bits available for bit mapping C445 PROFIBUS Cyclic Acyclic Writable Parameters Table 121 Bit Mapping Parameters for Cyclic Acyclic Writeable Parameters Bit Description Parameter Description Run 1 Fieldbus Motor Contro Run 2 Fieldbus Motor Contro Reserved Fieldbus Motor Contro Fault Reset Fieldbus Mot
89. Unique number will be written during production 7 7 0x7 Get SHORT_STRING Product Name C445 EtherNet Communication Card 180 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 87 Message Router Object Class 0x2 2 Class Services Service code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x01 Get Attributes All Instance Services Service code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single 0x0A Multiple Service Packet optional Class Attributes Sr No AttributeID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Ge UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 2 0x2 Ge UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Ge UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device 4 4 0x4 Ge STRUCT Optional Attribute List List of optional instance attributes utilized in an object class implementation 5 5 0x5 Ge STRUCT Optional service list List of optional services utilized in an object class implementation 6 6 0x6 Ge UINT Maximum ID Number Class The attribute ID number of the last class attribute of the class Attributes definition implemented in the device 7 7 0x7 Ge UINT Maximum ID Number Instance The attribute ID num
90. VAC Uc Notes 1 the inputs on the Base Control Module are only used by this Operation Mode if Fieldwire is selected for one of the control sources If Fieldwire is not the Local or Remote control source all 4 inputs may be used as general purpose inputs or can be selected as the feedback source for the solenoid limit switches 2 Outputs 2 and 3 may be used as a general purpose outputs for this Operation Mode 3 Fieldwire is the Local control source Input 3 is the Remote input When power is applied to Input 3 the C445 will be in Remote mode 4 Fieldwire is the Remote control source and 2 wire control default is selected Input 3 is unused by this operation mode 5 3 wire control is selected along with Fieldwire for either control source Input 2 is Permissive 116 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com MCCB Feeder Operation Mode The MCCB feeder operation mode has two modes of operation with actuation and without actuation When MCCB actuation is enabled it provides remote control capability for MCCB installed with motor operators A close command will activate Output 1 for the programmed pulse width providing a close signal to the motor operator An open command will activate Output 2 for the programmed pulse width providing an open signal to the motor operator MCCB parameters e MCCB Actuation Enable e Actuation Pulse Width CB On amp CB Al
91. Voltage unbalance 5051 11 Frequency deviation fast 5052 12 Frequency deviation slow 5053 13 Under current 5054 14 High power 5055 15 Low power 5056 16 Reserved 5057 17 Starts limit exceeded 5058 18 Overload 5059 19 Stall 5060 20 Phase rotation mismatch 5061 21 PTC 5062 22 Under voltage restart 5063 23 Peak demand 5064 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 241 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 318 Warning Status Bits BYTE RO Warning Status Bits Indicate the Reason for a Warning Array size 4 7 ae F Bitfield Bit Description Coil 0 Under voltage 5073 1 Over voltage 5074 2 External ground fault 5075 3 Residual ground fault 5076 4 Current phase loss 5077 5 Current unbalance 5078 6 Instantaneous over current 5079 7 Jam 5080 8 Power factor deviation 5081 9 Voltage phase loss 5082 10 Voltage unbalance 5083 11 Frequency deviation fast 5084 12 Frequency deviation slow 5085 13 Under current 5086 14 High power 5087 15 Low power 5088 16 Reserved 5089 17 Starts limit exceeded 5090 18 Overload 5091 19 Stall 5092 20 Phase rotation mismatch 5093 21 PTC 5094 22 Under voltage restart 5095 23 Peak demand 5096 320 Base Control Module UINT16 RO B
92. button to change to CONFIGURATION level A type in user name and password when prompted g Click button to change to SUPER USER level Change type in user name and password when prompted CHANGE TO A DIFFERENT PASSWORD WAIVER LEVEL Click button to set the Password Waiver Level to the value in the input box This level or below does not need password 7 for READ ONLY _ 1 15 for CONTROL 31 for CONFIGURATION 99 for SUPER USER Setting to 0 requires password for all levels STATUS Successfully changed access level to CONTROL 8 Repeat this process to change the User Name and Password for other access levels Note User Names and Passwords are case sensitive and must be 6 16 characters in length 74 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Control Sources Types The C445 can be operated from either a Local or a Remote control source There are four options for the Local Control Source e Auto detect User Interface e No Local Control e User Interface Control e Fieldwire Control Auto detect User Interface By default the local control source is set to the Auto detect User Interface selection In this selection if a User Interface module with control buttons is connected the User Interface will be the Local Control Source If a Status only User Interface module
93. configuration tools that IP network It can be connected both as an Explicit Message support EDS files This EDS file may be downloaded from server and as an Implicit I O Message target the Eaton website he Implicit connections supported include http www n com i ttp eaton co e Exclusive Owner Configuring Using the inControl Software Tool e Listen Only There is a Modbus TCP Ethernet DTM Driver for the e Input Only inControl software tool This interface may be used to connect to the C445 Motor Management Relay via the C445 Ethernet Card Refer to the inControl software tool user manual for additional information publication MNO040013EN Table 85 EtherNet IP Object Model for the C445 Motor Management Relay No Class Object No of Instances Description 1 0x01 1 Identity 1 Provides module identity object 2 0x02 2 Message Router 1 Internal object implemented per ODVA specification 3 0x04 4 Assembly Object 1 P 50 51 54 100 107 110 116 121 Binds attributes from multiple objects for access with a single 0 P 2 5 104 105 106 Implicit 1 0 connection Dynamic I P 150 4 Ox06 6 Connection Manager 1 Internal object supporting connection management Implemented per ODVA specification 5 0x08 8 Discrete Input Point 8 Status information for the discrete Inputs 6 0x09 9 Discrete Output Point 3 Stat
94. e Backspin e Undervoltage e Overvoltage e Voltage Imbalance e Starts Per Hour All other protections have Fault Trip parameters that may be enabled or disabled Any parameter set to Fault Trip will require a reset when the trip condition occurs Fault Trip parameters may be configured to enable an automatic restart when the Fault Trip condition clears or is reset Motor status will indicate a Fault trip or Fault Warning condition Then the Active Fault and Active Inhibit registers will indicate the reason for the motor stop Refer to Register 312 Active Fault to determine faults that must be cleared Note Register 312 Active Fault and Value 25 Communication Loss on Active Fieldbus may be configured to stop the operation of the C445 but not cause a fault In this case when communications resume the C445 will not need to be reset Motor Control Operation The Base Control Module monitors the motor during periods of normal operation see Figure 1 Normal operation includes the Start cycle Run cycle and Stop cycle A Fault Trip event prior to the RUN command will prevent a motor start A Fault Trip event during the Start cycle will abort the Start attempt and a Fault Trip event during RUN will cause a motor coast to stop For example the mains voltage may dip due to the starting load imposed by the motor Start cycle If the dip causes a Fault Trip the Start cycle will be aborted and the motor will coast to stop Note The
95. enabled 28 Motor Control Status Running 2 29 Motor Control Status Running 1 30 Warning Status Bits PTC 31 Warning Status Bits Phase rotation mismatch 32 Warning Status Bits Stall Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 267 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 745 User Interface User UINT16 RW NV User Interface User Defined LED 2 Function Selection continued rez Purpose Value Description 33 Warning Status Bits Overload 34 Warning Status Bits Starts limit exceeded 35 Warning Status Bits Low power 36 Warning Status Bits High power 37 Warning Status Bits Under current 38 Warning Status Bits Frequency deviation slow 39 Warning Status Bits Frequency deviation fast 40 Warning Status Bits Voltage unbalance 41 Warning Status Bits Voltage phase loss 42 Warning Status Bits Power factor deviation 43 Warning Status Bits Jam 44 Warning Status Bits lnstantaneous over current 45 Warning Status Bits Current unbalance 46 Warning Status Bits Current phase loss 47 Warning Status Bits Residual ground fault 48 Warning Status Bits External ground fault 49 Warning Status Bits Over voltage 50 Warning Status Bits Under voltage 51 Tripped Status Bits Under voltage 52 Tripp
96. facilities or claims against the purchaser or user by its customers resulting from the use of the information recommendations and descriptions contained herein The information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Cover Photo Eaton Power Xpert C445 global motor management relay Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com i Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay Support Services The goal of Eaton is to ensure your greatest possible satisfaction with the operation of our products We are dedicated to providing fast friendly and accurate assistance That is why we offer you so many ways to get the support you need Whether it is by phone fax or email you can access Eaton s support information 24 hours a day seven days a week Our wide range of services is listed below You should contact your local distributor for product pricing availability ordering expediting and repairs Website Use the Eaton website to find product information You can also find information on local distributors or Eaton s sales offices Website Address www eaton com c445 EatonCare Customer Support Center Call the EatonCare Support Center if you need assistance with placing an order stock availability or proof of shipment expediting an existing order emergency shipments product price information returns other than warranty returns and informati
97. frame size 0 1 kWh Real energy resettable scaled 5 accuracy Apparent energy Depends on frame size 0 1 kVAh Apparent energy scaled 5 accuracy Apparent energy resettable Depends on frame size 0 1 kVAh Apparent energy resettable scaled 5 accuracy Reactive energy Depends on frame size 0 1 kVARh Reactive energy scaled 5 accuracy Reactive energy resettable Depends on frame size 0 1 KVARh Reactive energy resettable scaled 5 accuracy Current demand value Depends on frame size watts Latest estimate of the demand 5 accuracy Demand resettable Depends on frame size watts Peak demand user resettable 5 accuracy Peak demand time stamp Time in seconds Peak demand time stamp in Unix time Demand window duration Time in minutes Demand window duration Table 59 System Monitoring Parameter Name Range Units Description Motor state current based 0 stopped Current based motor state independent of command 1 accelerating 2 running Motor control status See table below Present motor control status bits Number of operating seconds Time in seconds Number of operating seconds Operating seconds resettable Time in seconds Number of operating seconds resettable Time to trip overload Time in seconds Time for overload to reach trip threshold 100 Time to reset overload Time in seconds Time for overload to reach
98. from what is can be monitored in real time expected the motor may use more power to blend the mixture Out of tolerance conditions can be detected using the High Power and Low Power settings 172 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Table 80 Line Protection Fault Definitions Definition Source Appendix B Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Result Power Xpert Protection Over Voltage When the line voltage to the motor exceeds the specified rating Poor line quality An over voltage condition leads to a lower than rated current draw and a poor power factor A trip limit of 110 of rated voltage is recommended Over voltage can also lead to exceeding insulation ratings Monitors the maximum rms value of the three phase voltages If the rms value rises above the set threshold for the set length of time a fault is detected and the overload can trip the starter or send and display an alarm of the condition All line related faults have an alarm no tri p mode Under Voltage When the line voltage to the motor is below the specified rating Poor line quality gt n under voltage condition leads to excessive current draw This increases he heating of the motor windings and can shorten insulation life A trip limit set to 90 of rated voltage is recommended Monitors the mi voltages If the nimum rms value of t
99. gt Date Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Sync to System Time Tuesday April 07 2015 303123 4 es 5 67s swn 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 D Time 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 es ten ee 6 43 07 AM a H AR S 06 AS o Z Change Date and Time Timezone Central Standard Time C Change Timezone 5 Select the Sync To System Time button and the RTC values will sync with the RTC on the computer and continue running from that point keeping the correct time and date The RTC module chip contains a battery to retain the RTC parameters even when power is turned off to the C445 The memory on board the RTC module is non volatile memory and does not use the battery to retain its contents This will be discussed further below Note Time management in the real time clock module starts using the default values 01 01 2000 00 00 00 If a real time clock board is not present then the date and time will reset to this value every time the C445 powers up If a RTC module is installed the time and date will increment continually Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 55 Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning RTC Module Fault Snapshot The C445 module saves and time stamps critical application data for the most recent fault per the figure below Fault Snapshot Trip Cause Voltage BC L2 L3 234V Line Frequency 6003 Hz This information may be accessed from the Power Xpert inContr
100. inputs may be used as general purpose inputs No User Interface overlays are supported by this operation mode Outputs 1 2 and 3 open for user configuration and their function can be selected by the user Control Settings The following parameters are used to configure the General Purpose IO Operation Mode and the C445 sources of control Table 25 Configuration Parameter Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Configuration Parameter Modbus Register Description Read Write Active Operation Mode 700 This parameter selects the Operation Mode R W Trip Enable Bit Field 1000 1001 Trip Fault protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired protections Warn Enable Bit Field 1002 1003 Warning protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired protection warnings C445 Local Source Selector 711 Set to 1 no local control R W C445 Remote Source Selector 712 Set to 1 Fieldbus is remote control R W C445 Q1 Output function select 715 Output 1 user function selection R W C445 02 Output function select 716 Output 2 user function selection R W C445 Q3 Output function select 717 Output 3 user function selection R W Note Soft reset power cycle required for changes to these parameters to take effect Fieldbus Control Word The General Purpose IO control profile will accept the following control commands over a fieldbus network Control Bits Bit3 0 No action 1
101. is running but is NOT up to speed e AUTO LED Off C445 control is local source e AUTO LED On C445 control is remote source Overlay Buttons e TEST button Will put the control in Local and will cause the C445 to trip the overload e AUTO button Selects the remote source as the active C445 control e RESET button Resets fault if condition has cleared Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 77 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Control Settings The following parameters are used to configure the Overload Only Operation Mode and the C445 sources of control Table 15 Overload Only Configuration Parameters Configuration Parameter Modbus Register Description Read Write Active Operation Mode 700 This parameter selects the Operation Mode R W Control Fault Delay 701 Delay time before a control fault is issued A setting of 0 disables this protection R W Motor 1 Overload FLA Scaled 900 This parameter is used to set the motor nameplate full load amps for the overload R W Motor Overload Trip FLA 500 This parameter contains the active overload FLA R Trip Enable Bit Field 1000 1001 Trip Fault protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired motor protections Warn Enable Bit Field 1002 1003 Warning protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired motor protections warnings C445 Local Source Select
102. master s programming software Module 13 Cyclic Module 13 This profile includes 32 input bytes and 4 output bytes 16 word parameters may be selected for the input data and 2 word parameters for the output data The input data is selectable under the module in the PROFIBUS master s programming software and the output data under the Slave module Module 14 Cyclic Module 14 This profile includes 2 output bytes 1 word parameter may be selected This output data is selectable under the Slave module in the PROFIBUS master s programming software Module 15 Cyclic Module 15 This profile includes 4 output bytes 2 word parameters may be selected This output data is selectable under the Slave module in the PROFIBUS master s programming software 230 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Acyclic PROFIBUS Messages The C445 supports the acyclic messages added with the DPV1 version of PROFIBUS All parameters in the C445 are mapped using Modbus Register addresses This register map can be found in Appendix D Modbus commands and registers are used to read and write parameters for the C445 via acyclic PROFIBUS messages Reading Data from a C445 via Acyclic Messages 1 An acyclic write message must be sent by the master containing a Modbus read command 2 An acyclic read message must be sent by the master to obtain the data Reading data 1 Send an acycli
103. module to the C445 will take place 4 The RTC module uses a non volatile memory to store the configuration parameters of the host C445 Base Control Module device Parameter Lock Features The C445 supports various protection feature options for writing to its parameters including 1 Administrator password Lock 2 USB lockout password 3 Running Lock option Note The Administrator password and Running Lock option also applies to the Web Pages if an Ethernet Card is installed The Web Pages also allow for a separate password to be set to prevent access to the parameters from the Web Pages Administrator Password Lock The Admin password protection prevents anyone who has not logged into the system with the proper password from modifying any configuration parameters All parameters may be read but not written Out of box there is no active Administrator password protection The Administrator password is a 32 bit value that can be set as a Hex ASCII or decimal value that fits in 32 bits Whatever format is used to set the password will need to be used when entering the password as well to be sure it is correct For example if the password is set by writing an ASCII value of 1234 and later someone tries to unlock it with a decimal or hexadecimal value of 1234 it will not work The Modbus register addresses that store the 32 bit Administrator password are 5000 5001 The Modbus register addresses that must be written to when loggi
104. only is the motor current monitored but the blocked motor is switched OFF within the temperature rise time The thermal memory and the reset inhibit time are saved to the non volatile memory Cycling power on the device will NOT clear the thermal Fault Trip nor reset the thermal capacity stored in non volatile memory These values are reloaded when the device boots and the timer is restarted at the full reset time This means if the 3 minute inhibit timer has been running for two minutes cycling power will require the user to wait the full three minutes before a reset can clear the overload fault 134 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Application Configuration Basic Parameters Application dependent parameters need to be configured so that the monitoring and protection functions can be implemented Table 27 Basic Parameters Chapter 6 Motor Protection Parameter Units Increment Minimum Maximum Default Notes Motor1 Overload FLA Scaled amps 1 10 65535 1010 ModBus Register 900 Motor2 Overload FLA Scaled amps 1 1 65535 101 ModBus Register 901 Overload Trip Class 1 5 40 5 ModBus Register 1004 Motor Rated Voltage volts 1 100 5000 480 ModBus Register 903 Motor1 Rated HP hp 1 1 500000 2000 ModBus Register 909 Motor2 Rated HP hp 1 1 500000 2000 ModBus Register 911 Motor Rated Frequency Hz 1 5
105. parameters for the output data The input data is selectable under the module in the PROFIBUS master s programming software and the output data under the Slave module Module 8 Cyclic Module 8 This profile includes total 6 output bytes and 10 input bytes 16 output bits are selectable via the C445 GSD file installed in the PROFIBUS master s configuration software tool under the Slave module 16 input bits are selectable via the C445 GSD file installed in the PROFIBUS master s configuration software tool 4 word parameters may be selected for the input data and 2 word parameters for the output data Module 9 Cyclic Module 9 This profile includes 2 input bytes 1 word parameter may be selected for the input data The input data is selectable under the module in the PROFIBUS master s programming software Module 10 Cyclic Module 10 This profile includes 4 input bytes 2 word parameters may be selected for the input data The input data is selectable under the module in the PROFIBUS master s programming software Module 11 Cyclic Module 11 This profile includes 8 input bytes 4 word parameters may be selected for the input data The input data is selectable under the module in the PROFIBUS master s programming software Module 12 Cyclic Module 12 This profile includes 16 input bytes 8 word parameters may be selected for the input data The input data is selectable under the module in the PROFIBUS
106. received by the C445 provided a fault or inhibit is not active and will open ona STOP command or if a trip occurs A C445 Trip condition will cause the Output contact to open Outputs 2 and 3 are user configurable outputs and their function can be selected by the user The C445 will issue a control fault when e Run command is active and phase voltage is present with no phase current detected after delay expires e Stop command active and current detected after delay expires Figure 66 Timing Diagram for the Direct Mode Operation Timing Diagram Control Fault delay yY Y lI l RUN l Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Recommended User Interface Overlays for the Direct Operation Mode Figure 67 C445UC I0 IEC Control and Status E T N ki O vorace O CURRENT i a O votace current O power O status Ouse aj Figure 69 C445UC I4 IEC Control and Status i F Sec TT O voutace O current O Power Ol Ostatus Ouse 5 l PEETETETTI SEstaese 3 2 Beererees peeree y Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 81 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Figure 72 C445UC N4 NEMA Control and Status Overlay Display e OFF LED solid On Motor is off in ready state no current detected no faults present e OFF LED blinking On Motor i
107. reset threshold thermal memory must drop below 75 PTC status See table below PTC status Digital input status 0 1 ON OFF status of digital inputs Base Control Module relay status 0 1 Base Control Module relay status output status Total motor run time Time in seconds Total motor run time in seconds Total motor run time resettable Time in seconds Total run time user resettable Last measured starting time Time in seconds The amount of time the motor took to reach up to speed on the last start Number of starts Number Total number of motor starts Number of starts resettable Number Number of starts resettable Number of contactor operations Number Number of contactor operations during the last hour last hour Latest run time Time in seconds Duration in seconds of the last start to stop motor run time Thermal memory percent 0 250 Thermal memory in percent overload trip occurs at 100 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 161 Chapter 7 Monitoring and Diagnostics Table 60 Faults and Events Parameter Name Range Units Description Active fault See Table 61 be low Active fault Active warning See Table 61 be low Active warning Active inhibit See Table 61 be low Active inhibit Fault queue event order See Table 61 be low A list of the last
108. this object 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 207 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 99 Test Only Object Class 0xC7 199 continued Instance Attributes Sr No AttributeID Access DataType Attribute Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get Set USINT force overload perc Force Overload Perc 2 2 0x2 Get UINT idle loop time ave Amount of time it takes to run through one complete run of all processes inside the idle task The time to run all items in the idle task loop 3 3 0x3 Get Set UINT idle loop time max Max amount of time it takes to run through one complete run of all processes inside the idle task The max time to run all items in the idle task loop This value can be reset by writing a zero into the location 4 4 0x4 Get Set UINT idle loop time min Min amount of time it takes to run through one complete run of all processes inside the idle task The min time to run all items in the idle task loop This v
109. to 100 Units Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1085 Motor Stop UINT8 RW NV Motor Stop Threshold Percent Threshold Default 5 Range 1 to 50 Units Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1086 Motor Transition UINT8 RW NV Motor Transition to Run Threshold Percent Threshold Percent Default 115 Range 25 to 200 Units Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 297 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description Order recent is at the top Array size 10 Value Description Enum 0 No Faults 1 Under voltage 2 Over voltage 3 External GF 4 Residual GF 5 Current phase loss 6 Current unbalance 7 Instantaneous over current 8 Jam 9 PF Deviation 10 Voltage phase loss 11 Voltage unbalance 12 Frequency deviation fast 13 Frequency deviation slow 14 Under current 15 High power 16 Low power 17 Contactor failure 18 Starts limit exceeded 19 Overload 20 Stall 21 Phase rotation mismatch 22 PTC See PTC State for details 23 Under voltage restart 24 Measurement Module fault 25 Communication lo
110. to avoid out of sync restart of the motor Operation Main Voltage dips below Undervoltage Restart Fault Level setting e Undervoltage Restart Fault Level is userdefinable but can be set as low as 65 default 70 e Contactor may drop out from voltage dip assuming no 3rd party device is used to hold it in 140 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 6 Motor Protection Example 1 Mains voltage returns above Undervoltage Restart Restoration Level setting in lt 200 ms default 12 Cycles Contactor re closes and motor restarts automatically with no time delay This is accomplished by holding the start circuit aux relay closed during the Auto Time voltage loss duration Note In the event of very short voltage drops source of contactor coil power or contactor specifications the contactor may not open Figure 148 Example 1 Auto Time Mains Voltage Returns Before Auto Time Expires Auto Time Example Voltage Returns before Auto Time expires I vi Auto Time K lt 200 100 pas Ea Mains Voltage 0 a F L Voltage Return Level Possibly Control i Voltage 50 i Voltage Loss Level 0 CLOSED C445 Output Relay In Start Circuit OPEN CLOSED NOTE Motor contactor drop out is Motor dependent on contactor specifications Contactor and performance Motor contactor is expected to drop out OPEN Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay
111. 0 60 60 ModBus Register 904 Phase Sequence ABC ACB ABC Motor1 Rated Watts watts Motor2 Rated Watts watts Notes These values may change depending on MM selection These values may change depending on MM use Advanced Parameters Application dependent parameters need to be configured so that the monitoring and protection functions can be implemented Table 28 Advanced Parameters Parameter Units Increment Minimum Maximum Default Notes CT Ratio Primary amps 1 1 1 Modbus Register 918 CT Ratio Secondary amps 1 1 1 Modbus Register 919 PT Ratio Primary V 1 1 1 Modbus Register 920 PT Ratio Secondary V 1 1 1 Modbus Register 921 Motor Rated Speed Motor1 RPM 1 300 3600 1750 Modbus Register 914 Motor Rated Speed Motor2 RPM 1 300 3600 1750 Modbus Register 915 Motor Rated Efficiency 1 50 100 85 Modbus Register 916 Motor Rated Stator Resistance ohms 1 1 0 280 Modbus Register 917 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 135 Chapter 6 Motor Protection Overview of Protection Features In general motor protection features will be controlled by a number of user settable parameters The possible parameters are as follows e Fault Trip Enable Any Fault Trip can be turned ON or OFF e Fault Trip Pickup Level Level of a measurement element that will begin the timing of the delay start or run e Fault Trip Delay These delays prevent momentar
112. 0 led ctrl 6 LED Control 6 ON OFF color bitfield 40 40 0x28 Get Set USINT bui0 led ctrl 7 LED Control 7 ON OFF color bitfield 41 41 0x29 Get Set USINT buiQ led ctrl 8 LED Control 8 ON OFF color bitfield 42 42 0x2A Get Set USINT buiQ led ctrl 9 LED Control 9 ON OFF color bitfield 43 43 0x2B Get UINT bem firmware crc val BCM Firmware CRC 44 44 0x2C Get UINT ps firmware crc val 45 45 0x2D Get UINT mm firmware crc val 46 46 0x2E Get UINT option card firmware crc val 47 47 0x2F Get DINT power energy real frac Real Energy Fractional 48 48 0x30 Get Se DINT power energy real reset frac Real Energy Fractional Resettable 49 49 0x31 Get DINT power energy reactive frac Reactive Energy Fractional 50 50 0x32 Get Se DINT power energy reactive reset frac Reactive Energy Fractional Resettable 51 51 0x33 Get DINT power energy apparent frac Apparent Energy Fractional 52 52 0x34 Get Se DINT power energy apparent reset frac Apparent Energy Fractional Resettable 53 53 0x35 Get Se USINT KSZ s register no which want to Read KSZ s register no which want to Read 54 54 0x36 Get USINT Reading of KSZ s register Reading of KSZ s register 55 55 0x37 Get Se BOOL Enable Read Access to KSZ s Register Enable Read Access to KSZ s Register 56 56 0x38 Get Set USINT KSZ s register no which want to write KSZ s register no which want to write 57 57 0x39 Get Se USINT Value which want to write into KSZ s Value whic
113. 0000 10000 0 1 60 20 Low Fault Warning Disabled 0 01 10000 10000 0 1 60 2 138 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 6 Motor Protection Advanced Protection Note For the C445 to provide complete functionality in mains voltage loss conditions the C445 must maintain control power Under most conditions the Voltage Loss VL Restart C445 relay can withstand control power drops as low The Voltage Loss Restart protection offers several options as 65 70 default for up to 200 ms default that allow the user to select how the C445 unit responds to a without the need for a separate power source and or a mains voltage loss condition The Voltage Loss Restart UPS device This will allow restarts after very short protection is designed to safely reclose any contactor s that periods of voltage loss without additional UPS devices has opened during the voltage loss event The Voltage Loss or independently sourced control power In the event restart parameter is not intended to hold the contactor s a voltage dip occurs in excess of 70 and or 200 ms closed in the event of mains voltage loss default the C445 may power down Note If one or more of the Voltage Loss Restart time settings are enabled the standard undervoltage protection parameter must be disabled VL Restart Table 32 Undervoltage Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Ac
114. 10 9 6 3 C445MA045 10 13 5 3 C445MB072 30 21 6 3 C445MCO90 3 27 3 C445MC136 34 40 8 34 C445M EXT 30 of CT 50 of CT 50 of CT Primary Primary Primary Fault Warning 1061 2 1079 Fault Trip Delay At powerup 0 5 0 1062 Use Fault Trip 1064 Disable Enable Disable Inhibit ce 1065 25 100 50 0 0 0 un Note ABC wiring recommended Supply Protection The C445 monitors the supply voltage to the motor for the faults described below These protections are only available if the C445 Measurement Module has the voltage option Use the inControl Interface to navigate the selected device Offline Parameters gt Control Monitor Dashboard gt Protections Then follow the path to the protection device settings In this mode a Start may be inhibited if the fault condition is present by setting the Low Voltage Start Inhibit Enable bit Starts will be allowed as soon as the fault condition is cleared When the Supply fault is enabled in Trip mode the C445 will trip if a Voltage fault is detected when the motor is running In this mode a Start will be inhibited if the fault condition is present Starts will be allowed as soon as the fault condition is cleared 152 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Undervoltage The Undervoltage protection monitors the minimum phase voltage of the motor and will trip the motor if the voltage exceeds the set threshold The Und
115. 10 faults shown in the order they occurred Most recent at top Table 61 Trip Snapshot Parameters Parameter Name Range Units Description Snap shot phase A L1 current Depends on frame size Amps Phase A L1 RMS current at time of trip Snap shot phase B L2 current Depends on frame size Amps Phase B L2 RMS current at time of trip Snap shot phase C L3 current Depends on frame size Amps Phase C L3 RMS current at time of trip Snap shot ground current Depends on frame size Amps Ground fault current RMS at time of trip Snap shot frequency 47 63 Hz centi Hz Line frequency at time of trip scaled in centi Hz Snap shot thermal memory 0 250 Overload thermal memory percent at time of trip Snap shot voltage AB L1 L2 0 690 V max 4 160 V with PT ratios Voltage AB L1 L2 RMS volts at time of trip Snap shot voltage BC L2 L3 0 690 V max 4 160 V with PT ratios Voltage BC L2 L3 RMS volts at time of trip Snap shot voltage CA L3 L1 0 690 V max 4 160 V with PT ratios Voltage CA L3 L1 RMS volts at time of trip Snap shot VA Depends on frame size volt amps Apparent power at time of trip Snap shot watts Depends on frame size Watts Real power at time of trip Snap shot power factor 0 100 scaled by 0 01 via fieldbus Power factor at time of trip Table 62 PTC Status Bits Table 63 Motor Control Status Bits Value Description Va
116. 10ms 60 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning Table 12 Administrator Password Lock Parameters continued Parameters ored Ethernet IP Address ored Ethernet Subnet Mask ored Ethernet Default Gateway mIa wn hernet Port 1 Speed Selec hernet Port 1 Full Duplex Enable ernet Port 1 Autonegotiate Enable ernet Port 1 Enabled my mm gt hernet Port 2 Speed Selec hernet Port 2 Full Duplex Enable my mm hernet Port 2 Autonegotiate Enabled Ethernet Port 2 Enabled Address Conflict Detection Enable Modbus TCP Com Timeout REST Web services Communication Timeout If Protection Start Inhibit Enable Undervoltage Start Inhibit Threshold MCCB actuation pulse width Voltage Unbalance Start Inhibit Threshold Overvoltage Start Inhibit Threshold Base Control Module Field Wiring Configuration Selector Remote Control Source Select Feedback Signal Source Select Under Voltage Restart Fault Level Under Voltage Restart Restoration Level Demand Resettable Peak Demand Time Stamp Demand Window Duration Local motor control source ser Interface Button LED 0 Purpose ser Interface Button LED 1 Purpose ser Interface Button LED 2 Purpose ser Interface Button LED 3 Purpose ser I
117. 118 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Control Settings The following parameters are used to configure the MCCB Feeder Operation Mode and the C445 sources of control Table 23 MCCB Configuration Parameters Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Configuration Parameter Modbus Register Description Read Write Active Operation Mode 700 This parameter selects the Operation Mode R W Control Fault Delay 701 Delay time before a control fault is issued Setting of 0 disables protection R W MCCB Actuation Enable 705 Enable disables the actuation control for the MCCB feeder control profile R W Actuation Pulse Width 706 Minimum required motor operator control signal pulse width in 1ms R W Motor 1 Overload FLA Scaled 900 Parameter can be used to set load limits R W Motor Overload Trip FLA 500 Parameter holds the active load rating R Trip Enable Bit Field 1000 1001 Trip Fault protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired protections Warn Enable Bit Field 1002 1003 Warning protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired protections warnings C445 Local Source Selector 711 Select the Local Control source R W C445 Remote Source Selector 712 Select the Remote Control source R W C445 Feedback Signal Source Selector 713 Input source of the feedback signals R W 0 No feedback source 1 User interface inputs 2 Base
118. 2 Speed Starter Local Remote gt O FAULT WARNING EARTH FAULT C445UC 6 gt gt AUTO MCCB Actuation Local Remote O FAULT WARNING TRIPPED C445UC I7 AUTO MCCB Actuation Local Only O FAULT WARNING TRIPPED C445UC 18 Overload Local Remote F RUN OFF FAULT WARNING EARTH FAULT C445UC 19 TEST AUTO Notes All options include a reset button Micro USB port and four 24 Vdc self powered digital inputs Please see Accessories on Page 6 for digital inputs wiring harness options Not all operation modes are stock items Check with EatonCare for availability Figure 6 User Interface Overlay Examples IEC 4 Age ARNG O voLTacE O CURRENT O POWER Example C445UC I1 Age O voLtacE O CURRENT O POWER Example C445UC 14 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 1 Power Xpert C445 Overview Accessories Current Transformer C445 measurement modules are designed to be used in applications up to 136 A For applications beyond 136 A external CTs with a 5 A output may be used CT Kits do not include Measurement Modules Table 3 Suggested Current Transformers CT Range A Description Terminal Size Measurement Module Catalog Number 17 300 300 5 Single 25 inch dia hole UL amp CSA 2 8 32 brass terminals XCT300 5 ANSI IEEE
119. 20 Tripped Status Bits Current phase loss Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 255 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 716 Output 2 Function UINT16 RW NV Output Function Select for General Purpose Output 2 continued Select Value Description 21 Tripped Status Bits Residual ground fault 22 Motor Control Status Motor at speed 23 Motor Control Status Ready 24 Motor Control Status Inhibited 25 Motor Control Status Warning 26 Motor Control Status Faulted 27 Motor Control Status Remote enabled 28 Motor Control Status Running 2 29 Motor Control Status Running 1 30 Warning Status Bits PTC 31 Warning Status Bitt Phase rotation mismatch 32 Warning Status Bits Stall 33 Warning Status Bits Overload 34 Warning Status Bits Starts limit exceeded 35 Warning Status Bits Low power 36 Warning Status Bits High power 37 Warning Status Bits Under current 38 Warning Status Bits Frequency deviation slow 39 Warning Status Bits Frequency deviation fast 40 Warning Status Bits Voltage unbalance 41 Warning Status Bits Voltage phase loss 42 Warning Status Bits Power factor deviation 43 Warning Status Bits Jam 44 Warning Status Bits
120. 3 Warning Status Bits Jam 44 Warning Status Bits Instantaneous over current 45 Warning Status Bits Current unbalance 46 Warning Status Bits Current phase loss 47 Warning Status Bits Residual ground fault 48 Warning Status Bits External ground fault 49 Warning Status Bits Over voltage 50 Warning Status Bits Under voltage 51 Tripped Status Bits Under voltage 52 Tripped Status Bitt Over voltage 53 Tripped Status Bits External ground fault 54 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 0 55 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 1 56 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 2 57 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 3 65535 Reserved 719 Base Control Module UINT8 RW NV Base Control Module Relay 3 Behavior Rees Behavigr Default 1 Value Description Enum 0 Behave like a non latching relay Config CRC 1 Behave like a latching relay Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 720 Motor Control UINT8 RW NV Defines the behavior of the motor control when communication times out Sa ei aii Loss Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 Stop clear Run1 Run2 on communication loss event no fault Config CRC 1 Ignore communication loss and keep present state Admin Lock 2 Set network motor control Run1 on comloss event USB Lock 3 Set network motor control Run2 on comloss event Backup Mem 4 Stop clear Run1 Run2 on communication loss event and generate fault 260 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay
121. 445 System Catalog Numbering 0 000000 c cece eee eee 2 Figure 2 Base Control Module Catalog Numbering 000000 eee 2 Figure 3 Measurement Module Catalog Numbering 00200005 2 Figure 4 User Interface Catalog Numbering 00 00 00 cece eee eee 3 Figure 5 User Interface Overlay Examples NEMA 000000002 4 Figure 6 User Interface Overlay Examples IEC 2 0 000000000 cee 5 Figure 7 Base Control Module Image 00 00 cee 8 Figure 8 Base Module Features and Connections Front View 00 8 Figure 9 Base Module Features and Connections Bottom View 9 Figure 10 Measurement Module Image 0000 ccc eee eee 9 Figure 11 Measurement Module Features and Connections 00 9 Figure 12s Useriintertace Images heres hara aaea othe oy do edt situs oly 10 Figure 13 User Interface Features and Connections 0 0000 cee eee eee 10 Figure 14 2 Vertical Position LIMITS 2 2 baskais tek crete elles sgus a dg Ak 13 Figure 15 Clearance Dimensions 000 e asane eee eee 14 Figure 16 Clearance Dimensions Side 0 0 0 0 0 ce eee 14 Figure 17 Component Exploded View C445B Base Module C445M Measurement Module Accessory Cover C445XO TRTC Real Time Clock Module C445C Communications card s 15 Figure 18 Option Cover Removal sasaaa saana cc ccs 15 Figure 19 Real Time Clock and Memory Backup Module
122. 45 will NOT transition to the delta winding until current readings in star decrease to zero Figure 84 Timing Diagram for the Star Delta Operation Mode Timing Diagram Settle Time l F l l j4 Max Star Time Control Fault Delay LINE D a STAR H 11 Settle Time gt K Control Fault Delay Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Recommended User Interface Overlays for the Star Delta Operation Mode Figure 85 C445UC I0 IEC Control and Status ETN Ei O voutace O CURRENT O status Ouse FAULT WARNING O vorace O CURRENT O PoweR Ostatus Ouse Figure 87 C445UC I4 IEC Control and Status ETN T cass ki O vortace O current O power Ostatus Ouse i E am aca PaT pe WARNING pnn 7 h coencenit aveaeeee f gttstaaty rerereed Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 91 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Figure 89 C445UC N1 NEMA Status Only Overlay Display e OFF LED solid On Motor is off in ready state no current detected no faults present e OFF LED blinking On Motor is off C445 control is faulted and or a control inhibit is present e RUN LED solid On Active RUN1 command and motor is up to speed complete start detected e RUN LED blinking On Active RUN1 command but motor is NOT up to speed e AUTO LE
123. 5 outputs e Q1 output star delta motor starter LINE coil NO e Q2 output star delta motor starter DELTA coil NO e O3 output star delta motor starter STAR coil NO A STOP command deactivates all contactor controls effectively dropping out the motor A START command activates the STAR contactor control then activates the LINE contactor control after the Network Contactor Delay expires initiating a start in the STAR winding configuration This parameter can be found in the Operation Mode category in the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool Switching to Delta The control will switch to delta when the control detects the motor is up to speed or when the Maximum Star Winding Time expires The STAR contactor control will first be deactivated The DELTA contactor control will then be activated after the net delay time expires and current readings 0 The Maximum Star Winding Time parameter can be found in the Operation Mode category in the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool The control will set MOTOR as the active motor parameters when starting in the star configuration and will set MOTOR2 as the active motor parameters when running in the delta configuration The C445 will issue a control fault when e Run command is active and phase voltage is present with no phase current detected after delay expires e Stop command active and current detected after delay expires Note Even with the control fault disabled the C4
124. 51 User Interface UINT16 RW NV CFG parameter for the User Interface button 5 function Banners Default 5 Value Description Enum 0 No User Interface button present Config CRC 1 User Interface button configured as STOP Admin Lock 2 User Interface button configured as AUTO USB Lock 3 User Interface button configured as RUN1 Backup Mem 4 User Interface button configured as RUN2 5 User Interface button configured as RESET Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 271 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 752 User Interface LED 1 UINT16 RW NV User Interface LED 1 Color CFG parameter coor Cre Default 3 Value Description Enum 0 Sets LED color to green Config CRC 1 Sets LED color to red Admin Lock 2 Sets LED color to amber USB Lock 3 Sets LED color to white Backup Mem 753 User Interface LED2 UINT16 RW NV User Interface LED 2 Color CFG parameter polanee Default 3 Value Description Enum 0 Sets LED color to green Config CRC 1 Sets LED color to red Admin Lock 2 Sets LED color to amber USB Lock 3 Sets LED color to white Backup Mem 754 User Interface LED3 UINT16 RW NV User Interface LED 3 Color CFG parameter ety Default 3 Value Description Enum 0 Sets LED color to green Config CRC 1 Sets LED color to red Admin Lock 2
125. 6 115 0x73 Get USINT 0 Proof Test was never run after a power cycle 1 Proof Test currently running 2 Proof Test passed 3 Proof Test failed Base Control Module Fault Queue 1 27 116 0x74 Get UINT A list of faults based on mos allowed They are sorted by event with of the queue recent Duplicates are not he newest at the top Get UINT Base Control Module Fault Queue 2 28 117 0x75 A list of faults based on most recent Duplicates are not allowed They are sorted by event with the newest at the top of the queue UINT Base Control Module Fault Queue 3 29 118 0x76 Get A list of faults based on mos allowed They are sorted by event with of the queue recent Duplicates are not he newest at the top Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 93 Control Supervisor Object Class 0x29 41 continued Instance Attributes Sr No ID Access Rule Data Type Description 30 19 0x77 Get UINT Base Control A list of faults based on most recent Duplicates are not Module Fau allowed They are sorted by event with the newest at the top Queue 4 of the queue
126. 6 RO Phase B L2 Motor Current Scaled Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor Units scaled A 303 IC L3 Scaled UINT16 RO Phase C L3 Motor Current Scaled Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor Units scaled A 304 Average Scaled UINT16 RO Average motor Current Scaled Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor Units scaled A 305 Scale Factor UINT16 RO Motor Current Scale Factor 306 Unbalance Percent UINT8 RO Motor Current Unbalance Percent Units 307 Motor Residual GF UINT16 RO Motor Residual Ground Fault current RMS Scaled NMS Sealed Units scaled A 308 Thermal Memory UINT8 RO Thermal Memory in Percent An overload trip occurs when the Thermal Memory reaches 100 Pee Default 0 Units 309 Time to Trip Overload UINT16 RO Time for Overload to Reach Trip Threshold 100 Units seconds 310 Remaining Thermal UINT8 RO Thermal Capacity Percent Remaining to Trip Capatity Units 311 Time to Reset UINT16 RO Time for overload to reach reset threshold The Thermal Memory must drop below 75 before a Overload nit seedi reset is allowed Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 237 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 312 Active Fault UINT16 RO Active
127. 8 8 0x8 3 0x3 Ge BOOL value ON OFF Status of BUI Digital Inputs 0 9 1 0x1 101 0x65 Get Set UINT Debounce BCM Digital i p 1 debounce time Applies to both raising amp Falling edge mSec 10 2 0x2 101 0x65 Get Set UINT Debounce BCM Digital i p 2 debounce time Applies to both raising amp Falling edge mSec 11 3 0x3 101 0x65 Get Set UINT Debounce BCM Digital i p 3 debounce time Applies to both raising amp Falling edge mSec 194 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 91 Discrete Input Object Class 0x8 8 continued Instance Attributes Sr No Instance Attribute ID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Description 12 4 0x4 101 0x65 Get Se UINT Debounce BCM Digital i p 4 debounce time Applies to both raising amp Falling edge mSec 3 5 0x5 101 0x65 Get Se UINT Debounce BU igital i p 1 debounce time Applies to both ing amp Falling edge mSec n D n 4 6 0x6 101 0x65 Get Se UINT Debounce BUI Digital i p 2 debounce time Applies to both n D n D ing amp Falling edge mSec 5 7 0x7 101 0x65 Get Se UINT Debounce BUI Digital i p 3 debounce time Applies to both ing amp Falling edge mSec 6 8 0x8 101 0x65 Get Se UINT Debounce BUI Digital i p 4 debou
128. Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Instance Attributes Sr No Instance Attribute ID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 3 0x3 Ge BOOL value ON OFF Status of BCM Digital Inpu 0 OFF 1 ON nstance 1 BCM Digital i p 1 n 2 2 0x2 3 0x3 Ge BOOL value ON OFF Status of BCM Digital Inputs 0 OFF 1 ON nstance 2 BCM Digital i p 2 3 3 0x3 3 0x3 Ge BOOL value ON OFF Status of BCM Digital Inputs 0 OFF 1 ON nstance 3 Digital i p 3 j 4 4 0x4 3 0x3 Ge BOOL value N OFF Status of BCM Digital Inputs OFF 1 ON nstance 4 BCM Digital i p 4 5 5 0x5 3 0x3 Ge BOOL value N OFF Status of BUI Digital Inputs OFF 1 ON stance 5 BUI Digital i Saa F 6 6 0x6 3 0x3 Ge BOOL value N OFF Status of BUI Digital Inputs OFF 1 ON stance 6 BUI Digital i tea id 7 7 0x7 3 0x3 Ge BOOL value N OFF Status of BUI Digital Inputs OFF 1 ON stance 7 BUI Digital i p 3 59o OFF 1 ON nstance 8 BUI Digital i p 4
129. Active Warning 0 No warnings 1 Undervoltage 2 Overvoltage 3 External GF 4 Residual GF 5 Current phase loss 6 Current unbalance 7 Instantaneous over current 8 Jam 9 PF deviation 0 Voltage phase loss Voltage unbalance Freq deviation fast Freq deviation slow Under current High power Low power Contactor failure Exceeds starts limit Overload 20 Stall 21 Phase rotation 22 PTC See PTC State for details 23 Peak demand 24 Measurement Module warning 25 Real time clock default value loaded 26 RTC battery voltage too low 27 Base Control Module high temperature warning oon oof wWN 21 110 0x6E Get UINT Active Inhibit 0 No Inhibits 1 Incorrect Configuration 2 Soft reset required 3 Backspin 4 Undervoltage restart timer active 5 Measurement Module inhibit 6 Under voltage 7 Voltage unbalance 8 Starts per hour limit 9 Over voltage inhibit 200 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 93 Control Supervisor Object Class 0x29 41 continued Instance Attributes Sr No ID Access Rule Data Type Description 22 111 Ox6F Get USINT Config Inhibit Reason 0 No active inhibits 1 Local and Remote motor control sources both point to Fieldwire 2 Local motor control source is set to User Interface but the User Interface type does not match 3 One or more enabl
130. Admin Lock USB Lock 6034 Ethernet Port 2 UINT8 RO Active state of the Auto Negotiation behavior This is read only Autonegotiate State k Enum Value Description 0 Link inactive 1 Auto negotiation in progress 2 Auto negotiation failed 3 Auto negotiation of duplex failed speed ok 4 Auto negotiation success 5 Auto negotiation disabled 6 Port disabled 6035 Ethernet Port 2 BOOL RW NV This parameter Indicates whether an Ethernet port is enabled True Port Enabled default Enabled False Port Disabled Default 1 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock 6036 Address Conflict BOOL RW NV Address Conflict Detection enable ACD provides protection from duplicate IP addresses on the Detection Enable network Default 1 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock 6037 Address Conflict UINT8 RO Address Conflict Detection State This is read only Detection Status ae Enum Value Description 0 No conflict detected 1 Conflict detected defending 2 Conflict detected retreated 6038 Address Conflict UINT8 RW NV Address Conflict Detection Status The state of ACD activity when the last conflict was detected Detection Conflicted Default Status efault 0 Range 0 to 0 310 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued
131. BOOL FaultRst 0 gt 1 Fault Reset 0 0 1 0 No action 9 3 0xD Get UINT Fault Queue 1 A list of faults based on most recent Duplicates are not allowed They are sorted by event with the newest at the top of the queue 10 5 0xF Get BOOL CtrlFromNet Status of Run Stop control source 0 0 1 0 Control is local 1 Control is from network 11 7 0x11 Set BOOL CIP Force Fault 0 gt 1 Force Need Dependent DCID in BCM 196 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 93 Control Supervisor Object Class 0x29 41 continued Instance Attributes Sr No ID Access Rule Data Type Description 12 101 0x65 Get Set BYTE Fieldbus Motor Control Device Bit Array Bit 0 Run1 Bit 1 Run2 Bit 2 Reserved Bit 3 Fault Reset Bit 4 Reserved Bit 5 Test Trip Bit 6 Reserved Bit 7 Reserved 13 102 0x66 Get Set BYTE Network Control Word with NetCtrl bit Device Bit Array Bit 0 Run1 Bit 1 Run2 Bit 2 Reserved Bit 3 Fault Reset Bit 4 NetCtrl Bit 5 Test Trip Bit 6 Reserved Bit 7 Reserved 14 103 0x67 Get Set BYTE FieldBus Input Feedback Register Bit 0 Network feedback input0 Bit 1 Network feedback input1 Bit 2 Network feedback input2 Bit 3 Network feedback input3 Bit 4 Network feedback input4 Bit 5 Network feedback input5 Bit 6 Network feedback input6 Bit 7 Network feed
132. Backup Mem Description Jam Alarm Level when exceeded and following the Alarm Debounce Time in the Protections General category will generate a warning 1010 Jam Debounce UINT16 RW NV Default 10 Range 1 to 60 Units seconds Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Jam Debounce is the time delay following the trip level being exceeded until a trip occurs 1011 Allowed Starts Per Hour UINT16 RW NV Default 4 Range 1 to 60 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem The starts protection works by limiting the number of starts per hour Starting the motor frequently can lead to motor windings overheating resulting in a reduced life of the stator insulation The user can choose a start limit value as well as disabling the fault Note that the start limit is only verified when a start command is received 1012 Instantaneous Overcurrent Trip Level UINT16 RW NV Default 400 Range 50 to 400 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Instantaneous Overcurrent Trip Level when exceeded and following the Instantaneous Overcurrent Debounce time will generate a trip 1013 Instantaneous Overcurrent Alarm Level UINT16 RW NV Default 400 Range 50 to 400 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Instantaneous Overcurrent Alarm Leve
133. Bit 22 Under voltage restart Bit 23 Peak demand 18 107 0x6B Get Array of 4 Bytes Warning Status Bit 0 Undervoltage Bits Bit 1 Overvoltage Bit 2 External GF Bit 3 Residual GF Bit 4 Current phase loss Bit 5 Current unbalance Bit 6 Instantaneous over current Bit 7 Jam Bit 8 PF deviation Bit 9 Voltage phase loss Bit 10 Voltage unbalance Bit 11 Freq deviation fast Bit 12 Freq deviation slow Bit 13 Under current Bit 14 High power Bit 15 Low power Bit 16 Reserved Bit 17 Exceeds starts limit Bit 18 Overload Bit 19 Stall Bit 20 Phase rotation Bit 21 PTC Bit 22 Under voltage restart Bit 23 Peak demand 198 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 93 Control Supervisor Object Class 0x29 41 continued Instance Attributes Sr No ID Access Rule Data Type Description 19 108 0x6C Get UINT Active Fault 0 No Faults 1 Undervoltage 2 Overvoltage 3 External GF 4 Residual GF 5 Current phase loss 6 Current unbalance 7 Instantaneous over current 8 Jam 9 PF deviation 0 Voltage phase loss 1 Voltage unbalance 2 Freq deviation fast 3 Freq deviation slow 4 Under current 5 High power 6 Low power 7 8 9 Contactor failure Exceeds starts limit Overload 20 Stall 21 Phase rotation 22 PTC See PTC State for details 23 Under voltage restart 24 Measurement Module faul
134. Bits Bit 0 1 00 Stop command de activate all control outputs Bit 3 Bit 4 01 Run Slow command activate Output 1 Bit3 0 No action has cleared Bit5 0 No action 0 Run Fast command activate Output 2 1 Unknown command No action Bit 5 Bit 6 Reset fault will clear fault provided condition Bit 7 The C445 will issue a Test Trip fault causing 0 local control source active 1 remote control source is active 0 no fault present 1 C445 fault present 0 no warning present 1 C445 warning present 0 no inhibit present 1 C445 control inhibit present 0 C445 not ready fault and or inhibit present 1 C445 ready for control No fault or inhibit present 0 motor is not up to speed AtRef 1 C445 has detected motor is up to speed AtRef the Outputs 1 amp 2 control relays to open Control Status Word The control status word of the two speed motor starter profile can be accessed over the fieldbus network Two conditions will set the AtRef bit signaling the motor is up to speed e f motor current first exceeds 115 of the active overload FLA rating and then decreases back below 115 of the active overload FLA rating it is determined the motor has Status Bits Bit 0 1 00 Stopped No active Run commands 01 Running1 Run Slow command is active 10 Running2 Run Fast command is active come up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set e f motor curren
135. C Positive Temperature Coefficient PTC sensor Fuse protection for V1 V2 V3 is recommended Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Motor Connections with External Current Transformer s Figure 33 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control Using External CTs with C445BD EXTERNAL CT fd jptional us C445BD Us 24 VDC Us Legend Q1 Cable and motor protection Q11 Run contactor External CT External Current Transformer connect in accordance with manufacturer s instructions PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient PTC sensor Fuse protection for V1 V2 V3 is recommended Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 27 28 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring L1 Figure 34 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control Using XCT300 or XCT600 External CTs with C445BD L2 L3 PE C445vU 1 HOr eree Optional Modbus C445BD Us 24 VDC Us Note Ground fault and phase imbalance is not available when the XCT300 or XCT600 external current transformers are used Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Figure 35 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control Using XCT300 or XCT600 External CTs
136. C 5 Tripped Status Bitt Phase rotation mismatch 6 Tripped Status Bits Stall 7 Tripped Status Bitt Overload 8 Tripped Status Bits Starts limit exceeded 9 Tripped Status Bits Low power 10 Tripped Status Bits High power 11 Tripped Status Bits Under current 12 Tripped Status Bits Frequency deviation slow 13 Tripped Status Bitt Frequency deviation fast 14 Tripped Status Bitt Voltage unbalance 15 Tripped Status Bitt Voltage phase loss 16 Tripped Status Bitt Power factor deviation 17 Tripped Status Bits Jam 18 Tripped Status Bits Instantaneous over current 19 Tripped Status Bitt Current unbalance 20 Tripped Status Bitt Current phase loss 21 Tripped Status Bits Residual ground fault 22 Motor Control Status Motor at speed 23 Motor Control Status Ready 24 Motor Control Status Inhibited 25 Motor Control Status Warning 26 Motor Control Status Faulted 27 Motor Control Status Remote enabled 28 Motor Control Status Running 2 29 Motor Control Status Running 1 30 Warning Status Bits PTC 31 Warning Status Bits Phase rotation mismatch 32 Warning Status Bits Stall 33 Warning Status Bits Overload 34 Warning Status Bits Starts limit exceeded 35 Warning Status Bits Low power 36 Warning Status Bits High power Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 265 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register N
137. C57 13 50 400 Hz 600 Vac 10 kV relay comes with mounting class C50 accuracy 0 3 B0 1 bracket ki 75 600 600 5 Single Phase CT 2 00 inch dia hole UL amp CSA 2 8 32 brass terminals XCT600 5 ANSI IEEE C57 13 50 400 Hz 600 Vac 10 kV relay comes with mounting class C50 accuracy 0 3 B0 1 bracket ki 100 800 800 5 Single Phase CT 2 50 inch dia hole UL amp CSA 2 8 32 brass terminals XCT800 5 ANSI IEEE C57 13 50 400 Hz 600 Vac 10 kV relay comes with mounting class C50 accuracy 0 3 B0 1 bracket ki Note Contact factory for availability Catalog numbers are for one single phase CT bracket Order quantity of 3 for a complete C445 system Communication and Option Modules Table 4 Catalog Numbers C445XC Optional Communication Cards and C445XO Modules Description Catalog Number T including a mounting EtherNet IP and Modbus TCP card with 2 port switch C445XC E PROFIBUS DPV1 and DPV0 card C445XC P Real Time Clock and Memory Backup Module C445X0 RTC Cables Wiring Harnesses and Spare Parts D77E connection cables are required to connect the Base Control Module to the Measurement Module and to the user interface Use the appropriate lengths for each connection Table 5 Catalog Numbers D77E RJ 12 Cables Description Catalog Number Connection cable Base Contro o Measurement Module or user interface 13 cm length 600 V rati D77E O
138. CCP Actuation is for feeder breakers Contactor Feeder is for controlling a contactor feeder with Output 1 Solenoid Valve is for Solenoid Valve Motor Control Applications Auto Transformer is for starting a motor at the voltage reduced by the transformer with a correspondingly smaller current Default 1 Value Description Enum 0 Overload only Config CRC 1 Direct online Run Lock 2 Reverser Admin Lock 3 Star Delta USB Lock 4 Two speed pole changing Backup Mem 5 Two speed Dahlander 6 Auto transformer 7 Solenoid valve 8 HMCP MCCP actuation 9 Contactor feeder 10 General purpose input output 701 Delay before control UINT16 RW NV Delay Before a Control Fault is Issued after a Change of Control State in 10ms This is meant as a fault in 10ms Default 200 delay in case the Fault clears itself a short time after a change of control state Range 0 to 2000 Units 10ms Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 250 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 702 Name Control Interlocking Time Attribute UINT16 RW NV Default 10 Range 0 to 60000 Units 10ms Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Description Time delay between forward to reverse or
139. Chapter 6 Motor Protection Figure 145 Overload Trip Curves Cold Coil 40 C to 60 C Cold Coil Curve 10000 00 1y p pr r rrr rrr Ed T HH 1 tt et te te et tt tT Yt X SEE ia iu CCHIT Time Seconds TEN COCR LN isa Beien FLA 7 132 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 6 Motor Protection Figure 146 Overload Trip Curves Hot Coil 40 C to 60 C Hot Coil Curves LTT Tt Te Tet tT tt pt tt dT TENARRRE H E ne a pe A KI Be i Time Seconds rte s unan ANCA PTT 5 Percent FLA Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 133 Chapter 6 Motor Protection The thermal overload is designed to protect the motor from overheating caused by excessive current If the motor is overloaded the current level may rise above motor FLA and heats the motor The FLA sets the trip threshold and the trip class 5 to 40 is set with Overload Trip Class The trip class settings of the C445 motor management relay are suitable for both normal start ups as well as for heavy duty starting The Trip Class setting enables a particular tripping characteristic to be selected These are the following A CAUTION The motor the wiring diameter and the switching device s must be suitable for the selected Trip Class A CAUTION The current dependent protective device must be selected so that not
140. Configuration Operation on Page 75 for additional information on the Operation modes of the C445 and what functionality is assigned certain inputs based on the Operation mode For more information on the Operation modes and Input wiring if Fieldwire is selected as one of the control sources refer to System Configuration Operation on Page 75 Below are wiring diagrams for the inputs on the Base Control Module assuming Field Wire is not one of the control sources i e all inputs are available as general purpose inputs AC Input Option The C445 Base Control Module with the AC Input option allows for up to four 120 Vac Inputs to be connected AC Input Field wiring is accomplished with a 7 pin 5 00 mm pitch removable screw terminal plug Figure 44 AC Field Input Terminal ET N css rey oo s N Qi 6 a k Field gt Q3 pe Ve 1 2 3 STATUS 4 18 5 6 7 Pin Circuit Description 1 11 AC Field Input 1 2 12 AC Field Input 2 3 13 AC Field Input 3 4 14 AC Field Input 4 5 IC Common for AC Field Input 6 IC Common for AC Field Input 7 IC Common for AC Field Input Figure 45 120 Vac Input Terminal Diagram 120VAC INPUT WIRING 36 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com DC Input Option The C445 Base Control Module with the DC Input option allows for four isolated 24 Vdc Inputs Option 1 or four dry contac
141. Current Scaled caled by parameter I Scale Factor 6 2 Current 3 CI_MOTOR_I_C_SCALED hase C L3 Motor Current Scaled o Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor U 1 GA 0 1 nw fed 8 2 Field inputs DC _LOGIC_INPUT_STATE_BITFIELD Digital Input Status 10 2 Current Average DCI_MOTOR_ _AVE_SCALED Average Motor Current Scaled Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor 12 2 Voltage DCI_LINE_V_LL_AB_RMS L1 L2 Phase A RMS Voltage L1 L2 V 14 2 Voltage DC _LINE_V_LL_BC_RMS L2 L3 Phase B RMS Voltage L2 L3 V 16 2 Voltage DCI_LINE_V_LL_CA_RMS L3 L1 Phase C RMS Voltage L3 L1 V 18 2 Voltage DCI_LINE_V_LN_AVE_RMS Average Average RMS Voltage V 188 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Input Instance 116 0x74 Full Monitoring continued Length 41 Bytes Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Byte Size Offset bytes Name Description 20 4 Motor Power DCI_POWER_WATTS Motor Power x0 1 kW when external CTs are used x0 01 kW otherwise scale 24 1 Voltage Unbalance DC _LINE_V_UNBALANCE_PERC Percentage Max Deviation from Average Voltage Divided by Average Voltage 25 1 Current Unbalance DCI_MOTOR_I_UNBALANCE_PERC Percentage Max Deviation from Average Current Divided by Average Current 26 2 Apparent Power DCI_POWER_PF_APPARENT Factor cos phi
142. D 6 color CFG eak Demand Warning Threshold U U U U U U U U U U U User Interface Button 2 CFG U U U U U U U U U P E nable MCCB Actuation Voltage Loss Auto Time Voltage Loss Short Time Voltage Loss Long Time Voltage Loss Short Delay Voltage Loss Long Delay Local Remote power up mode Motor Control Network Idle Behavior Solenoid open delay time Solenoid close delay time Non energized state Input Debounce Time Set Admin Password Set USB Port Password Motor Run Parameter Lock Override Base Control Module Relay 3 Behavior Profi Modbus Mode Marketing demo unlock Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 67 Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning Running Lock Option The Running Lock Option is not a password but is an option that can be enabled or disabled When enabled configuration parameters are Read Only when the motor is either running or being instructed to run Out of box this option is enabled To disable this running lock feature and allow configuration parameters to be adjusted during motor run time set Modbus register 5008 to a value of 1 To enable this protection feature and restrict access to modify or write to configuration parameters during motor run time reset this value to 0 Reading the value at Modbus register 5009 will indicat
143. D Off C445 control is local source e AUTO LED On C445 control is remote source Overlay Buttons e OFF button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a STOP command to the C445 overload to drop out the starter e RUN button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a RUN1 command to the C445 overload to start the starter e AUTO button Selects the remote source as the active C445 control e RESET button Resets fault if condition has cleared e HAND button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a RUN1 command to the C445 overload to start the starter 92 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Control Settings The following parameters are used to configure the Star Delta Operation Mode and the C445 sources of control Table 18 Star Delta Configuration Parameters Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Configuration Parameter Modbus Register Description Read Write Active Operation Mode 700 This parameter selects the Operation Mode R W Control Fault Delay 701 Delay time before a control fault is issued A setting of 0 disables this protection R W Network Contactor Settle Time 704 Settle delay time before 2 4 contactor is activated ensures the first contactor is R W sealed in before applying the line Maximum Star Windi
144. D SD Optional Modbus REMOTE 104 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Uc Figure 109 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power L1 L2 L3 PE Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation E lt C445UC C445BA SA Optional Modbus REMOTE FB1 FERRITE Us 120 240 VAC Us Uc 120 VAC Uc Notes a The inputs on the Base Control Module are only used by this Operation Mode if Fieldwire is selected for one of the control sources If Fieldwire is not the Local or Remote control source all 4 inputs may be used as general purpose inputs No outputs may be used as general purpose outputs for this Operation Mode If Fieldwire is the Local control source Input 3 is the Remote input and 3 wire control is not allowed for this operation mode When power is applied to Input 3 the C445 will be in Remote mode If Fieldwire is the Remote control source then input 3 is not used for 2 wire control but is Permissive for 3 wire control Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 105 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Auto Transformer Operation Mode The auto transform
145. Ethernet link speed This parameter is used to verify the data rate being used on the Ethernet Speed Actual network It is read only Enum Value Description Units Mbs 10 10 Mbps 100 100 Mbps 308 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 6024 Ethernet Port 1 Full BOOL RW NV Selects the duplex mode Only used when Auto Negotiate is disabled True Full Duplex Duplex Enable Default 1 False Half Duplex Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock 6025 Ethernet Port 1 Full BOOL RO Actual duplex mode This is a read only parameter indicating the actual duplex mode on the Duplex Enabled Ethernet network True Full Duplex False Half Duplex 6026 Ethernet Port 1 BOOL RW NV Selects Auto Negotiation of link speed and duplex False Disabled True Enabled Autonegotiate Enable Default 1 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock 6027 Ethernet Port 1 UINT8 RO Active state of the Auto Negotiation behavior This parameter indicates the status of auto negotiate Autonegotiate State on the Ethernet network This is read only Enum Value Description 0 Link inactive 1 Auto negotiation in progress 2 Auto negotiation failed 3 Auto negotiation of duplex failed speed ok 4 Auto negotiation success 5 Auto n
146. Ethernet or PROFIBUS Communication Card installed the Modbus address and Baud Rate for this port is assigned with the DIP Switches on the Base Control Module If an optional PROFIBUS Card is installed the DIP Switches on the Base Control Module double as the node address for the RS 485 Modbus port and the PROFIBUS slave module Figure 51 Modbus Serial Connection Modbus Serial Port RS 485 Setting Default Range Address 1 1 to 247 Baud Rate 19200 9600 19200 115200 Stop Bits 1 1or2 Parity Even Even or Odd Mode RTU RTU or ASCII If an optional Ethernet Card is installed the DIP Switches on the Base Control Module are dedicated to the Ethernet Card s IP address In this case the RS 485 port must be configured via the Power Xpert inControl Software or via Modbus commands form a Modbus master The Modbus Register map is in Appendix D Note that even if there is no optional Ethernet or PROFIBUS communication card installed the DIP Switches can be set to allow the Modbus address to be set with the configuration software Figure 52 RS 485 Port COMMON DO _ rs485 D1 RS485 Notes e Shield shall be Earthed externally e Shield should NOT be connected to any of these three terminals e Wiring must meet PELV requirements 40 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Base Control Module DIP Switches Chapter 3 Installation and Wi
147. Family Application C445 Power Xpert C445 global Color Scheme 0 9 motor management relay N NEMA Note See tables below for selection I IEC Note See images below Module U User interface Type C Control Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 3 Chapter 1 Power Xpert C445 Overview Table 1 User Interface NEMA Color Scheme Options English 2 Control Type Control Button s Control Button s Catalog Operation Mode Local Ul Action LED Indicator Labels Diagnostic LED Label s Number FVNR Starter Local Only START OFF RUN OFF FAULT WARNING OVERLOAD C445UC NO FVNR Starter Remote Only F1 RUN FF FAULT WARNING OVERLOAD C445UC N1 FVR Starter Remote Only F1 FWD FF FAULT WARNING OVERLOAD C445UC N2 REV 2 Speed Starter Remote Only F1 SLOW OFF FAULT WARNING OVERLOAD C445UC N3 FAST FVNR Starter Local Remote OFF RUN OFF FAULT WARNING OVERLOAD C445UC N4 HAND AUTO HAND AUTO FVR Starter Local Remote FWD OFF FWD OFF FAULT WARNING OVERLOAD C445UC N5 REV AUTO REV AUTO 2 Speed Starter Local Remote SLOW OFF SLOW OFF FAULT WARNING OVERLOAD C445UC N6 FAST AUTO FAST AUTO MCCB Actuation Local Remote CLOSE OFF CLOSE OFF FAULT WARNING TRIPPED C445UC N7 AUTO AUTO MCCB Actuation Local Only CLOSE OFF CLOSE OFF FAULT WARNING TRIPPED C445UC N8 Overload Local Remote F RUN OFF FAUL
148. Figure 91 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power 94 ies C445UC 7T7 TTL g L C445BD SD Us Us Uc Uc Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Figure 93 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power L1 L2 L3 PE C445UC C445BA SA T Optional Modbus RUN REMOTE RESET FB1 FERRITE Us 120 240 VAC us Uc 120 VAC Uc Notes 1 The inputs on the Base Control Module are only used by this Operation Mode if Fieldwire is selected for one of the control sources If Fieldwire is not the Local or Remote control source all 4 inputs may be used as general purpose inputs No outputs may be used as general purpose outputs for this Operation Mode Fieldwire is the Local control source Input 3 is the Remote input When power is applied to Input 3 the C445 will be in Remote mode Fieldwire is the Remote control source and 2 wire control default is selected Input 3 is unused by this operation mode 3 wire control is selected alo
149. Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Figure 27 Measurement Module C445MB Mounting Dimensions 116 56 2 22 Le 4 55 ai 37 N 1 48 94 M Me 105 _ 35mm DIN RAIL l 14 14 MOUNT La 45 a 1 78 i 45 PANEL MOUNT ire 2 M5 OR 10 Figure 28 Measurement Module C445MC Mounting Dimensions 8 90 0 31 M i 3 56 H 37 N 1 48 100 35mm DIN RAIL fire Bat teat MOUNT ia 46 1 80 A OO 75 PANEL MOUNT 2 95 MTG 4 M5 OR 10 22 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Figure 29 User Interface C445UC Mounting Dimensions S T SON is S n C5 ra RUN 1 IND STOP IND STATUS 1 f f STATUS RUN STOP 52 STATUS 3 Ostatus 2 05 Ouss O serve RUN J AUTO USER LABEL2
150. Ill 690 V 6kV Ill 690 V 8 kV module PTC DC ARV AC BCM C445BA Power Ill 230 V AkV II with CPT 230 V AkV Relays Ill 230 V 4 Ill 230 V 6 kV K1 to K2 Ill gt 150 V AkV Ill lt 150 V 4 kV Inputs II 120 V 1 5 kV II 120 V 2 5 kV DC BCM C445BD Relays Ill 230 V AKV Ill 230 V 6 kV K1 to K2 Ill gt 150 V 4 Ill lt 150 V 4 kV Inputs II 120 V 1 5 kV II 120 V 2 5 kV 170 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix B Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Appendix B Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Table 78 Motor Protection Fault Definitions Definition Source Result Power Xpert Protection Thermal Overload Overload is a condition in which An increase in the load or torque current draw to a motor exceeds that is being driven by the motor 115 of the full load amperage rating over a period of time for an inductive motor A low voltage supply to the motor would cause the current to go high to maintain the power needed A poor power factor would cause above normal current draw Increase in current draw Current leads Thermal trip behavior is defined by UL CSA and IEC to heat and insulation breakdown which can cause system failure Additionally an increase in current can increase power consumption and waste valuable energy standards Trip class is settable from 5 40 by 1 Provides power factor monitoring and low voltage protection features
151. Implemented per ODVA specification Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 179 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Object Details Table 86 Identity Object Class 0x01 1 Class Services ID Service 0x0E Get_Attribute_Single 0x01 Get_Attribute_All Instance Services ID Service 0x01 Get_Attributes_All 0x05 Reset Reset Service data 0 Soft Reset Initializes adapter to the Power up state Service data 1 Factory Reset Writes default values to all instance attributes and then saves all non volatile attributes to NV memory and then performs the equivalent of a Reset 0 Ox0E Get_Attribute_Single Class Attributes Sr No ID Access Rule Data Type Description Remarks Default Values 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision 1 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instances 1 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of instances 1 4 6 0x6 Get UINT Maximum ID Class Attribute 7 5 7 0x7 Get UINT Maximum ID Instance Attribute 7 Instance Attributes Sr No ID Access Rule Data Type Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Vendor ID 0x44 68 Eaton Vendor ID 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Device Type Motor Starter Profile 0x16 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Product Code 0x830A 4 4 0x4 Get STRUCT of Revision USINT Major Revision USINT Minor Revision 1 5 5 0x5 Get WORD Status Status will be as per CIP Specification 6 6 0x6 Get UDINT Serial Number
152. Installation 16 Figure 20 Communication Card Installation 0 00 00 c cee eee ee 17 Figur e 2 1 Component Mating reseno e pl Me OLS oe a seek d 17 Figure 22 DIN Rail Mounting Instructions 000000000 cece eee eee 18 Figure 23 DIN Rail DIMENSIONS e sua rinni eb pte Petes Pee Paes 18 Figure 24 Base Control Module C445B Mounting Dimensions 19 Figure 25 Measurement Module C445MA Mounting Dimensions 20 Figure 26 Base Control Module C445B Mounting Dimensions 21 Figure 27 Measurement Module C445MB Mounting Dimensions 22 Figure 28 Measurement Module C445MC Mounting Dimensions 22 Figure 29 User Interface C445UC Mounting Dimensions 23 Figure 30 Terminal Fastening 0 00 c cee 24 Figure 31 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control with C445BD 25 Figure 32 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control with C445BA 26 Figure 33 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Contro Using External CTs with C445BD Pde dans Seiden gating Sake Bee Aas 27 Figure 34 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Contro Using XCT300 or XCT600 External CTs with C445BD 00 000 000 28 Figure 35 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Contro Using XCT300 or XCT600 External CTs with C445BA 2 2 ee 29 Figure 36 Motor Connections for Standard O
153. Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power 125 Figure 142 Non isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vde C445 Power 125 Figure 143 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power 126 Figure 144 Start Cycle and Transition Timing 0 0000 cece eee ee eee 131 Figure 145 Overload Trip Curves Cold Coil 40 C to 60 C 2 eee 132 Figure 146 Overload Trip Curves Hot Coil 40 C to 60 C 0 0 133 Figure 147 Voltage Loss Return LevelS 0 0 0 eee 140 Figure 148 Example 1 Auto Time Mains Voltage Returns Before Auto Time Expires cdta e eria o ee eee 141 Figure 149 Example 2 Auto Time Mains Voltage Does Not Return Before Auto Time Expires 0 0 000000 142 Figure 150 Example 3 Short Time Mains Voltage Returns Before Short Time Expires 0 0 0000 ccc eee 143 Figure 151 Example 4 Short Time Mains Voltage Does Not Return Before Short Time Expires 0 0 000022 e eee eee 144 Figure 152 Example 5 Long Time Mains Voltage Returns Before Long Time Expir s 20 4 cs ese selis pada eho ba da eed ea 145 Figure 153 Example 6 Long Time Mains Voltage Does Not Return Before Long Time Expires 0 0000 cee eee eee 146 Figure 154 C445 Ethernet Star Network Connection Example 174 Figure 155 C445 Ethernet Ring Network Connection Example 174 Figure 156 C445 Ethe
154. LED Behavior Overview Figure 42 Base Control Module LED Overview Output Status ON Output Active OFF Output Inactive Il zi Input Status STATUS l ON Input Active cH 8 i D CH 2 OFF Input Inactive SS s B TEST RESET e MO Il l LED Test A LED Test is performed after every reset or if commanded by the network The test cycles through both colors on bi color LEDs The test lasts 2 seconds Base Control Module Features e Motor protection e Power and efficiency monitoring e Pre configured operating modes e AC 120 240 and DC 24 supply power options e 4 Inputs 3 Outputs e Integrated USB port e Real time clock memory module option e Multiple fieldbus communication options e Status LEDs e Provides power and communications to the Measurement Module and the user interface through RJ 12 cables Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Device and Motor Status Color Red Fault Yellow Warning Green No Fault Warning Flash Rate Mostly ON Actively polled gt 1s poll rate any protocol Mostly OFF Not being polled from the network CH1 amp CH2 Status Color Flash Red Slow 1s ON 1s OFF Connected device missing or damaged Green Rapid 50ms ON 50ms OFF Device Discovery Green Mostly ON 1 45s ON 50ms OFF Device connected data being exchanged Green Mostly OFF 50ms ON 1 45s OFF Device connected no data being exchanged Modbus Status Color Green
155. Lock 2 Europe USB Lock 3 United States of America Backup Mem 4 Australia 5 Brazil 6 New Zealand 7 United States before 2007 4016 RTC Manual DST UINT8 RW NV Rule End Real Time Clock Manual Daylight Savings Time Rule End date time month week weekday hour minute Array size 5 Default 11 1 7 2 0 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Array of 3 registers 304 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 4019 Name RTC Manual DST Rule Start Attribute UINT8 RW NV Description Real Time Clock Manual Daylight Savings Time Rule Start date time month week weekday hour minute Array size 5 Default 3 2 7 2 0 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Array of 3 registers 4022 RTC Month and Date UINT8 RO Real Time Clock Month and Date Array size 2 Array of 1 registers 4023 RTC Time Zone Ahead of UTC UINT8 RW NV Real Time Clock calculation for Time Zone ahead of UTC If true UTC hh mm otherwise UTC hh mm Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 UTC hh mm Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1 UTC hh mm 4024 RTC Time Zone hh mm UINT8 RW NV Time zone assignment UTC hh mm Where Oxhhmm Element
156. M MOTOR_I_A_ SCALED Phase A L1 Motor Current Scaled 4 2 Current 2 Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor DC _MOTOR_I_B_SCALED Phase B L2 Motor Current Scaled 6 2 Current 13 DCI_MOTOR_I_C_SCALED D t Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor D t Phase C L3 Motor Current Scaled Scaled by parameter Scale Factor 186 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Input Instance 110 Ox6E Status Current Voltage Trip continued Length 22 Bytes Byte Size Offset bytes 8 4 Name Trip Reason Description DCI_STA 0x0000 0 0x0000 0 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x00 0x00 0x000 0x000 0x0008 0x0010 0x0020 0x0040 0x0080 5 D 2 Oo eO a 0 0 0 2 OoOOoOoOaOaOOOOtOOaOaGOOO lt on Kew f N 10 4 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TUS_TRIPPED_BITS 001 under voltage 002 over voltage 004 high resistance GF 008 residual GF 010 current phase loss 020 current unbalance 40 instantaneous over current 80 jam 100 PF deviation 200 voltage phase loss 400 voltage unbalance 800 freq deviation fast 00 freq deviation slow 00 under current 00 high power 00 low power 00 overload 00 stall 00 phase rotation 00 exceeds starts limit 00 initialization fa
157. MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 721 Motor Control UINT8 RW NV Motor control network idle behavior eee Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 Stop on idle event Config CRC 1 Ignore idle and keep present state Admin Lock 2 Send RUN1 command on idle event USB Lock 3 Send RUN2 command on idle event Backup Mem 722 Field Output BYTE RW NV When a communication fault occurs the relays can execute two types of behavior The behavior is Communication Fault selected on a per bit basis Only valid for output relays used as general purpose field outputs See Action Motor Control Communication Loss Behavior parameter to set the behavior of outputs used in the control profile Default 0 Bit Description Coil Bitfield 0 Communication loss action for Field Output Control Word Bit 0 0 Use fault 11537 state 1 Hold Last Config CRC 1 Communication loss action for Field Qutput Control Word 11538 Bit 1 0 Use fault state 1 Hold Last Admin Lock 2 Communication loss action for Field Output Control Word 11539 Bit 2 0 Use fault state 1 Hold Last USB Lock 3 Communication loss action for Field Output
158. Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 8004 Input Debounce Time UINT16 RW NV Array of debounce values A debounce value exists for each input The debounce applies to both rising and falling edge Array size 4 Array of 4 registers Default 20 Range 5 to 5000 Units ms Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 8027 Measurement SINT16 RO Measurement Module Ambient temperature measured on the PCB Module Board Units C Ambient Temp nits J 8028 Measurement SINT16 RW NV Measurement Module Maximum ambient temperature measured on the PCB This value can be set Module Max Board Default typically to 40 Ambient Temp efault 40 Units JC 8145 Low relay control BOOL RO Flag indicates power supply voltage is too low to pull in relays V flag 8502 Control Word with BYTE RW Network Control Word with NetCtrl bit NetCtrl bit Bit 0 Run1 Bit 1 Run2 Bit 2 Reserved Bit 3 Fault Reset Bit 4 NetCtrl Bit 5 Test Trip Bit 6 Reserved Bit 7 Reserved Bitfield Bit Description Coil 0 Run1 command A 1 Run2 command A 2 Reserved N A 3 Reset fault N A 4 Remote control enable Allow control commands from this control word N A 5 Test trip the device N A 314 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix E Safety Manual Appendix E Safety Manual Increased safety type of protection EEx e accord
159. Motor Stop Threshold Motor Transition Threshold Percent Motor Rated Voltage Apparent Energy Resettable Scaled Reactive Energy Resettable Scaled Real Energy Resettable Scaled Alarm Debounce Time Global Auto Reset Enable Trip Auto Reset Enable Bits Auto Reset Delay Backspin Inhibit Time Motor State Transition to run delay from Start Frequency Deviation Fast Alarm Level Scaled Frequency Deviation Fast Debounce Frequency Deviation Fast Trip Level Scaled Frequency Deviation Slow Alarm Level Scaled Frequency Deviation Slow Debounce Frequency Deviation Slow Trip Level Scaled eI Residual GF Debounce S ual GF Inhibit Current Percent F Alarm Threshold Scaled F Threshold Scaled F Start Delay F Use Inhibit Current Resi p Residua d d Residua d d Residua G GJ G Residua Unbalance Alarm Level Percent Unbalance Debounce Unbalance Trip Level Percent nstantaneous Overcurrent Alarm Level nstantaneous Overcurrent Debounce nstantaneous Overcurrent Start Delay nstantaneous Overcurrent Trip Level Jam Alarm Level Jam Debounce Jam Trip Level Overvoltage Alarm Level Overvoltage Debounce Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 59 Chapter 4
160. NEC Max 400 of FLA for devices rated less than or equal to 100 A Table 76 Short Circuit Ratings IEC Standard Fault Short Circuit Data 300 of FLA over 100 A High Fault Short Circuit Data Thermal Magnetic Circuit Fuses gG Breakers Max Max Max Max Measurement Max Breaker Breaker Breaker Breaker Module Overload 480V 690V Fuse Size Size A Size A 480V 690V Max Fuse 480V 690V Size A Size A Frame FLA Range kA kA A gG 480V 690 V kA kA Size A gG kA kA 480V 690 V 45 mm 0 3 2 4 A 1 1 16A 15A N A 00 00 10A 00 N A 15A N A 45 mm 1 5A 1 1 20 A 20 A 20 A 00 00 20A 00 80 20 A 20 A 45 mm 4 32 A 3 3 125 A 125A 125A 00 00 125A 00 80 125 A 125 A 45 mm 6 45 A 3 3 200 A 175A 160 A 00 00 125A 00 80 175A 160 A 55 mm 9 72 A 5 5 250 A 250 A 250 A 00 00 160A 00 80 250 A 250 A 90 mm 11 90 A 5 5 360 A 360 A 360 A 00 00 360A 00 80 360 A 360 A 90 mm 17 136 A 10 10 400 A 400 A 400 A 00 00 400A 00 80 400 A 400 A Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 169 Appendix A Technical Data and Specifications Table 77 Impulse Withstand Ratings Protective Separation Standard Ratings Annex N Ratings Impulse Impulse Base Catalog Overvoltage Working Withstand Overvoltage Working Withstand C445 Device Number Circuit Category Voltage Rating Category Voltage Rating Measurement C445M Mains
161. NR motor USB Lock application or the Run FWD bit for a FVR applications Run 2 Command Bit This bit is Profile dependant For example this is not used for a FVNR motor application or is the Run REV Run for a FVR applications Fault Reset This resets an active fault if the fault condition is no longer present Test Trip This allows the user to trip the unit for test purposes Use Fault Reset to reset the test trip condition Bit Description Coil 0 Run1 command bit 9585 1 Run2 command bit 9586 2 Reserved bit 9587 3 Reset fault bit 9588 4 Reserved bit 9589 Test trip the device bit 9590 601 Base Control Module BYTE RW ON OFF Control for Available Base Control Module Field Outputs The Profile type dictates which Field Output contro Bitfield of these outputs are available as general purpose outputs For example Outputs 2 and 3 are word available when the Direct profile is selected while only Output 3 is available when the Reverser Profile is selected Bit Description Coil 0 Bit 0 9601 1 Bit 1 9602 2 Bit 2 9603 3 Bit 3 9604 248 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 602 Remote Feedback BYTE RW Parameter to write status of Controller input feedback Signal Parameter Bitfield Bit Description Coil 0 Network feedback inpu
162. NT16 RW NV The Modbus scan registers can be used to create custom Modbus interface ranges This allows various non contiguous Register Numbers to be entered in this list and be read or written with a single modbus command The Modbus addresses for this block of data is the Modbus Scan Data registers Array size 32 Default 0 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Array of 32 registers 302 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 4000 RTC Time UINT8 RO Real Time Clock Time in hh mm ss format 24 hour format Array size 3 Array of 2 registers 4002 RTC Year UINT16 RW Real Time Clock year Range 2000 to 2099 4003 RTC Month UINT8 RW Real Time Clock Month Enum Value Description 1 January 2 February 3 March 4 April 5 May 6 June 7 July 8 August 9 September 10 October 11 November 12 December 4004 RTC Day of Month UINT8 RW Real Time Clock Day of Month 4005 RTC Time hours UINT8 RW Real Time Clock Time hours 4006 RTC Time minutes UINT8 RW Real Time Clock Time minutes 4007 RTC Time seconds UINT8 RW Real Time Clock Time seconds 4008 RTC Time UINT16 RO Real Time Clock Time milliseconds milliseconds 4009 RTC Power UINT8 RO
163. Object DCI_PACKED_C445_DEVICE_STATUS_DCID 2 Motor Current Phase A Scaled DCI_MOTOR_I_A_SCALED_DCID 3 Motor Current Phase B Scaled DCI_MOTOR_I_B_SCALED_DCID 4 Motor Current Phase C Scaled DCI_MOTOR_I_C_SCALED_DCID 5 Motor Current Average Scaled DCI_MOTOR_I_AVE_SCALED_DCID 6 Line Voltage LL Phases AB DCI_LINE_V_LL_AB_RMS_DCID 7 Line Voltage LL Phases BC DCI_LINE_V_LL_BC_RMS_DCID 8 Line Voltage LL Phases CA DCI_LINE_V_LL_CA_RMS_DCID 9 Line Voltage LL Average DCI_LINE_V_LL_AVE_RMS_DCID 0 Total Watts for all three phases DCI_POWER_WATTS_DCID 1 Line V Unbalance Percent DCI_LINE_V_UNBALANCE_PERC_DCID 2 Motor Current Average Percent FLA DCI_MOTOR_I_AVE_PERCENT_FLA_DCID 3 Apparent Power Factor DCI_POWER_PF_APPARENT_DCID 4 GF High Resistance RMS DCI_MOTOR_GF_I_HR_RMS_DCID 5 Line Frequency Scaled DCI_LINE_FREQ_DCID 6 Thermal memory Percent DCI_STATUS_OVLD_THERMAL_MEM_PERCENT_DCID 7 Signal Status Bits DCI_STATUS_SIGNAL_BITS_DCID 8 Warning Status Bits DCI_STATUS_WARNING_BITS_DCID 9 BCM Digital Input Status DCI_LOGIC_INPUT_STATE_BITFIELD_DCID Table 99 Test Only Object Class 0xC7 199 Class Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision of
164. PIP13 Connection cable Base Contro o Measurement Module or user interface 13 cm length 1000 V ratin D77E QPIP13 HV Connection cable Base Contro o Measurement Module or user interface 25 cm length 600 V rati D77E QPIP25 Connection cable Base Contro o Measurement Module or user interface 25 cm length 1000 V ratin D77E QPIP25 HV Connection cable Base Contro o Measurement Module or user interface 100 cm leng D77E QPIP100 Connection cable Base Contro Measurement Module or user interface 100 cm leng D77E QPIP100 HV Connection cable Base Contro o Measurement Module or user interface 200 cm leng D77E QPIP200 Connection cable Base Contro o Measurement Module or user interface 300 cm leng D77E QPIP300 Connection cable Base Contro Measurement Module or user interface 300 cm leng D77E QPIP300 HV User interface wiring harnesses are required to utilize the per user interface digital inputs on the User Interface Use one wiring harness connect to these inputs 6 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Table 6 Catalog Numbers C445XU User Interface Wiring Harnesses Description User interface digi al inputs wiring harness 50 cm 16 AWG wires Chapter 1 Power Xpert C445 Overview Catalog Number C445XU 050 User interface digi al inputs wiring harness 100 cm 16 AWG wires C445XU 100 User interface dig
165. Purpose Appendix D Modbus Register Map Attribute Description UINT16 RW NV User Interface User Defined LED 2 Function Selection Default 3 Value Description Enum 0 None Config CRC 1 Fault Reason Type Load fault Power based Admin Lock 2 Fault Reason Type Supply fault Voltage based USB Lock 3 Fault Reason Type Motor fault Current based Backup Mem 4 Tripped Status Bits PTC 5 Tripped Status Bitt Phase rotation mismatch 6 Tripped Status Bits Stall 7 Tripped Status Bitt Overload 8 Tripped Status Bits Starts limit exceeded 9 Tripped Status Bits Low power 10 Tripped Status Bits High power 11 Tripped Status Bits Under current 12 Tripped Status Bits Frequency deviation slow 13 Tripped Status Bitt Frequency deviation fast 14 Tripped Status Bitt Voltage unbalance 15 Tripped Status Bitt Voltage phase loss 16 Tripped Status Bitt Power factor deviation 17 Tripped Status Bits Jam 18 Tripped Status Bits Instantaneous over current 19 Tripped Status Bitt Current unbalance 20 Tripped Status Bitt Current phase loss 21 Tripped Status Bits Residual ground fault 22 Motor Control Status Motor at speed 23 Motor Control Status Ready 24 Motor Control Status Inhibited 25 Motor Control Status Warning 26 Motor Control Status Faulted 27 Motor Control Status Remote
166. Relay Behavior at Power Down parameter Modbus register 729 e Turn Off default Modbus value 0 e Turn On Modbus value 1 e Hold Last State Modbus value 2 e Toggle Modbus value 3 The four bits in the Base Control Module Field Output Control word Modbus register 601 can be assigned in any order to control the various outputs as follows e Output 1 Function Select Select Field Output Control Word bit 0 1 2 or 3 e Output 2 Function Select Select Field Output Control Word bit 0 1 2 or 3 e Output 3 Function Select Select Field Output Control Word bit 0 1 2 0r3 e Output 3 Reset Function Select Select Field Output Control Word bit 0 1 2 or 3 for Latching Relay Operation only Refer to Appendix E for a complete C445 Modbus register map The outputs are relay contacts and wired as follows Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 39 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Figure 49 4 Point Form A NO Output Connector Q1 Output 1 Normally Open NO Q1 Output 1 Normally Open NO Q2 Output 2 Normally Open NO Q2 Output 2 Normally Open NO Figure 50 3 Point Form C NO NC Output Connector Q3 Output 3 Normally Open NO C Output 3 Common Q3 Not Output 3 Normally Closed NC Optional RS 485 Port If the C445 includes an RS 485 port on the Base Control Module and there is not an optional
167. SINT bui heap used max perc BUI Maximum heap usage percent 27 27 0x1B Ge USINT bui heap used perc BUI Current heap usage percent 28 28 0x1C Ge USINT bui cstack usage percent BUI Cstack Usage percent 29 29 0x1D Get Se USINT bui0 led brightness bank 0 LED Brightness Configuration Bank 0 30 30 0x1 Get Se USINT bui0 led brightness bank 1 LED Brightness Configuration Bank 1 31 31 0x1F Get Se USINT bui0 led brightness bank 2 LED Brightness Configuration Bank 2 32 32 0x20 Get Se USINT bui0 led brightness bank 3 LED Brightness Configuration Bank 3 33 33 0x21 Get Se USINT bui led ctrl 0 LED Control 0 ON OFF color bitfield 34 34 0x22 Get Se USINT bui led ctrl 1 LED Control 1 ON OFF color bitfield 35 35 0x23 Get Se USINT bui led ctrl 2 LED Control 2 ON OFF color bitfield 36 36 0x24 Get Se USINT bui led ctrl 3 LED Control 3 ON OFF color bitfield 37 37 0x25 Get Se USINT bui led ctrl 4 LED Control 4 ON OFF color bitfield 38 38 0x26 Get Se USINT bui led ctrl 5 LED Control 5 ON OFF color bitfield 208 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 99 Test Only Object Class 0xC7 199 continued Instance Attributes Sr No AttributeID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Description 39 39 0x27 Get Set USINT bui
168. Ss 174 Ethernet Communication Card and DIP Switches 005 175 LED Status Indicators A 2 ct ese pice rar aana ees eM wb aR a8 177 Ethernet LED Indications ornes odo a nade ele den eee Meee cules 2 178 Configuration Using a Web Browser 0 00 000 cee cee eens 178 Configuration Usingzan EDS Fil sise siera vai daa eee meee ead 179 Configuring Using the inControl Software Tool 0 00 eee 179 EtherNet P Protocol stitute Ak catia ae date eee add ated eon Moe the eee gene 179 Object Details reien nets Game ten an dA ee RR aie See acne Ap eed 180 Modbus TCP Protocol ceo strap evnaedad ected maod ai kani Bech 226 PROFIBUS Communication Card 1 0 0 2 0 000 cee eee 227 C445 Cyclic Polling iis a a a a ite ee in edhe ie Reet adele ead 229 PROFIBUS DiagnOStles oscil eed Moa lear es ee a Sees 232 C445 PROFIBUS Gontiguration Fil gbsta ramea shad dasha dn badaw aes 234 C445 PROFIBUS Bit Mapping Parameters 000000 e ae 235 APPENDIX D MODBUS REGISTER MAP 445 Modbus Regist r Mape r excused y ten haty Se ee Pe he eck ey 237 APPENDIX E SAFETY MANUAL EEX 6 Types Of Protection iinan mace a e eee Peay de ee A 315 ATEX Approval for Operation in Areas Subject to Explosion Hazard 315 iv Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay List of Figures Figure 1 C
169. Status Bits Bit O Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 0 base unit input 1 off 1 base unit input 1 on 0 base unit input 2 off 1 base unit input 2 on 0 base unit input 3 off 1 base unit input 3 on 0 base unit input 4 on 1 base unit input 4 off O user interface input 1 off 1 user interface input 1 on O user interface input 2 off 1 user interface input 2 on 0 user interface input 3 off 1 user interface input 3 on O user interface input 4 off 1 user interface input 4 on 128 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 6 Motor Protection Introduction The Power Xpert C445 is capable of providing fully configurable intelligent motor protection Programming the numerous protection parameters can be accomplished through a variety of methods including the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool communication networks or built in Web Pages Ethernet options only A WARNING The C445 may reset at any time enabling a motor start The Base Control Module monitors motor current supply voltage power and frequency to provide advanced motor protection The software contained in the Base Control Module is central to the monitoring of a wide range of motor and load functionality In this section various features and protection options are described The purpose of this
170. Status Bits Under voltage 52 Tripped Status Bitt Over voltage 53 Tripped Status Bits External ground fault 54 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 0 55 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 1 56 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 2 57 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 3 65535 Reserved 716 Output 2 Function UINT16 RW NV Output Function Select for General Purpose Output 2 Select Available when this output is not used by the Application Mode Default none If used by the Application Mode Reserved Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 None Config CRC 1 Fault Reason Type Load fault Power based Run Lock 2 Fault Reason Type Supply fault Voltage based Admin Lock 3 Fault Reason Type Motor fault Current based USB Lock 4 Tripped Status Bits PTC Backup Mem 5 Tripped Status Bitt Phase rotation mismatch 6 Tripped Status Bits Stall 7 Tripped Status Bitt Overload 8 Tripped Status Bits Starts limit exceeded 9 Tripped Status Bits Low power 10 Tripped Status Bits High power 11 Tripped Status Bits Under current 12 Tripped Status Bits Frequency deviation slow 13 Tripped Status Bits Frequency deviation fast 14 Tripped Status Bits Voltage unbalance 15 Tripped Status Bits Voltage phase loss 16 Tripped Status Bits Power factor deviation 17 Tripped Status Bits Jam 18 Tripped Status Bits lnstantaneous over current 19 Tripped Status Bits Current unbalance
171. T WARNING OVERLOAD C445UC N9 TEST AUTO AUTO Notes All options include a reset button Micro USB port and four 24 Vdc self powered digital inputs Please see Accessories on Page 6 for digital inputs wiring harness options Not all operation modes are stock items Check with EatonCare for availability F1 function key is reserved for future functionality Figure 5 User Interface Overlay Examples NEMA FAULT WARNING FAULT WARNING OVERLOAD OVERLOAD Example C445UC N1 Example C445UC N4 4 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Table 2 User Interface IEC Color Scheme Symbols Chapter 1 Power Xpert C445 Overview Control Type Control Button s Control Button s Catalog Operation Mode Local Ul Action LED Indicator Labels Diagnostic LED Label s Number FVNR Starter Local Only O FAULT WARNING EARTH FAULT C445UC 10 FVNR Starter Remote Only F1 RUN OFF FAULT WARNING EARTH FAULT C445UC 11 FVR Starter Remote Only gt O FAULT WARNING EARTH FAULT C445UC 12 Pp _ _ 2 Speed Starter Remote Only gt O FAULT WARNING EARTH FAULT C445UC I3 lt q poms FVNR Starter Local Remote O FAULT WARNING EARTH FAULT C445UC 14 AUTO FVR Starter Local Remote gt FAULT WARNING EARTH FAULT C445UC 15 lt AUTO
172. T16 RW NV Default 10000 Range 10000 to 10000 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Power Factor Deviation Alarm Level High lf the Power Factor rises above this level following the Alarm Debounce Time in the Protections General category a warning is generated 290 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 1058 Power Factor SINT16 RW NV Power Factor Deviation Alarm Level Low lf the Power Factor drops below this level and following Deviation Alarm the Alarm Debounce Time in the Protections General category a warning is generated Default 0 Level Low Range 10000 to 10000 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1059 Power Factor UINT16 RW NV PF Deviation Debounce time is the time delay from when a Power Factor trip condition exists to Deviation Debounce Default 20 when the motor is tripped Range 1 to 60 Units seconds Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1060 Residual GF Threshold Scaled UINT16 RW NV Default 101 Range 1 to 65535 RW Units scaled A Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Residual Ground Fault Threshold Scaled is the value that will generate a trip of the motor fol
173. Timing Diagram Max star time lI lI i ut H Ji l Bie if Z We Settle Time Control Fault Delay RUN We il Bus Settle Time Ik Control Fault Delay Recommended User Interface Overlays for the Auto Transformer Operation Mode Figure 111 C445UC I0 IEC Control and Status E TN Ei Erm Fau FAULT Ostatus Ouse O vorace O CURRENT OPowER Figure 112 C445UC I1 IEC Status Only E T N Ei O vortace O current O powerR Ostaus Quse aj caas Ki 35 FAULT Ostaus Ouse O vorace O current O Power WARNING OFF F eenened cy 5 A H pi a ry 4 eo errrree d 106 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Figure 115 C445UC N1 NEMA Status Only Overlay Display OFF LED solid On Motor is off in ready state no current detected no faults present OFF LED blinking On Motor is off C445 control is faulted and or a control inhibit is present RUN LED solid On Active RUN1 command and motor is up to speed complete start detected RUN LED blinking On Active RUN1 command but motor is NOT up to speed AUTO LED Off C445 control is local source AUTO LED On C445 control is remote source Overlay Buttons OFF button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a STOP comm
174. Two Speed Dahlander e Auto Transformer e Solenoid Valve e MCCB Actuation e Contactor Feeder e General Purpose Input Output See System Operation on Page 75 for detailed explanations of each operating mode Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 11 Chapter 2 Receipt Unpacking Chapter 2 Receipt Unpacking Do not service with voltage applied use Lock out Tags General Upon receipt of the unit verify that the catalog number and unit options stated on the shipping container match those stated on the order purchase form Inspect the equipment upon delivery Report any crate or carton damage to the carrier prior to accepting the delivery Have this information noted on the freight bill Eaton is not responsible for damage incurred in shipping Unpacking Remove all packing material from the unit Check the unit for any signs of shipping damage If damage is found after unpacking report it to the freight company Retain the packaging materials for carrier to review Verify that the unit s catalog number and options match those stated on the order purchase form Storage It is recommended that the unit be stored in its original shipping box crate until it is to be installed The unit should be stored in a location where e The ambient temperature is 40 C 85 C e The relative humidity is 0 95 non condensing e The environment is dry clean and non corrosi
175. UINT Number of Starts per Hour allowed before Number of Starts per Hour allowed before trip trip 53 53 0x35 Get Set UINT Backspin reset inhibit time Backspin reset inhibit time 54 54 0x36 Get Set USINT Motor Start Threshold Percentage Motor Start Threshold Percentage 55 55 0x37 Get Set USINT Motor Stop Threshold Percentage Motor Stop Threshold Percentage 56 56 0x38 Get Set USINT Motor Transition Threshold Percentage Motor Transition Threshold Percentage 216 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 105 Snapshot Object Class 0xA5 165 Class Services Service Service Name Code 0x0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service Service Name Code 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Desc
176. US master to the C445 to read the Active Fault Code 1 Acyclic write message Slot 0 Index 45 Length 4 bytes 03 Modbus read command 01 37 hex or 01 55 decimal 01 length 1 register to read 2 Acyclic read message Slot 0 Index 45 Length 2 bytes Example 2 Write to the Base Control Module Field Output Control word The Modbus register address for this parameter from Appendix D is 601 address 600 This register is converted to two hexadecimal bytes or two decimal bytes below 02 58 hexadecimal 02 88 decimal Note The byte format depends on the PROFIBUS master The following acyclic message must be sent to write a value of 128 to the System Services register to issue a Soft Reset bit 6 1 so the value is 64 decimal 1 Acyclic write message Slot 0 Index 45 Length 5 bytes Data Field 06 Command 02 58 hexadecimal or 02 88 decimal Data 00 40 hexadecimal or 00 64 decimal Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 231 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards PROFIBUS Diagnostics The C445 PROFIBUS communication card uses extended diagnostics to provide the status information along with fault and warning data relevant to the operation of the system Any time a fault condition is present in the system the ext diag bit bit3 in first diagnostic data byte will be set high indicating to the Master a high level diagnostic message and fault
177. Voltage unbalance 15 Tripped Status Bitt Voltage phase loss 16 Tripped Status Bitt Power factor deviation 17 Tripped Status Bits Jam 18 Tripped Status Bits Instantaneous over current 19 Tripped Status Bitt Current unbalance 20 Tripped Status Bitt Current phase loss 21 Tripped Status Bits Residual ground fault 22 Motor Control Status Motor at speed 23 Motor Control Status Ready 24 Motor Control Status Inhibited 25 Motor Control Status Warning 26 Motor Control Status Faulted 27 Motor Control Status Remote enabled 28 Motor Control Status Running 2 29 Motor Control Status Running 1 30 Warning Status Bits PTC 31 Warning Status Bits Phase rotation mismatch 32 Warning Status Bits Stall Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 269 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 746 User Interface User UINT16 RW NV User Interface User Defined LED 3 Function Selection continued rE Rurpose Value Description 33 Warning Status Bits Overload 34 Warning Status Bits Starts limit exceeded 35 Warning Status Bits Low power 36 Warning Status Bits High power 37 Warning Status Bits Under current 38 Warning Status Bits Frequency deviati
178. _Only readonly readonly Read_Only access allows parameters to be viewed but no control or configuration Control control control Control provides capabilities of Read_Only plus allows motor and discrete outputs to be turned on and off Config configuration configuration Config provides capabilities of Control plus the ability to set configuration values Super_User superuser superuser Super_User provides the capabilities of Config plus the ability to change user names and passwords The following is a step by step process demonstrating how to set passwords for the Web Pages 1 After opening the Web Pages select user name password E a oN SET USER NAME AND PASSWORD mA Powering Business Worldwide Enter User Name Enter Password Dashboard Repeat Password Al Paramet Access Levels Type the user name and password in the above input READ ONL boxes and click the proper bution on the right You have to y Set User Passwd be a SUPER USER or the password waiver level has to be UsernamePasswords set at SUPER USER 99 CONTROL Set User Passwd gt User name should only contain 0 9 a z A Z and User Group Setup underscore CONFIGURATION Set User Passwd Password should only contain printable ASCII characters BG SUPER Montar excluding white spaces and tabs USER SstUsouPassud Voltage Current Power STATUS System Motor Configuration E ot Wiring C Tarii Description for parameter 8636 loaded Operation Mode Faus and Even
179. a thermal capacity value of 85 is much closer to an Overload Fault Trip than the same motor running at a thermal capacity value of 25 The following items are associated with the electronic Overload function of the C445 e An Overload Fault Trip will occur when the calculated thermal capacity reaches 100 e An Overload Fault Trip cannot be cleared by power cycling the device the thermal capacity calculated value is stored in non volatile memory Run Stop Cycle Cycle e Two thermal capacity models are used One model is enabled while the coil is energized motor is running anda second model is enabled while the coil is de energized motor stopped The second model has a longer time constant e A MANUAL RESET button is located on the faceplate of the unit Depressing this button will clear any Overload fault that has been latched but is no longer present thermal capacity must be less than 100 Resets can also be initiated through the communication port e An auto reset option is available This provision enables the unit to automatically reset when the fault has cleared A CAUTION In the Auto Reset mode caution must be exercised to assure that any restart occurs in a safe manner Auto Reset mode should not be used in environments where excessive restart attempts may cause component damage and or create unsafe conditions Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 131
180. able 89 C445 Assembly Object Instances Type Instance Description Outpu 2 0x02 Basic Overload Outpu 3 0x03 Basic Motor Starter Outpu 5 0x05 Extended Motor Starter Outpu 104 0x68 Extended Motor Starter 2 Outpu 105 0x69 Basic Starter Relay Outpu 106 0x6A Basic Output Control nput 50 0x32 Basic Overload nput 51 0x33 Extended Overload nput 52 0x34 Basic Motor Starter nput 54 0x36 Extended Motor Starter 2 nput 100 0x64 Status Current Monitoring nput 107 0x64 Status Current Monitoring nput 110 Ox6E Status Current Voltage Trip nput 116 0x74 Full Monitoring nput 121 0x79 Status and Short Measurements nput Dynamic 150 0x96 Dynamic input Assembly 182 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Output Instance 2 Basic Overload Length 1 Byte Byte Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved FaultReset Reserved Reserved D Output Instance 3 Basic Motor Starter Length 1 Byte Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved FaultReset Reserved Run1 oO Output Instance 5 Extended Motor Starter Length 1 Byte Byte Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved FaultReset Run2 Run1 Input Instance 50 Basic Overload Length 1 B
181. ac to 20 Vac On State 79 Vac to 132 Vac Max ON current 15 mA DC Field Input IEC 61131 2 Type 1 Digital Input Off State 0 Vac to 5 Vde On State 15 Vde to 30 Vde Max ON current 15 mA Mandatory Short Circuit Protection for Auxiliary Contacts relay outputs 6 A Class gG fuse IEC 60947 5 1 Terminal Block Wiring capacity 0 2 mm 24 AWG to 2 5 mm2 12 AWG Use only UL listed or recognized conductors Copper wire rated 75C 75 C UC wire for all field wiring terminals and main overload conductor wiring Table 68 PTC Specifications Description Standard Specification EN 60947 8 A1 2006 Mark A Control Unit Compatible Thermal Detectors MARK A type abrupt characteristic change as described in EN 60947 8 A1 2006 Annex A wired in series Terminals Marked T1 amp T2 0 2 mm 24 AWG to 2 5 mm2 12 AWG Cold Resistance lt 1500 ohms Measuring Voltage 11 12 lt 2 5 V for resistance lt 1330 ohms lt 7 5V for resistance lt 4 kohms lt 9 0 V open circuit Temperature Rise Response 3600 ohms 10 Over Temperature Reset 1500 ohms 10 Short Circuit Response Between 10 and 20 ohms Short Circuit Reset Between 20 and 40 ohms Wire Break Response 20 k to 40 kohms Isolation See Table 77 166 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix A Technical D
182. actor Deviation Alarm Level Low Power Factor Deviation Alarm Level Low 38 38 0x26 Get Set UDINT Peak Demand Warning Threshold Peak Demand Warning Threshold 39 39 0x27 Get Set UINT Demand Window Duration Demand Window Duration 40 40 0x28 Get Set UINT Residual Ground Fault Threshold Scaled Residual Ground Fault Threshold Scaled 41 41 0x29 Get Set UINT Residual Ground Fault Debounce Residual Ground Fault Debounce 42 42 0x2A Get Set UINT Residual Ground Fault Alarm Threshold Residual Ground Fault Alarm Threshold Scaled Scaled 43 43 0x2B Get Set UINT Residual Ground Fault Start Delay Residual Ground Fault Start Delay 44 44 0x2C Get Set BOOL Residual Ground Fault Apply Inhibit Residual Ground Fault Apply Inhibit Current Current 45 45 0x2D Get Set UINT Residual Ground Fault Inhibit Current Residual Ground Fault Inhibit Current Percent Percent 46 46 Ox2E Get Set UINT Frequency Deviation Fast Trip Level Frequency Deviation Fast Trip Level 47 47 0x2F Get Set UINT Frequency Deviation Fast Debounce Frequency Deviation Fast Debounce 48 48 0x30 Get Set UINT Frequency Deviation Fast Alarm Level Frequency Deviation Fast Alarm Level 49 49 0x31 Get Set UINT Frequency Deviation Slow Trip Level Frequency Deviation Slow Trip Level 50 50 0x32 Get Set UINT Frequency Deviation Slow Debounce Frequency Deviation Slow Debounce 51 51 0x33 Get Set UINT Frequency Deviation Slow Alarm Level Frequency Deviation Slow Alarm Level 52 52 0x34 Get Set
183. age operating range 24 Vde Nominal 18 30 Vdc The common terminal of the 24 V power supply shall be earthed Max Power Consumption 8W AC Control Power Input Impulse See Table 77 Withstand Voltage Uimp Notes Fuse information Recommend 1 A slow blow fuse for AC control power Interrupting capability should be greater than available branch current UL Listed Isolated Class 2 PELV Power Supply Rated Maximum 24 Vdc Wiring must meet PELV requirements Base Control Module Measurement Module User Interface Communication Card Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 165 Appendix A Technical Data and Specifications Table 67 Input Output Specifications Description Relay Rating Specification Relay Q1 Q2 from A NO B300 Pilot Duty R300 Pilot Duty AC 15 3 A at 120 Vac 1 5 A at 240 Vac DC 13 0 22 at 125 Vdc 0 1 at 250 Vdc 2 A at 24 Vdc Relay 03 from C latching B300 Pilot Duty R300 Pilot Duty AC 15 3 A at 120 Vac 1 5 A at 240 Vac DC 13 0 22 at 125 Vdc 0 1 at 250 Vdc 1 5 A at 24 Vdc Relay 03 from C non latching B300 Pilot Duty R300 Pilot Duty AC 15 3 A at 120 Vac 1 5 A at 240 Vac DC 13 0 22 at 125 Vdc 0 1 at 250 Vdc 2 A at 24 Vdc The Q3 normally closed relay contacts should not be used for motor contactor control AC Field Input IEC 61131 2 Type 1 Digital Input Off State 0 V
184. age output before R W transitioning to full voltage in 100 ms Motor 1 Overload FLA Scaled 900 Parameter to set motor nameplate full load amp rating for overload and motor R W protections Motor 2 Overload FLA Scaled 901 Not used R W Motor Overload Trip FLA 500 Parameter holds active motor overload FLA rating will contain the motor1 setting R Trip Enable Bit Field 1000 1001 Trip Fault protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired motor protections Warn Enable Bit Field 1002 1003 Warning protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired motor protections warnings C445 Local Source Selector 711 See Section C445 Local Remote Control Source Selection R W C445 Remote Source Selector 712 See Section C445 Local Remote Control Source Selection R W Fieldbus Control Word The auto transformer reduced voltage motor starter profile will accept the following control commands over a fieldbus network Control Bits BitO 0 Stop command de activate all control outputs 1 Run1 command begin start sequence Bit3 0 No action 1 Reset fault will clear fault provided condition has cleared Bit5 0 No action 1 The C445 will issue a Test Trip fault causing the Outputs 1 3 control relays to open Control Status Word The control status word of the auto transformer reduced voltage motor starter profile can be accessed over the fieldbus network Status Bits BitO 0 Stopped No active Run1 command 1 Runn
185. ailable to prevent out of sync starting of motors Time delays for multiple motors monitored by multiple C445 units can be staggered to avoid brownouts from all motors restarting together based on a common undervoltage condition Operation Mains voltage dips below the Undervoltage Trip Level setting for longer than VL Auto Time Contactor remains open Start circuit Aux relays are now open as VL Auto Time has expired Note C445 control voltage must remain available during main voltage loss or C445 relay may power down Example 3 Main voltage returns above Voltage Return Level setting in lt VL Short Time Short Delay Time begins counting Once the time delay has expired the contactor is pulled back in and motor is restarted Note If there is a run permissive in the circuit from a PLC DCS it must remain active or restart will not occur Figure 150 Example 3 Short Time Mains Voltage Returns Before Short Time Expires Short Time Example Voltage returns before Short Time expires i VL Short Time a 400ms gt VL Auto Time LI 100 1 I Mains Voltage BOR r a ee ee ae Voltage Return Level Possibly Control Z222 22 Voltage ena TAAR fin ae Sy ee Voltage Loss Level si i 1 9 1 1 i Short Time l I l Delay gt i l 1 0 1 i 1 1 i I 1 I 1 CLOSED 1 l I C445 Output i i Relay I 1 In Start Circuit l 1 OPEN I 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 CLOSED al l 1
186. al Communication Cards Table 101 Operation Mode Object Class 0x9F 159 continued Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access DataType Attribute Name Attribute Description 9 9 0x9 Get Se UINT Delay time for solenoid valve to open in Delay time for solenoid valve to open in 10ms 10ms 0 0 0xA Get Se UINT Delay time for solenoid valve to close in Delay time for solenoid valve to close in 10ms 10ms 1 1 0xB Get Se USINT Non energized state of solenoid valve Non energized state of solenoid valve 2 12 OxC Get USINT Present source of control Present source of control 3 3 0xD Get Se USINT Base Control Module Local Source Base Control Module Local Source Selector Selector 4 4 0xE Get Se USINT Base Control Module Remote Source Base Control Module Remote Source Selector Selector 5 5 OXF Get Se USINT Base Control Module Local Remote Base Control Module Local Remote Power up mode Power up mode 6 6 0x10 Get Set USINT Base Control Module Feedback Signal Base Control Module Feedback Signal Source Selector Source Selector 7 7 0x11 Get Set USINT Base Control Module Field Wiring Base Control Module Field Wiring Configuration Selector Configuration Selector 8 8 0x12 Get Set USINT Measurement Module Wire Configuration Measurement Module Wire Configuration 9 9 0x13 Get UINT C445 Q1 Output function select C445 Q1 Output function select 20 20 0x14
187. alue can be reset 5 5 0x5 Get Set USINT bem heap used max perc BCM Maximum heap usage percent Resettable 6 6 0x6 Ge USINT bem heap used perc BCM Current heap usage percent 7 7 0x7 Ge USINT bem cstack usage percent BCM Cstack Usage percen 8 8 0x8 Get Set UINT num option card comm crc errors Provides the number of crc errors that have occurred between the option card and the BCM g 9 0x9 Get Set USINT mm sim enable Simulation enable 0 0 OxA Get Set USINT mm sim freq Simulation frequency 1 1 OxB Get Set UINT mm simia Simulation Current A 2 2 OxC Get Set UINT mm simib Simulation Current B 3 3 OxD Get Set UINT mm simic Simulation Current C 4 4 OxE Get Set UINT mm sim v a Simulation VAN 5 5 OxF Get Set U mm sim v b Simulation VBN 6 6 0x10 Get Set U mm sim vc Simulation VCN 7 7 0x11 Get Set UINT mm sim phi i1 MM simulator IA angle 8 8 0x12 Get Set UINT mm sim phi i2 MM simulator IB angle 9 9 0x13 Get Set UINT mm sim phi i3 MM simulator IC angle 20 20 0x14 Get Set U mm sim phi v1 MM simulator VAN angle 21 21 0x15 Get Set U mm sim phi v2 MM simulator VBN angle 22 22 0x16 Get Set U mm sim phi v3 MM simulator VCN angle 23 23 0x17 Get Set UINT mm sim vn simulator VN RMS 24 24 0x18 Get Set UINT mm sim phi vn simulator VN angle 25 25 0x19 Get Set UINT mm med filt type RMS filter type bits 0 3 V amp l bits 4 7 power bits 8 11 ground fault 0 off 1 on 2 cal 26 26 0x1A Get Set U
188. ame Attribute Description 744 User Interface User UINT16 RW NV User Interface User Defined LED 1 Function Selection continued LED 1 Purpose Value Description 37 Warning Status Bits Under current 38 Warning Status Bits Frequency deviation slow 39 Warning Status Bits Frequency deviation fast 40 Warning Status Bits Voltage unbalance 41 Warning Status Bits Voltage phase loss 42 Warning Status Bits Power factor deviation 43 Warning Status Bits Jam 44 Warning Status Bits Instantaneous over current 45 Warning Status Bits Current unbalance 46 Warning Status Bits Current phase loss 47 Warning Status Bits Residual ground fault 48 Warning Status Bits External ground fault 49 Warning Status Bits Over voltage 50 Warning Status Bits Under voltage 51 Tripped Status Bits Under voltage 52 Tripped Status Bitt Over voltage 53 Tripped Status Bits External ground fault 54 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 0 55 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 1 56 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 2 57 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 3 65535 Reserved 266 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 745 Name User Interface User LED 2
189. ame as settings 0 through 3 available via DIP Switches Setting 3 NV DHCP allows devices to get addresses from DHCP and assigns them to NV memory Next setting the parameter to 2 in the software before power cycle will allow devices to retain the last active IP addresses as static without having to physically change DIP Switches on each device The DIP Switches are used to configure the IP address for the Ethernet port Even though there are two Ethernet ports on the Ethernet Option card these ports act as a two port switch and both have the same IP address This allows multiple C445 Ethernet Cards to be daisy chained rather than each being connected to the same switch or switches It also provides for the capability of connecting in a redundant ring topology when connected through switches that support this technology 176 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com LED Status Indicators The Ethernet Card includes indicators for the module status MS and Network Status NS The Module Status Indicator states are described in the table below Table 81 Module Status Indicator Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Indicator State Summary Requirement Steady Off No power If no power is supplied to device the module status indicator shall be steady Off Steady Green Device operational If the device is operating correctly the module status indicator shall be steady gree
190. and to the C445 overload to drop out the starter RUN button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a RUN1 command to the C445 overload to start the starter AUTO button Selects the remote source as the active C445 control RESET button Resets fault if condition has cleared HAND button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a RUN1 command to the C445 overload to start the starter Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 107 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Control Settings The following parameters are used to configure the auto transformer reduced voltage motor starter control profile and the C445 sources of control Table 21 Auto Transformer Configuration Parameters Configuration Parameter Modbus Register Description Read Write C445 Active Operation Mode 700 Parameter selects control profile R W Set to 6 for auto transformer reduced voltage motor starter Control Fault Delay 701 Delay time from change in command before a control fault is issued Setting of 0 R W disables this protection Network Contactor Settle Time 704 Settle delay time before second contactor is activated ensures the first contactor R W is sealed in before applying the line in 10 ms Maximum Star Winding Time 705 Maximum time the control will stay on the reduced volt
191. ankek aha Sean deena BEANA TIBANE ented 12 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION AND WIRING INtrOGUCTION 63 24 5 5 0 44 ae oe tet b anes OO he Roce Shane Pe aE 13 Mounting POsitionss 3 Ace ee ees ap ceded whee ka eg eho eins koe 13 Cle aranGe ta ners peee a ast pe elegy Sar ee ew eens een fon he 14 C445 Module ASSOMIBIY rri annata aiaa a testicle i whale ile noe e 15 GAAS MOUNTING sensira r aea a e O a Rees SS 18 C445 Surface Mounting on DIN rail 2 eee 18 C445 Mounting Dimensions DIN Rail and Panel Mount 19 Motor Wiring Connections Typical 0 00 00 cee eee 24 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control 0 25 Power and I O Wiring 0 eee eee 34 Digital OUtPUTS ir Ai portico a ens Rote r S cad E a tage een a4 38 Base Control Module DIP Switches 0 0 000000000 eee eee 41 CHAPTER 4 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION AND COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING as 0 0 4 fad ten yee we Re es ote ee 47 Power Xpert inControl Commissioning Software Tool 0 51 Real Time Clock and Memory Backup Module RTC Module 54 Parameter Lock Features cn d cm aca catia ae wae Ree See eee aes 57 CHAPTER 5 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION AND OPERATION Control SOUICES kosaat akat ac aie cash a p aaa aaiae aa desea eal need 75 Pre Defined Operation Modes 000 0c c eee ee 76 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com iii Power Xpert C445 Glo
192. arm auxiliary relays provide feedback reporting MCCB feeder open close amp trip status C445 Feedback Signal Source Selector parameter Input source of the feedback signals 0 No feedback source 1 User interface inputs In 2 cb_on In 3 cb_alarm 2 Base control inputs In 2 cb_on In 3 cb_alarm 3 Fieldbus parameter 2nd bit cb_on 3rd bit cb_alarm Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation The C445 will issue a control fault when e An Open command is active and the CB On feedback input is true e The CB On amp CB Alarm feedback inputs are both high at same time e Current is detected after an open command e A Close command is active and the CB On feedback input is false When the C445 experiences a fault inhibit condition Output 2 will be activated for the programmed pulse width to open the breaker feeder e Output 1 close control NO e Output 2 open control NO e Output 3 open for user configuration and their function can be selected by the user Figure 128 Timing Diagram for MCCB Feeder Operation Mode Timing Diagram CLOSE Command Pulse Width l Control Fault Delay l x If CB ON aux open CLOSE Issue Control fault Output ee Pulse Width R Control Fault Delay If CB ON aux closed Issue Control fault Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 117 Chapter 5 Sy
193. arning status of the Base Control Module e CH1 Indicates status of modules attached to Channel 1 port on Base Control Module Measurement Module or user interface e CH2 Indicates status of modules attached to Channel 2 port on Base Control Module Measurement Module or user interface e USB USB traffic indication Real Time Clock and Memory Backup Module Optional real time clock module Plugs in behind the communication cards Provides battery backed up fault time stamping and non volatile memory for configuration parameters Communication Cards Optional modules to provide communications e PROFIBUS DVPO and DVP1 Shown e Ethernet for Modbus TCP and EtherNet IP 8 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Figure 9 Base Module Features and Connections Bottom View Relay Outputs 1 amp 2 RS 485 Seer Relay Output 3 oO ole Bal CH1 Port O oje a Input Power R Ho _ CH2 Port Relay Outputs 1 amp 2 Two normally open outputs Relay Output 3 Form C NC NO Factory orderable as latching or non latching Two options available 120 240 Vac or 24 Vdc RS 485 Modbus Serial terminal factory orderable option only CH1 Port Provides communication and power from the Base Control Module to the connected module Measurement Modu
194. ase Control Module Control voltage measured Control Voltage Units mV 321 Voltage AB L1 L2 UINT16 RO Supply Line to Line Voltage AB L1 L2 Units V 322 Voltage BC L2 L3 UINT16 RO Supply Line to Line Voltage BC L2 L3 Units V 323 Voltage CA L3 L1 UINT16 RO Supply Line to Line Voltage CA L3 L1 Units V 324 Average Line to Line UINT16 RO Supply Line to Line Voltage Average Voltage Units V 325 Voltage Unbalance UINT8 RO Supply Voltage Unbalance Percentage Percent Units 242 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 326 Voltage Phase Order UINT8 RO Supply Phase Order 0 unknown 1 ABC L1 L2 L3 2 ACB L1 L3 L2 Enum Value Description 0 Unknown 1 ABC L1 L2 L3 2 ACB L1 L3 L2 3 Voltage L1 L2 L3 Current L1 L3 L2 4 Voltage L1 L3 L2 Current L1 L2 L3 327 Total Watts SINT32 RO Total Real Power Units W 329 Total VA SINT32 RO Total Apparent Power Units VA 331 Total VARS SINT32 RO Total Reactive Power Units VAR 333 Power Factor Scaled SINT16 RO Apparent Power Factor in Percent Scaled Units 0 01 A parameter value of 8512 is equal to 85 12 or 8512 334 Real Energy Scaled SINT32 RO Real Energy Scaled Default 0 Units 0 1 kWh Backu
195. ata and Specifications Table 69 Measurement Module Specifications Description Specification 3 Phase Voltage input U12 U23 Input ratings 110 690 Vac 94 759 Vac U31 RMS Grounded Floating and High Resistance Ground Distribution systems supported 4160 Vac with PT Ratios between 35 1 and 6 1 Connector Removable screw terminal Uimp See Table 77 Line Frequency 20 80 Hz 3 Phase Current input 11 12 13 Depending on Measurement Module range RMS Current as of rated FLA 0 720 max rated FLA Table 70 Measurement Module Frame Breaks Supported Supported Frame Aperture Conductor NA Conductor EMEA Size Current Range Dia mm 600 VO 690 V Frequency Range 45 mm 0 3 2 4 Amp 78 6 AWG 16 mm2 20 80 Hz 45 mm 1 5 Amp 78 6 AWG 16 mm2 20 80 Hz 45 mm 4 32 Amp 78 6 AWG 16 mm2 20 80 Hz 45 mm 6 45 Amp 78 6 AWG 16 mm2 20 80 Hz 55mm N A 9 68 Amp 10 5 3 AWG 25 mm2 20 80 Hz IEC 9 72 Amp 90 mm 11 90 Amp 15 8 2 0 AWG 70 mm2 20 80 Hz 90 mm 17 136 Amp 15 8 2 0 AWG 70 mm2 20 80 Hz Notes Use only insulated conductors Conductor outer diameter vary with insulation type Refer to aperture diameter for sizing Linear to 1 2 FLA over the range of 20 80 Hz Linear to 72x FLA over 47 63 Hz range Table 71 EMC Emissions Description Specification Radiated Emissions EN 55011 CISPIR 11 Group 1 Class A ISM Equipment for Industrial Scientific and Medical Equipment 30 MHz to 1000 Mhz
196. aton com 261 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 725 Field Output BYTE RW NV Communication Idle Value to be Applied A bitfield where each bit defines an output point Communication Idle 3 es State Default 0 Bit Description Coil Bitfield 0 Communication idle state for Field Output Control Word 1585 Bit 0 0 Off 1 On Config CRC 1 Communication idle state for Field Output Control Word 1586 Bit 1 0 Off 1 On Admin Lock 2 Communication idle state for Field Output Control Word 1587 Bit 2 0 Off 1 On USB Lock 3 Communication idle state for Field Output Control Word 1588 Backup Mem Bit 3 0 Off 1 On 726 Output 3 Latching UINT8 RW NV Latching Relay Behavior Setting at Power Up Ba Sr al Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 Turn off emulate a non latching relay reset default Config CRC 1 Turn on set Admin Lock 2 Do nothing maintain present state USB Lock 3 Toggle Backup Mem 727 Measurement UINT8 RW NV Measurement Module Wire configuration Module Wite Contig Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 Three phase wire configuration Config CRC 1 Single phase wire configuration two wire Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 728 Base Control Module UINT8 RW NV Base Control Module Field Wiring Config
197. ature may be configured to attempt to restart the motor 146 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Advanced Protection Parameters This table contains parameters that are applicable to all protections but are related to more advanced behavior Table 34 Protections Chapter 6 Motor Protection Modbus Parameter Units Min Max Default Register Notes Auto Reset Delay Sec 0 3600 180 1075 Time delay after a Fault Trip event occurs an auto reset will be attempted Backspin Inhibit Time Sec 0 3600 0 1077 Anti backspin inhibit time before a reset is allowed Fault Reset On Power Up Enable Disable Disable 1076 Enabled perform a fault reset on power up Disabled no action Auto Reset Enable Disable Enable Disable 1072 Disabled no auto reset functionality Enabled auto reset functionality is based on trip auto reset bit selections Fault Trip Auto Reset Enable Bits 1073 Select Fault Trip Parameters to Auto Reset Fault Trip Enable Bits Checked Unchecked Unchecked 1000 User input bit field that is used to enable or disable a protection function trip Fault Warning Enable Bits Checked Unchecked Unchecked 1002 Only protections enabled by checking the associated box will provide a warning when that condition occurs Positive Temperature 376 0 No Fault Coefficient PTC option 1 Overtemp 2 Shorted 3 Open Fault Trip Code 22 Pow
198. ault when e The RUN SLOW or RUN FAST command is active and phase voltage is present and no phase current is detected e A STOP command is active and current is detected Note Even with the control fault disabled after de activating the present speed the C445 will NOT transition to the new speed until current readings decrease to zero Outputs 1 2 and 3 will be de activated anytime the C445 experiences a fault inhibit condition Output 1 SLOW STARTER coil NO e Output 2 FAST STARTER coil NO e Output 3 NET STARTER coil NO The AtRef At Reference bit in the Motor Control Status register is set based on the following two conditions At Reference signals that the motor is up to speed 1 If motor current first exceeds 115 of the active overload FLA rating and then decreases back below 115 of the active overload FLA rating it is determined the motor has come up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set 2 If motor current exceeds 30 of the active overload FLA rating and remains until after the Motor State Transition to Run Delay from Start time expires the motor is determined to be up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set This time delay parameter can be found in the General Protections category in the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Figure 102 Timing Diagram for the Two Speed Dahlander Operation Mode Timing Diagram Control Fault Delay Speed Transition De
199. ay size 2 Array of 2 registers 7053 Measurement UINT32 RO Measurement Module Product Serial Number Module Serial Number 7055 Measurement UINT16 RO Measurement Module Product Code Module Product Code 7056 Measurement UINT16 RO Measurement Module Product Sub Code Module Product Sub Code Default 65535 312 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 7057 Measurement UINT16 RO Measurement Module Product Firmware Version Module Firmware A Soc i Version rray size 2 Array of 2 registers 7060 Measurement UINT16 RO Measurement Module Product Hardware Version Module Hardware Version 7061 Measurement BYTE RO Measurement Module Option board type ee Option Board figg Bit Description Coil 0 Voltage option board present in Measurement Module N A 1 PTC option board present in Measurement Module N A 7062 Measurement UINT16 RO Measurement Module Bootloader Version Module Bootloader A i Version rray size 2 Array of 2 registers 7065 User Interface Serial UINT32 RO User Interface Module 32 bit Device Serial Number Number 7067 User Interface UINT16 RO User Interface Module Product code numerical Product Code 7068 User Interface UINT16 RO User Interface Product Sub
200. back input7 15 104 0x68 Get WORD Packed Device Status Bit 0 Faulted Tripped Bit 1 Warning Bit 2 Output 1 Bit 3 Output 2 Bit 4 Input 1 Bit 5 Input 2 Bit 6 Input 3 Bit 7 Input 4 Bit 8 Running1 Bit 9 Running2 Bit 10 Remote or CtrlFromNet Bit 11 Output 3 Bit 12 Reserved Bit 13 Inhibited Bit 14 Ready Bit 15 AtRef or Up To Speed 16 105 0x69 Get BYTE Motor Control Status Bit 0 Running1 Bit 1 Running2 Bit 2 Remote or CtrlFromNet Bit 3 Faulted Tripped Bit 4 Warning Bit 5 Inhibited Bit 6 Ready Bit 7 AtRef or Up To Speed Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 197 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 93 Control Supervisor Object Class 0x29 41 continued Instance Attributes Sr No ID Access Rule Data Type Description 17 106 0x6A Get Array of 4 Bytes Tripped Status Bit 0 Undervoltage Bits Bit 1 Overvoltage Bit 2 External GF Bit 3 Residual GF Bit 4 Current phase loss Bit 5 Current unbalance Bit 6 Instantaneous over current Bit 7 Jam Bit 8 PF deviation Bit 9 Voltage phase loss Bit 10 voltage unbalance Bit 11 Freq deviation fast Bit 12 Freq deviation slow Bit 13 Under current Bit 14 High power Bit 15 Low power Bit 16 Reserved Bit 17 Exceeds starts limit Bit 18 Overload Bit 19 Stall Bit 20 Phase rotation Bit 21 PTC
201. bal Motor Management Relay Table of Contents continued CHAPTER 6 MOTOR PROTECTION INPPOQUGTION aiaiai ei tarinan Hie sdk hash he woreino laoa le gabe dhe 129 Configuration Parameter Locking 0 0000 cece eee eee 129 Fault Tripcand Fault Warning est tas eeee bk kkk ele kd had Se Sa 130 Motor Control Operation ecas dig meai eae Speen dnba ge ead E debe Gs 130 Start Cycle and Transition Timing adita a e Aaa eee 130 Motor Thermal Overload 0 0 00 aana a KE EE ba AO A ahe 131 Application Configuration ss eea nc dees e pie e feces aa goed Boaters e oe aa 135 Overview of Protection Features 0 000 000 eee 136 Advanc d Protection sesse minitas eb o iHe baba canada EE a 139 Advanced Protection Parameters a asaan aaaea 147 Motor Protection meitan ee e a E E awe heigl a nutes Lea ted S 148 Supply Protection rrea waeShe piaren Ose ols A a GS wee Nn wee 152 6ad ProtectlOn sn dae ostetaances ink Aenea ee bag ht ag Danae 156 CHAPTER 7 MONITORING AND DIAGNOSTICS Methods for Monitoring 0 00002 cee tte 159 Monitoring Parameters 00000 cee 160 APPENDIX A TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS Technical Data and Specifications nnana aa 0000 cee 165 APPENDIX B TROUBLESHOOTING AND DIAGNOSTICS Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 00 000 eee eee 171 APPENDIX C OPTIONAL COMMUNICATION CARDS Ethernet Card C44 5 CX E sie cia i kuaa aune ra e wetland
202. batter power 6 6 0x6 Get Se USINT RTC Power Interrupted RTC backup power has been interrupted 7 7 0x7 Ge USINT RTC Status RTC Status Enum 8 8 0x8 Ge USINT RTC Time Set Status If 0 successful 1 pending 2 failure 9 9 0x9 Get Se USINT RTC Time Zone Hours and Minutes hh mm in time zone assignment UTC hh mm 10 0 0xA Get Se USINT RTC Time Zone Ahead of UTC If true UTC hh mm otherwise UTC hh mm 11 1 0xB Ge USINT RTC Time Zone DST Setting Status RTC Time Zone DST Setting Status 12 2 OxC Get Se USINT RTC DST Rule RTC DST Rule 13 3 OxD Get Se USINT RTC Manual DST Rule Start Time RTC Manual DST Rule Start Spec month week weekday hour minute 14 4 0xE Get Se USINT RTC Manual DST Rule End Time RTC Manual DST Rule End Spec month week weekday hour minute 15 5 OxF Ge UDINT RTC Time UNIX format RTC time in seconds from UNIX epoch 16 16 0x10 Get Se USINT RTC Time Hours RTC Time Hours 17 7 0x11 Get Se USINT RTC Time Minutes RTC Time Minutes 18 8 0x12 Get Se USINT RTC Time Seconds RTC Time Seconds 19 9 0x13 Ge UINT RTC Time RTC Time 20 20 0x14 Ge USINT RTC Month and Date RTC Month and Date Table 108 BCM Object Class 0xB1 177 Class Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision
203. ber of Starts Resettable Resettable Default 0 Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 356 Operating Seconds UINT32 RW NV Number of Operating Seconds Resettable Resettable Default 0 Units seconds Backup Mem 358 Number of Contactor UINT16 RO Number of Contactor Operations During the Last Hour Operations Last Hour Backup Mem 359 Latest Run Time UINT32 RO Duration in Seconds of the Last Start to Stop Motor Run Time Default 0 Units seconds 361 Last Measured UINT16 RO The amount of time the motor took to reach up to speed on the last start Starting Time Default 0 Units seconds 244 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 362 Average of FLA UINT16 RO Average Motor Current as Percentage of FLA Nominal Current Nominal Current Units 363 Current Demand UINT32 RO Latest estimate of the Demand Value Units W 365 Demand Resettable UINT32 RW NV Peak Demand User Resettable Default 0 Range 0 to 0 Units W Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 367 Peak Demand Time UINT32 RO Peak Demand Time Stamp in Unix time stamp Default 0 Units seconds Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 369 Maximum Start FLOAT RW NV Maximum Motor Starting Current Floating Point Format
204. ber of the last instance attribute of the class Attributes definition implemented in the device Instance Attributes Sr No AttributeID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Nil Get STRUCT N A A list of supported objects No of supported classes in the class array List of supported class codes 2 2 0x2 Nil Get UINT N A Maximum connections supported Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 181 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 88 Assembly Object Class 0x4 4 Class Services ID Service 0x0E Get_Attribute_Single 0x08 Create Instance Services ID Service 0x0E Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 Set_Attribute_Single 0x18 Get_Member 0x19 Set_Member 0x09 Delete Class Attributes Sr No ID Access Rule Data Type Description Remarks Default 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision 2 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance 96 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances 09 4 4 0x4 Get Struct of Optional Attribute List UINT Number of Attributes 1 Array of UINT Array of Attributes 04 00 5 6 0x6 Get USINT Maximum ID Class Attribute 07 00 6 7 0x7 Get USINT Maximum ID Instance Attribute 04 00 Instance Attributes Sr No ID Access Rule Data Type Description Remarks Default 1 3 0x3 Get Set ARRAY of BYTES Data 2 4 0x4 Get Size T
205. ble option Wire a compatible thermal detector up toa 6 MARK A type PTC thermal detector across the T1 an T2 terminals of the 2 point connector on the Measurement Module There are no settings of any kind to make in the C445 To make this PTC input a Trip or Warning enable it as such using the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool under the Protections category 42 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com 2 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring To monitor the status of this input monitor the PTC Status register for the following Table 10 PTC Sensor Status Value Description 0 PTC ok no fault 1 PTC overtemperature fault 2 PTC shorted fault 3 PTC open fault PTC Connection PTC wiring is connected to terminals T1 amp T2 in any polarity This connector is designed to accept 0 2 mm2 24 AWG to 2 5 mm2 12 AWG wire The use of twisted pair wiring is strongly recommended Shielded cable should be used when the cable lengths exceed 100ft 30m or as needed It s recommended that the cable shield be earth referenced near the motor frame Cable resistance as measured at the T1 amp T2 terminals must not exceed 10 ohms to retain short circuit monitoring along the entire length of the cable run LEDs on the Measurement Module Figure 56 Measurement Module LED Overview Device and Motor Status COM Status Communications with Base Control Module Color Col
206. bus C445BD SD REMOTE Us 24 VDC Us Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 89 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Figure 83 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power C445UC Optional Modbus C445BA SA 7 l FORWARD REVERSE REMOTE RESET FB1 FERRITE Us 120 240 VAC Us 4 Uc 120 VAC Uc Notes 1 The inputs on the Base Control Module are only used by this Operation Mode if Fieldwire is selected for one of the control sources If Fieldwire is not the Local or Remote control source all 4 inputs may be used as general purpose inputs 2 Output 3 may be used as a general purpose output for this Operation Mode 3 If Fieldwire is the Local control source Input 3 is the Remote input and 3 wire control is not allowed for this operation mode When power is applied to Input 3 the C445 will be in Remote mode 4 If Fieldwire is the Remote control source then input 3 is not used for 2 wire control but is Permissive for 3 wire control 90 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Star Delta Operation Mode Description The Star Delta starter control provides the logic to control a Star Delta connected motor C44
207. bute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Ge WORD User Interface Button States User Interface Button States 2 2 0x2 Ge BYTE User Interface Input States User Interface Input States 3 3 0x3 Get Se UINT Configuration parameter for the Use Configuration parameter for the User Interface button LED 0 Interface button LED 0 4 4 0x4 Get Se UINT Configuration parameter for the Use Configuration parameter for the User Interface button LED 1 Interface button LED 1 5 5 0x5 Get Se UINT Configuration parameter for the Use Configuration parameter for the User Interface button LED 2 Interface button LED 2 6 6 0x6 Get Se UINT Configuration parameter for the Use Configuration parameter for the User Interface button LED 3 Interface button LED 3 7 7 0x7 Get Se UINT Configuration parameter for the Use Configuration parameter for the User Interface status LED 0 Interface status LED 0 8 8 0x8 Get Se UINT Configuration parameter for the Use Configuration parameter for the User Interface status LED 1 Interface status LED 1 9 9 0x9 Get Se UINT C
208. c 18 assembly instance number 150 Index 2 3 3 0x3 Get Se UINT Dynamic Assembly Interface Index 3 An interface to insert the parameter in dynamic 2 assembly instance number 150 Index 3 4 4 0x4 Get Se UINT Dynamic Assembly Interface Index 4 An interface to insert the parameter in dynamic 3 assembly instance number 150 Index 4 5 5 0x5 Get Se USINT Dynamic Assembly Interface Index 5 An interface to insert the parameter in dynamic 4 assembly instance number 150 Index 5 6 6 0x6 Get Se UINT Dynamic Assembly Interface Index 6 An interface to insert the parameter in dynamic 6 assembly instance number 150 Index 6 7 7 0x7 Get Se USINT Dynamic Assembly Interface Index 7 An interface to insert the parameter in dynamic 7 assembly instance number 150 Index 7 8 8 0x8 Get Se USINT Dynamic Assembly Interface Index 8 An interface to insert the parameter in dynamic 8 assembly instance number 150 Index 8 206 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards C445 supports following parameters as a member of dynamic input assembly instance Table 98 Dynamic Input Assembly Instance Parameters Value Parameter Name Related DCID 0 Assembly Terminator DCI_D_IN_ASM_TERMINATOR_DCID 1 Packed Device status See Control Supervisor
209. c write message per the following Slot number always 0 for the C445 Index 45 Data length including the Modbus command in bytes Data Field a 03 Modbus Read command 1 byte b Two bytes representing the Modbus register address in hexadecimal or decimal depending on what the master requires 2 bytes c Length of data to be read This is the number of 16 bit registers being requested 2 Send acyclic read message to obtain the requested data per the following Slot number always 0 for the C445 Index 45 Data Length in bytes example if 1 register is being read this length would be 2 Writing data Only one step is needed to write data as follows Slot number always O for the C445 Index 45 Length in bytes including the Modbus command in bytes Data Field a 06 Modbus single register write command 1 byte b Two bytes representing the Modbus register address in hexadecimal or decimal depending on what the master requires 2 bytes c The two bytes 1 word of data Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Acyclic Message Examples Example 1 Read the Active Fault Code from the C445 The Active Fault Code is Modbus register 312 address 311 from Appendix D This register address is converted to two hexadecimal bytes and two decimal bytes below 01 37 hexadecimal 01 55 decimal Note The byte format depends on the PROFIBUS master The following two acyclic messages must be sent by the PROFIB
210. ce S A T U Undercurrent Debounce U U U U U ndervoltage Trip Level Voltage Unbalance Alarm Level Voltage Unbalance Debounce Voltage Unbalance Trip Level Warning Enable Bits High kW Alarm Level High kW Debounce Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 65 Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning Table 13 USB Lockout Password Codes continued Parameters High kW Trip Level Low kW Alarm Level Low kW Debounce Low kW Trip Level Output 3 Latching Relay Behavior at Power down RTC Manual DST Rule End RTC Manual DST Rule Start RTC DST Rule RTC Time Zone Ahead of UTC RTC Time Zone DST Setting Status RTC Time Zone hh mm Number of Starts Resettable Delay before control fault in 10ms Stored Ethernet IP Address Stored Ethernet Subnet Mask S ored Ethernet Default Gateway ernet Port 1 Speed Selec ernet Port 1 Full Duplex Enable h h hernet Port 1 Autonegotiate Enable hernet Port 1 Enabled h h h mj m m ernet Port 2 Speed Selec ernet Port 2 Full Duplex Enable ernet Port 2 Autonegotiate Enabled mI emi hernet Port 2 Enabled Address Conflict Detection Enable Modbus TCP Com Timeout REST Web services Communication Timeout If Protection Start Inhibit Enable Undervoltag
211. ce number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access DataType Attribute Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get Se USINT Used to select the desired control profile Used to select the desired control profile soft reset soft reset required required 2 2 0x2 Get Se UINT Delay before control fault is issued in Delay before control fault is issued in 10ms 10ms 3 3 0x3 Get Se UINT Interlocking time between contactor Interlocking time between contactor direction changes in direction changes in 0 01sec 0 01sec 4 4 0x4 Get Se UINT Switching time between contactor speed Switching time between contactor speed changes in changes in 0 01sec 0 01sec 5 5 0x5 Get Se UINT Settling time delay when a network Settling time delay when a network contactor is used in contactor is used in 10ms 10ms 6 6 0x6 Get Se UINT Maximum star wye wiring time in Maximum star wye wiring time in 0 1sec 0 1sec 7 7 0x7 Get Se BOOL Enables MCCB Feeder actuation control Enables MCCB Feeder actuation control 8 8 0x8 Get Se UINT Output pulse width for MCCB actuation in Output pulse width for MCCB actuation in 1 0 ms 1 0 ms 210 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Option
212. complete C445 Motor Management Relay system RJ12 cables of varying lengths are available for this purpose Refer to Table 5 on Page 6 for part numbers and cable lengths When a Measurement Module and an optional User Interface module are initially connected to the Base Control Module they are automatically accepted Either RJ12 port can be used for either module After the C445 system is initially connected a fault will be generated by the Base Control Module if the Measurement Module is moved to the other RJ12 port on the Base Control Module while the system is powered This applies to the User Interface as well A fault reset must be sent to clear this fault If the modules are connected to different RJ12 ports while the system is powered down no faults will be generated upon power up If one or both of the Measurement Module and User Interface are removed while the system is powered up or down and not plugged back into the Base Control Module a communication loss fault will be generated If the removed module is meant to be removed from the system permanently a repair service should be sent from the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool Following this the device will soft reset itself and the fault will be cleared resulting in a new system configuration without the removed module This really only applies to removing a User Interface module since a Measurement Module is required Connecting a Measurement Module or User In
213. control inputs 3 Fieldbus parameter C445 Q3 Output function select 717 Output 3 user function selection R W FieldBus Input Feedback Register 602 Feedback input parameter to write the status of the feedback signals when MCCB aux R W switches are connected to the inputs Note Soft reset power cycle required for changes to these parameters to take effect Fieldbus Control Word The MCCB feeder control profile will accept the following control commands over a fieldbus network Control Bits Bit 0 1 0 Open command activate Output 2 for Bit 3 Bit 5 pulse width Close command activate Output 1 for pulse width 0 No action Reset fault will clear fault provided condition has cleared 0 No action The C445 will issue a Test Trip fault causing the Output 2 control relay to produce an output pulse to open the MCCB feeder Control Status Word The control status word of the MCCB feeder control profile can be accessed over the fieldbus network Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Status Bits Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 0 Open open command is active 1 Close close command is active O circuit breaker not in tripped position CB alarm false 1 circuit breaker in tripped position CB alarm true 0 local control source active 1 remote control source is active 0 no fault prese
214. ction monitors the voltage unbalance percentage of the supply and will trip the motor if the voltage exceeds the set threshold The Voltage Unbalance protection is active when the motor is in the energized state When the Voltage unbalance Start Inhibit protection is enabled the Undervoltage protection will prevent a start into an unbalanced condition as determined by the Unbalance Start Inhibit Level Protections Voltage V Unbalance Table 46 Voltage Unbalance Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 11 Voltage Unbalance Fault Trip 1043 1 20 6 1 60 20 1045 Fault Warning 1044 1 20 6 0 2 5 2 1079 Voltage Phase Loss The Voltage Phase Loss protection monitors the phase voltage of the motor and will trip the motor if the voltage falls below 70 of the nominal mains voltage Table 47 Voltage Phase Loss Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 11 Voltage Phase Loss Fault Trip 1041 70 70 70 2 2 2 1042 154 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 6 Motor Protection Phase Rotation The Phase Sequence protection monitors the sequence of the supply A fault will be generated if the supply sequence does not match the configured setting The phase sequence protection is always active Protections General
215. ctor 0 000 000 40 Figure 51 Modbus Serial Connection 0 0 0 0 annaa raare 40 Figure 52 RSAS5 Port ites beh che Wd ce dads teen cole alt es Sota de hen dee ee dew bead 40 Figure 53 Base Control Module DIP Switches with Built In Modbus 41 Figure 54 Base Control Module DIP Switches with PROFIBUS Card 41 Figure 55 Base Control Module DIP Switches with Ethernet Card 41 Figure 56 Measurement Module LED Overview 00 saaan cece eee 43 Figure 57 User Interface Input Connector 0 0 00 44 Figure 58 User Interface Input Connector Wiring 0 20 020 0000 cee 44 Figure 59 User Interface LED Overview 000 0000 cee eee 45 Figure 60 C445UC I9 IEC Control and Status 0 0 00 cee 77 Figure 61 C445UC l1 IEC Status Only 0 0 0 0000 ee 77 Figure 62 C445UC N9 NEMA Control and Status 0 00 0000 cee eee 77 Figure 63 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power 0 79 Figure 64 Non isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vde C445 Power 79 Figure 65 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power 80 Figure 66 Timing Diagram for the Direct Mode Operation 0 81 Figure 67 C445UC I0 IEC Control and Status 0 0 eee 81 Figure 68 C445UC I1 IEC Status only 0 00 0 ee 81 Figure 69 C445UC I4 IEC Control and Status 0 0 00 00 0c eee 81 Figure 70 C445UC NO NEMA Con
216. d Exit the wizard To go back to page 1 select the left arrow key To Exit the Wizard and not save any changes select the Close button at the bottom right of the screen 52 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning The third page for two motor applications is shown below C445 Eaton Corporation Offline Set Up Wizard Firmware 1 00 0012 5 Set Up Wizard Motor2 Overload FLA Nominal Current 4 0 300 A Motor Rated Watts Motor2 14914 w Motor Rated HP Motor 2 20 00 HP Motor Rated Speed Motor2 1750 RPM This screen consists of all the Motor 2 parameters For additional information on the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool including the C445 parameter categories and the many features included in this tool refer to the User Manual publication MN040013EN Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 53 Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning Real Time Clock and Memory Backup Module RTC Module The Real Time Clock and Memory Backup module is an optional module that plugs into the Base Control Module It is located under the communication card module This board provides non volatile NV application configuration backup memory and clock time management Setting the Real Time Clock RTC There are two ways to set the Real Time Clock parame
217. d Specifications Table 74 Physical Size Specifications Description Specification Base Control Module Estimated size I x w x h 82 x 45 x 102 mm Mounting DIN and screw Measurement Module Estimated size I x w x h 82 x 45 x 63 mm 32 A 45 A and below 82 x 56 x 116 mm 68 A 72 A 82 x 90 x 125 mm 90 A 136 A Mounting DIN and screw Base Control Module and Height 155 mm BCM and MM 32 A 45 A and below Measurement Module Stack up 55 mm and 90 mm Measurement Modules will not be stackable Use Interface Estimated size x w x h 99 x 52 x 37 Mounting Panel mounted Table 75 Short Circuit Ratings North American CSA and UL Standard Fault Short Circuit Data High Fault Short Circuit Data Max Fuses RK5 Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers Measurement Fuse Max Max Fuse Module Overload 480 V 600 V Size A Breaker 480V 600 V Size A 480V 600 V Max Breaker Frame FLA Range kA kA RK5 Size A kA kA RK5 kA kA Size A 45 mm 0 3 2 4 A 5 5 6A 15A 100 100 6A 100 35 15A 45 mm 1 5 A 5 5 20A 20A 00 00 20 A 00 35 20A 45 mm 4 32 A 5 5 125 A 125 A 00 00 125 A 00 35 125 A 45 mm 6 45 A 5 5 175 A 175 A 00 00 175A 00 35 175 A 55 mm 9 72 A 10 10 250 A 250 A 00 00 250 A 00 35 250 A 90 mm 11 90 A 10 10 360 A 360 A 00 00 360 A 00 50 360 A 90 mm 17 136 A 10 10 400 A 400 A 00 00 400 A 00 50 400 A Note Short circuit protective device SCPD sizing per
218. d directly into the Base Control Module To install the module follow the step by step directions 1 Remove the blank cover 2 Locate the communication card slot 3 Plug the PROFIBUS communication card into location Figure 159 Installing the PROFIBUS Communication Card Appendix C Optional Communication Cards PROFIBUS Communication Card amp DIP Switches The DIP Switches on the Base Control Module are used for two purposes when an optional PROFIBUS card is installed to set the node address and baud rate for an optional Modbus port if included and for the PROFIBUS node address Per the diagram if the optional RS 485 Modbus serial port is present DIP Switches 1 7 are used to determine the node address on both the PROFIBUS and Modbus serial protocols When the Modbus serial port is present it also uses switches 8 9 to set the baud rate for that port If the optional Modbus serial port is not present the DIP Switches are used for the PROFIBUS node address only The C445 PROFIBUS card auto detects the data rate set by the PROFIBUS master Supported PROFIBUS Data Rates e 9600 e 19200 e 45450 e 93750 e 187500 e 500000 e 1 5M e 3M e 6M e 12M Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 227 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Figure 160 Base Control Module DIP Switches with PROFIBUS Card 10 on a Se E iif Eil zn azn ei eS Ei Eii Ei
219. d position The following conditions will set the InPos bit in the status word signaling the valve has reached the desired end position Normally closed valve e Energize command is active and open feedback detected e De energize command is active and Closed feedback detected Normally open valve e Energize command is active and closed feedback detected e De energize command is active and open feedback detected 114 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Wiring Diagrams for the Solenoid Valve Operation Mode Figure 125 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power NJ OPEN POS NJ CLOSED POS Optional Modbus C445BD SD SOLENOID COIL ENGERGIZE REMOTE RESET Us 24 VDC Us Uc 24 VDC Uc Figure 126 Non isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc C445 Power Optional Modbus SOLENOID L COIL Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 115 ENGERGIZE REMOTE Us 24 VDC Us Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Figure 127 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power C445UC CLOSED POS Optional Modbus C445BA SA SOLENOID L COIL REMOTE FB1 FERRITE Us 120 240 VAC Us Uc 120
220. d to control the contactor that energizes and de energizes the motor for a Direct FVNR Motor application In this example Output 1 is used to control the contactor and to protect the motor It is a normally open contact that closes when the active control source instructs it to do so provided there are no faults or inhibits present This same output contact opens when an active protection instructs it to do so to protect the motor In the case of the Direct Operation mode only Output 1 is dedicated to this mode leaving Outputs 2 and 3 available as general purpose relay outputs or another configurable function This is the case for each Operation mode selected Any of the three outputs not dedicated to an Operation mode may be used as general purpose outputs controlled by a controller via a Fieldbus Or configured for another specific purpose with the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool Any available outputs configured as general purpose outputs are controlled by a controller via a fieldbus network such as EtherNet IP PROFIBUS Modbus TCP or Modbus serial The low 4 bits of the Field Output Control Word are used for this purpose Any of the four low bits 0 3 can be assigned to control any of the available outputs In other words bit 2 of the Field Output Control Word could be assigned to control output 2 But bit O could also be assigned as the control bit for that output The Power Xpert nControl Software Tool is used to assign the bit
221. dBus Input Feedback Register 602 Feedback input parameter to write the status of the feedback signals when limit R W switches are connected to the inputs Note Soft reset power cycle required for changes to these parameters to take effect Fieldbus Control Word Control Status Word The solenoid valve control profile will accept the following The control status word of the reverser motor starter profile control commands over a fieldbus network can be accessed over the fieldbus network Control Bits Status Bits BitO 0 De energize command de activate Output 1 BitO 0 De energize No active energize command 1 Energize command activate Output 1 1 Energize Energize command is active Bit3 0 No action Bit2 0 local control source active 1 Reset fault will clear fault provided condition 1 remote control source is active has cleared Bit3 0 no fault present Bit5 0 No action 1 C445 fault present 1 The C445 will issue a Test Trip fault causing t Bit4 0 no warning present he Output 1 control relay to open 1 C445 warning present Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 113 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Bit5 O no inhibit present 1 C445 control inhibit present Bit6 0 C445 not ready fault and or inhibit present 1 C445 ready for control No fault or inhibit present Bit7 0 valve is in not desired end position 1 valve is in desired en
222. de additional levels of protection to any application Control signal terminal connector specifications apply to all connectors C445BA N L PE Q1 Q2 03 C Q3 11 12 13 14 C DO D1 C445BD 24 0 PE Q1 Q02 O38 C 03 1 12 13 14 C QV 24V C445M V1 V2 V3 T1 T2 CUR TE y M2 UL use 2 m S T ae mm2 mm2 AWG mm inch e H Nm Ib in 1x 0 2 2 5 1x0 2 2 5 1x 24 12 7 0 0 275 0 6 x 3 5 mm PHO PZO 0 4 0 5 3 5 4 4 24 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control Standard Overload Applications Figure 31 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control with C445BD L1 L2 L3 PE Optional Modbus Us 24 VDC Us Legend Q1 Cable and motor protection Q11 Run contactor PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient PTC sensor Fuse protection for V1 V2 V3 is recommended Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 25 26 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Figure 32 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control with C445BA tf L2 L3 PE Ea C445U CH2 rielon T C445BA C DO D1 Optional Modbus 1 12 13 14 Ic Ic IC Q1 Q1 Q2 Q2 o c PE N L Us Us Legend Q1 Cable and motor protection Q11 Run contactor PT
223. dervoltage restart delay long Undervoltage restart delay long 33 33 0x21 Get Se UINT Undervoltage restart max time for Undervoltage restart max time for delayed restart long delayed restart long Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 205 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 97 Dynamic input Assembly Interface Object Class 0x96 150 Class Services Service code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Description Default 1 1 0x1 Get Se UINT Dynamic Assembly Interface Index 1 An interface to insert the parameter in dynamic 1 assembly instance number 150 Index 1 2 2 0x2 Get Se UINT Dynamic Assembly Interface Index 2 An interface to insert the parameter in dynami
224. does not match with what 1 High power was connected before 16 Low power 33 Currently connected Option Card does not match with what was 17 Contactor failure connected before Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 163 Chapter 7 Monitoring and Diagnostics Table 64 Active Fault Warning and Inhibit Values continued Value Description Active Warning continued 18 Starts limit exceeded 19 Overload 20 Stall 21 Phase rotation mismatch 22 PTC See PTC State for details 23 Peak demand 24 Measurement Module warning 25 Real Time Clock requires setting has not been set 26 RTC Battery Low Replacement is recommended 27 Device ambient temperature high 28 MM high ambient temperature 29 CUI high ambient temperature 30 Option card high ambient temperature Active Inhibit 0 No inhibits Incorrect configuration See configuration inhibit reason A soft reset is required Backspin prevention Under voltage restart timer active Control voltage is low Under voltage condition Voltage unbalance Starts per hour limit has been exceeded ojoj NI oO Aa AJI wy hs Over voltage condition 164 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix A Technical Data and Specifications Appendix A Technical Data and Specificat
225. e e 10 PTC Sensor Status e 11 User Defined LED Options for the User Interface 0000 e 12 Administrator Password Lock Parameters 0 0 0000 eee eee e 13 USB Lockout Password Codes osoro nanira eni eens e 14 Running Lock Option Codes 0 00000 cee e 15 Overload Only Configuration Parameters 0 0 0 0 cc e 16 Direct Configuration Parameters 0 0 nee e 17 Reverser Configuration Parameters 0 0 00 eee e 18 Star Delta Configuration Parameters 0 0 0 0 00 e Two Speed Two Winding Configuration Parameters 000 Two Speed Dahlander Configuration Parameters 0 000000 e 21 Auto Transformer Configuration Parameters 00 000 0 ue Solenoid Configuration Parameters 0 0 00 e 23 MCCB Configuration Parameters 2 0 0 0 eee e 24 Contactor Feeder Configuration Parameters 000000 e 25 Configuration Parameter 2 ena e 26 Parameters That Control the Transition Profile 0000 e 27 Basic Parameters e 28 Advanced Parameters Current Based Protections 0 00 0000 ccc eee e 30 Voltage Based Protections 0 eens e 48 Voltage Phase Rotation Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Power Based ProtectionS nauau anaana Table 32 Undervoltage e 33 Voltage Loss Restart Table 34 Protections Table 35
226. e Bit3 0 no fault present 1 C445 fault present Bit4 0 no warning present 1 C445 warning present Bit5 0 no inhibit present 1 C445 control inhibit present Bit6 0 C445 not ready fault and or inhibit present 1 C445 ready for control No fault or inhibit present Bit7 0 motor is not up to speed AtRef 1 C445 has detected motor is up to speed AtRef Two conditions will set the AtRef bit signaling the motor is up to speed e f motor current first exceeds 115 of the active overload FLA rating and then decreases back below 115 of the active overload FLA rating it is determined the motor has come up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set e f motor current exceeds 30 of the active overload FLA rating and remains until after the start delay time expires the motor is determined to be up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set 88 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Wiring Diagrams for the Reverse Operation Mode Figure 81 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power L1 L2 L3 PE ao Sa C445UC Optional Modbus C445BD SD REMOTE Us 24 VDC Us Uc 24 VDC Uc Figure 82 Non isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc C445 Power L1 L2 L3 PE oe C445UC a Optional Mod
227. e Default 1 Value Description Enum 0 No status LED function Config CRC 1 Fault status LED function Admin Lock 2 Warning status LED function USB Lock 3 Ready status LED function Backup Mem 4 Up to speed status LED function 5 Overload fault status LED function 6 Ground fault status LED function 743 User Interface Status UINT16 RW NV Configuration parameter for the User Interface status LED 3 LED 3 Purpose Default 2 Value Description Enum 0 No status LED function Config CRC 1 Fault status LED function Admin Lock 2 Warning status LED function USB Lock 3 Ready status LED function Backup Mem 4 Up to speed status LED function 5 Overload fault status LED function 6 Ground fault status LED function 264 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 744 Name User Interface User LED 1 Purpose Appendix D Modbus Register Map Attribute Description UINT16 RW NV User Interface User Defined LED 1 Function Selection Default 2 Value Description Enum 0 None Config CRC 1 Fault Reason Type Load fault Power based Admin Lock 2 Fault Reason Type Supply fault Voltage based USB Lock 3 Fault Reason Type Motor fault Current based Backup Mem 4 Tripped Status Bits PT
228. e Enter key In a few seconds the Web Pages for the C445 will open as follows Ethernet Communication X gt GC f D 192 168 1 254 if index htm Hi Apps 5 Customize Links Free Hotmail 5 Windows W Windows Media E T oN DASHBOARD GROUP Display all parameter details in group PID Param Name Parameter Value Unit Dashboard 372 Motor State Al Parameters Centi Hz Line Frequency x100 Access Levels Voltage Phase Order Username Passwords Average Percentage of FLA LAverage Scaled Thermal Memory Percent User Group Setup Groves Monaor Voltage Curent Average Line to Line Voltage System Total Watts 1 Power Factor Protections Voltage Motor Speed RPM Protections Power Protectons Frequency Protections Ground Faut Fi ti s as Be Motor Torque Motor Efficiency Percent we S A Unbalance Perc User interface Measurement Module Option Card Percent Voltage Unbaiance g USER ASMI USER ASM2 USER ASWI 31 Time to Reset USER ASMA Overload IBELIN 376 PTC Status 394 Digital Input Status USER ASMIO 0 0x0C 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o 0 o 0 0 o Securty 309 Time to Trip 9999 0 o 0x00 0x00 4294967295 350 Number of Operating Seconds 356 Operating Seconds 4294967295 seconds Resettabie STATUS Parameter 1065 profile loaded All parameters can be accessed or parameter
229. e INT Seq Comp V Neg Real Seq Comp V Neg Real 37 37 0x25 Ge INT Seq Comp V Neg Imag Seq Comp V Neg Imag Table 104 Motor Protection Object Class 0xA2 162 Class Services Service Code Service Name Ox0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 213 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 104 Motor Protection Object Class 0xA2 162 continued Instance Attributes Sr No AttributeID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get Set BYTE Trip Enable Bit Field Enabling bi Bit location s for tripping condition 0 under voltage 1 over voltage 2 high resistance GF 3 residual GF 4 current phase loss 5 current unbalance 6 instantaneous over current 7 jam 8 PF deviation 9 voltage phase loss voltage unbalance freq deviation fast fre
230. e Start Inhibit Threshold MCCB actuation pulse width Voltage Unbalance Start Inhibit Threshold Overvoltage Start Inhibit Threshold Base Control Module Field Wiring Configuration Selector Remote Control Source Select Feedback Signal Source Select Under Voltage Restart Fault Level Under Voltage Restart Restoration Level Demand Resettable Peak Demand Time Stamp Demand Window Duration Local motor control source User Interface Button LED 0 Purpose 66 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Table 13 USB Lockout Password Codes continued Parameters Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning ser Interface Button LED 1 Purpose ser Interface Button LED 2 Purpose ser Interface Button LED 3 Purpose ser Interface Status LED 0 Purpose ser Interface Status LED 1 Purpose ser Interface Status LED 2 Purpose ser Interface User LED 0 Purpose ser Interface User LED 1 Purpose ser Interface User LED 2 Purpose ser Interface Button 0 CFG ser Interface Button 1 CFG ser Interface Button 3 CFG ser Interface Button 4 CFG ser Interface LED 0 color CFG ser Interface LED 1 color CFG ser Interface LED 2 color CFG ser Interface LED 3 color CFG ser Interface LED 4 color CFG ser Interface LED 5 color CFG ser Interface LE
231. e UINT BUI Product code BUI Product code 22 5 0x05 5 0x5 Ge UINT BUI Product Sub code BUI Product Subcode Table 96 Voltage Object Class 0x93 147 Class Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Line Voltage LL Phases AB Supply Line to Line Voltage AB 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Line Voltage LL Phases BC Supply Line to Line Voltage BC 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Line Voltage LL Phases CA Supply Line to Line Voltage CA 4 4 0x4 Get UIN T Line Voltage LL Average Supply Line to Line Voltage Average 5 5 0x5 Get USINT Line V Unbalance Percent Supply Voltage Unbalance percentage 204 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 96 Voltage Object Class 0x93 147 continued Instance Attributes
232. e a warning to occur Default 15 Range 1 to 60 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 282 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 1020 Name Unbalance Debounce Attribute UINT16 RW NV Default 15 Range 1 to 60 Units seconds Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Description Current Unbalance Debounce is the time delay following the trip level being exceeded until a trip occurs 1021 Undercurrent Trip Level UINT8 RW NV Default 50 Range 10 to 90 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Undercurrent Trip Level protection monitors the three phase currents and will trip the motor if the measured current drops below the set threshold following the Undercurrent Debounce time 1022 Undercurrent Alarm Level UINT8 RW NV Default 50 Range 10 to 90 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Undercurrent Alarm Level when exceeded and following the Alarm Debounce Time in the Protections General category will generate a warning 1023 Undercurrent Debounce UINT16 RW NV Default 20 Range 1 to 60 Units seconds Config CRC Admin Lock USB Loc
233. e based on weighted binary If the switch second from the top 9 is Off the 8 lower switches are provided a value from the bottom up as follows 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 The switches are turned On when they are pushed to the right Add the value of all switches that are On to determine the overall value This value represents the low octet of the IP address 92 168 1 x This is an easy way to configure the Ethernet Card to a known IP address so a computer can be configured to easily and quickly communicate with the C445 via Modbus TCP Ethernet with the inControl software tool Then using this tool the C445 Ethernet Card may be configured with any static IP address Information on how to go online with the C445 using the software tool and Modbus TCP may be found in the inControl software user manual The following procedure indicates a procedure using the software tool to set a static IP address subnet mask and gateway address for the C445 Ethernet Card 1 Set DIP Switch 9 to OFF 2 Set the bottom 2 DIP Switches 1 2 ON and leave the others OFF resulting in a value of 3 and an IP address of 192 168 1 3 assigned to the Ethernet Card 3 Power cycle the C445 so the new DIP Switch settings will be used 4 Using the inControl software go online with the C445 via Modbus TCP and the Ethernet Card 5 Under the Communications Ethernet categories in the software tool configure a static IP address subnet mask and gateway address T
234. e whether this feature is enabled locked or not If the value read from Modbus register 5009 is 1 this protection feature is currently enabled locked When this feature is enabled all configuration parameters are read only when the motor is running or being instructed to run This protection applies to the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool as well If this protection is enabled configuration parameters cannot be modified using this software while the motor is running or being instructed to run Table 14 Running Lock Option Codes Parameters Active Operation Mode Max Star Winding Time PT Ratio Primary PT Ratio Secondary Control Interlocking Time Control Switching Time Output 1 Function Select Output 2 Function Select Output 3 Function Select Output 3 Function Select reset Measurement Module Wire Config Motor Rated Frequency CT Ratio Primary CT Ratio Secondary Motor Rated HP Motor1 Scaled Motor Rated HP Motor2 Scaled Motor Rated PF Scaled Motor Rated Service Factor Motor Rated Watts Motor1 Motor Rated Watts Motor2 Motor Start Threshold Motor Stop Threshold Motor Transition Threshold Percent Motor Rated Voltage Global Auto Reset Enable Trip Auto Reset Enable Bits Auto Reset Delay 68 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Chapter 4 Sy
235. eaton com 63 Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning Table 13 USB Lockout Password Codes continued Parameters Base Control Module USB Modbus Timeout Motor Control Communication Loss Behavior Motor Rated Frequency CT Ratio Primary CT Ratio Secondary Maximum Start Current Floating Point Maximum Start Current Scaled Motor Rated Efficiency Motor Rated Stator Resistance Motor Rated HP Motor1 Scaled Motor Rated HP Motor2 Scaled Motor Rated PF Scaled Motor Rated Service Factor Motor Rated Speed Motor1 Motor Rated Speed Motor2 Motor Rated Watts Motor1 Motor Rated Watts Motor2 Total Motor Run Time Resettable Motor Start Threshold Motor Stop Threshold Motor Transition Threshold Percent Motor Rated Voltage Apparent Energy Resettable Scaled Reactive Energy Resettable Scaled Real Energy Resettable Scaled Alarm Debounce Time Global Auto Reset Enable Trip Auto Reset Enable Bits Auto Reset Delay Backspin Inhibit Time Motor State Transition to run delay from Start Frequency Deviation Fast Alarm Level Scaled Frequency Deviation Fast Debounce Frequency Deviation Fast Trip Level Scaled Frequency Deviation Slow Alarm Level Scaled Frequency Deviation Slow Debounce Frequency Deviation Slow Trip Level Scaled Residual GF Debounce Residual GF I
236. ed Status Bitt Over voltage 53 Tripped Status Bits External ground fault 54 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 0 55 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 1 56 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 2 57 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 3 65535 Reserved 268 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 746 Name User Interface User LED 3 Purpose Appendix D Modbus Register Map Attribute Description UINT16 RW NV User Interface User Defined LED 3 Function Selection Default 1 Value Description Enum 0 None Config CRC 1 Fault Reason Type Load fault Power based Admin Lock 2 Fault Reason Type Supply fault Voltage based USB Lock 3 Fault Reason Type Motor fault Current based Backup Mem 4 Tripped Status Bits PTC 5 Tripped Status Bitt Phase rotation mismatch 6 Tripped Status Bits Stall 7 Tripped Status Bitt Overload 8 Tripped Status Bits Starts limit exceeded 9 Tripped Status Bits Low power 10 Tripped Status Bits High power 11 Tripped Status Bits Under current 12 Tripped Status Bits Frequency deviation slow 13 Tripped Status Bitt Frequency deviation fast 14 Tripped Status Bitt
237. ed protection features requires a voltage option card in the Measurement Module 4 One or more enabled protection features requires a PTC Temperature option card in the Measurement Module 5 Selected starter profile is incompatible with fieldwire as local control or fieldwire type 6 Cannot choose fieldwire as the feedback source when the fieldwire is used as a local remote source with the selected starter 7 Ul Custom Overlay Multiple buttons assigned to same function 8 Ul Custom Overlay Multiple functions assigned to the same button LED 9 UI Custom Overlay Multiple functions assigned to the same status LED 10 Selected starter profile is incompatible with the connected Ul Motor Control Communication Loss Behavior 23 112 0x70 Get Set USINT 0 Stop on comloss event no fault 1 Ignore comloss and keep present state 2 Send RUN1 command on comloss event 3 Send RUN2 command on comloss event 4 Stop C445 controller and issue comloss fault Motor Control Network Idle Behavior 24 113 0x71 Get Set USINT 0 Stop on idle event 1 Ignore idle and keep present state 2 Send RUN1 command on idle even 3 Send RUN2 command on idle even 25 114 0x72 Get Set USINT System Services 0 No Active Service 1 Clear fault queue 2 Clear trip snapshot 3 Test tri 4 Re pair external modules 5 Factory reset 6 Soft reset 7 Reset Fault 8 Proof Test n Proof Test Status 2
238. egotiation disabled 6 Port disabled 6028 Ethernet Port 1 BOOL RW NV This parameter is used to disable the Ethernet port True Enable Port False Disable Port tableg Default 1 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock 6029 Ethernet Port 2 UINT16 RW NV Select the Ethernet link speed Only used when Auto Negotiate is disabled papd Select Default 100 Value Description Enum 10 10 Mbps Units Mbs 100 100 Mbps Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock 6030 Ethernet Port 2 UINT16 RO Actual Ethernet link speed This is a read only parameter Speed Acti Enum Value Description Units Mbs 10 10 Mbps 100 100 Mbps Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 309 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 6031 Ethernet Port 2 Full BOOL RW NV Selects the duplex mode Only used when Auto Negotiate is disabled True Full Duplex Duplex Enable False Half Duplex Default 1 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock 6032 Ethernet Port 2 Full BOOL RO Actual duplex mode This is a read only parameter True Full Duplex False Half Duplex Duplex Enabled 6033 Ethernet Port 2 BOOL RW NV Selects Auto Negotiation of link speed and duplex False Disabled True Enabled default Autonegotiate Default Enabled efault 1 Config CRC
239. em 1073 Trip Auto Reset BYTE RW NV Trip Auto Reset Enable Bits select the protections that are to auto reset Enanlekits Array size 4 Bit Description Coil Default 0 0 Under voltage 7153 Bitfield 1 Over voltage 7154 Config CRC 2 External ground fault 7155 Run Lock 3 Residual ground fault 7156 Admin Lock 4 Current phase loss 7157 USB Lock 5 Current unbalance 17158 Backup Mem 6 Instantaneous over current 7159 7 Jam 7160 8 Power factor deviation 7161 9 Voltage phase loss 7162 10 Voltage unbalance 7163 11 Frequency deviation fast 7164 12 Frequency deviation slow 7165 13 Under current 7166 14 High power 7167 15 Low power 17168 16 Reserved 7169 17 Starts limit exceeded 7170 294 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 1073 Trip Auto Reset BYTE RW NV Trip Auto Reset Enable Bits select the protections that are to auto reset continued Enable its Bit Description Coil 18 Overload 7171 19 Stall 7172 20 Phase rotation mismatch 7173 21 PTC 7174 22 Under voltage restart 7175 23 Peak demand 7176 1075 Auto Reset Delay UINT16 RW NV The time delay following a fault before attempting to auto reset that fault condition Default 180 Range 0 to 3600 Units seconds Config CRC Run Lock Ad
240. em Configuration and Operation Overlay Display OFF LED solid On Motor is off in ready state no current detected no faults present OFF LED blinking On Motor is off C445 control is faulted and or a control inhibit is present SLOW FAST LED solid On Active RUN command and motor is up to speed complete start detected SLOW FAST blinking On Active RUN command but motor is NOT up to speed AUTO LED Off C445 control is local source AUTO LED On C445 control is remote source Overlay Buttons OFF button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a STOP command to the C445 which will drop out all control outputs and stop the motor SLOW button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a RUN SLOW command to the C445 to start the motor in slow mode FAST button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a RUN FAST command to the C445 to start the motor in fast mode AUTO button Selects the remote source as the active C445 control Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 97 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Control Settings The following parameters are used to configure the Two Speed Two Winding Operation Mode and the C445 sources of control Table 19 Two Speed Two Winding Configuration Parameters Configura
241. ement C445 and others that are network dependent Each will be described below 1 The Power Xpert inControl Software configuration and monitoring tool This Software Tool may be downloaded free of change from the Eaton website It is a powerful Software Tool with many features including 1 Start up wizard for configuring the most critical motor nameplate parameters 2 Categorized parameters for ease of finding the parameters needed to enable and configure particular features in the C445 3 Ability to save configuration files for easy access later or to open and download to a replacement C445 4 Motor Control page to monitor run status some motor parameters such as average current and voltage as well as fault and warning codes and descriptions 5 Parameter compare feature between two different configuration files 6 Online and offline configuration for a C445 along with the ability to upload from an online device to an offline file and from an offline file to a device Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 47 Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning PROJECT DEVICE TOPOLOGY VIEW Administrator amp a Add gt Set Offline Parameter S Configuration Diagnosis 23 Update Catalogue X Remove a et Online Parameter serve hannel Function F Filter on Allowed Connect Disconnect oad fro tore to te EEJ Rename Device evice are JX Additional Functions DT Edit Device O
242. en Control Status Word The control status word of the direct motor starter profile can be accessed over the fieldbus network Status Bits BitO 0 Stopped No active Runt command 1 Running1 Run1 command is present Bit2 0 local control source active 1 remote control source is active Bit3 0 no fault present 1 C445 fault present Bit4 0 no warning present 1 C445 warning present Bit5 0 no inhibit present 1 C445 control inhibit present Bit6 0 C445 not ready fault and or inhibit present 1 C445 ready for control No fault or inhibit present Bit7 0 motor is not up to speed AtRef 1 C445 has detected motor is up to speed on delta winding AtRef Two conditions will set the AtRef bit signaling the motor is up to speed e After transitioning to the delta winding if motor current increases above 115 of the active overload FLA rating and then decreases back below 115 of the active overload FLA rating it is determined the motor has come up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set e After transitioning to the delta winding if motor current exceeds 30 of the active overload FLA rating and remains until after the start delay time expires the motor is determined to be up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 93 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Wiring Diagrams for the Star Delta Operation Mode
243. ept the following control commands over a fieldbus network Control Bits BitO 0 Open command de activate Output 1 1 Close command activate Output 1 Bit3 0 No action 1 Reset fault will clear fault provided condition has cleared Bit5 0 No action 1 The C445 will issue a Test Trip fault de activating the Output 1 control dropping out the contactor feeder Control Status Word The control status word of the contactor feeder control profile can be accessed over the fieldbus network Status Bits BitO 0 Open open command is active 1 Close close command is active Bit2 0 local control source active 1 remote control source is active Bit3 0 no fault present 1 C445 fault present Bit4 0 no warning present 1 C445 warning present Bit5 0 no inhibit present 1 C445 control inhibit present Bit6 0 C445 not ready fault and or inhibit present 1 C445 ready for control No fault or inhibit present Bit7 0 feeder not in closed position aux on false 1 feeder is in closed position aux on true 124 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com L1 L2 L3 PE Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Wiring Diagrams for the Contactor Feeder Operation Mode Figure 141 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power Optional Modbus C445BD SD Us 24 VDC Us Uc 24 VDC Uc
244. er Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 147 Chapter 6 Motor Protection Motor Protection The motor protections functions that are listed in this section monitor motor current average Minimum or maximum phase currents to detect various motor running faults These protections functions may be disabled during a start These protections are also disabled if the maximum phase current is less that 50 of the Motor FLA set point Note For protections functions to operate appropriately the motor FLA must be configured for the application Use Power Xpert inControl to configure protection behaviors to navigate the selected device The web page interface may also be used for navigation Offline Parameters gt Control Monitor Dashboard gt Protections Then follow the path to the protection settings Fault Warnings Fault Warnings in many cases react to the same parameter values as Fault trips Fault Warning events display the fault information but do not trip the controlled device Similar to Fault Trips Fault Warnings are subject to delay times noted in Modbus register 1079 This register sets the delay times for all Fault Warnings in all fault warnings protections Table 35 Fault Warnings Fault Action Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Fault Warning Fault Warning Delay 1079 ms 20 5000 2000 148 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN
245. er reduced voltage motor starter profile accepts start stop commands to control motors wired in a reduced voltage auto transformer configuration When a start command is received Output 3 star will be activated Then after the Network Contactor Delay time expires Output 1 start activates starting the motor with the reduced voltage from the auto transformer When the C445 detects the motor is up to speed or the Maximum Star Winding Time expires whichever occurs first the Network Contactor Delay timer is started and Output 3 is de activated After the Network Contactor Delay time expires Output 2 run also activates which transitions the transformer to full voltage After a second Network Contactor Delay time expires Output 1 start de activates placing the control into full voltage run mode The C445 will issue a control fault when e A Run1 command is active and phase voltage is present and no phase current is detected after the Control Switching Time expires e A Stop command is active and current is detected after the Control Switching Time expires Outputs 1 2 and 3 will be de activated anytime the C445 experiences a fault inhibit condition e Output 1 auto transformer reduced voltage starter START coil NO e Output 2 auto transformer reduced voltage starter RUN coil NO e Output 3 auto transformer reduced voltage starter STAR coil NO Figure 110 Timing Diagram for the Auto Transformer Operation Mode
246. erBased Monitoring s an saoasaoa 0000 eee 161 Table 61 Trip Snapshot Parameters oi o ars e dega draai eee eee 162 Table 60 Faults and Events seimi ied ware penen Haru ahaa cs Qa ghee wD RW Paes ed 162 Tabl 62s P TG Status Bits preasa tuane ter Dacha dels ater Shain alan ane tele ound 162 Table 63 Motor Control Status Bits 6 eee 162 Table 64 Active Fault Warning and INA IDIEVAIUCS 4a Kl eka dee srk heed hah a ka Sy lord Novy a Meas inal wha Was eRe ek 163 Table 65 Environmental Specifications sasana 0 00 cee ee 165 Table 66 Power Supply Specifications Summary 0 00000 cc wees 165 Table 67 Input Output Specifications 0 eee 166 Table68 PT C SpSGitiGatlo ns erriei eed wees coeds hte Sed lS ed oe NS Sed ea ed ee i 166 Table 69 Measurement Module Specifications 000 0 eee 167 Table 70 Measurement Module Frame Breaks 0 0 0 00000 cee eee 167 Table 71 EMC EMISSIONS a ccec5 0 sek yee wc mk at aes a eos Poel EA cabins E 167 Tables72 EMC IMMUN a pe ed sie e aces R a a e E a ta etees 168 Table 73 Agency Certifications and Regulatory 0 0 00 0 cee eee 168 Table 74 Physical Size Specifications arae a e eee cei A IA net Be ne 169 Table 75 Short Circuit Ratings North American CSA and UL 0 169 Table 76 Short Cireurt Ratings IEC seriste cates we n be esa wie tos Pe ee aw ere oe 4 169 Table 77 Impulse Withstand Ratings 000002 170 Table 78 Mo
247. ervoltage protection is active when the motor is in the Running state When the Low Voltage Start Inhibit Enable is set the Undervoltage will prevent a start into an under voltage condition as determined by the Undervoltage Start Inhibit Level Protections Voltage Undervoltage Table 44 Undervoltage Chapter 6 Motor Protection Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 1 Undervoltage Fault Trip 1028 10 100 90 1 60 20 1031 Fault Warning 1029 10 100 90 0 2 5 2 1079 Start Trip Delay Delay Fault Trip at Startup 0 60 20 1030 Overvoltage The Overvoltage protection monitors the maximum phase voltage of the motor and will trip the motor if the voltage exceeds the set threshold The Overvoltage protection is active when the motor is in the Running state Protections Voltage Overvoltage Table 45 Overvoltage Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 2 Overvoltage Fault Trip 1025 90 150 110 1 60 20 1027 Fault Warning 1026 90 150 110 0 2 5 2 1079 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 153 Chapter 6 Motor Protection Voltage Unbalance Voltage Unbalance is estimated using the following equation PhaseUnbalance 100 x manPrase Vrms min Phase Vrms avg Phase Vrms The Voltage Unbalance prote
248. es control power and communications through the RJ 12 cable connection Figure 13 User Interface Features and Connections User Control Fixed Indicators A o3 AVO pass Of uservasext FR O USER LABEL 2 USER LABEL 3 User Definable Indicators USB Port y RJ 12 Connector Fixed Indicators e Fault Indicates a fault tripped condition e Warning Indicates an alarm threshold has been triggered e Overload tripped or earth fault indicates a thermal overload NEMA or earth fault IEC User Definable Indicators LEDs red green amber that can be customized by the user Standard text is voltage current and power Faults will be indicated RJ 12 Connector Provides a connection port to the Base Control Module 24 Vdc Inputs Cable assembly with mating connector is required USB Port Micro AB connector enables a connection to a computer that is running the Power Xpert inControl Software Note Maximum cable length of 3 m The USB ground connection is not galvanically isolated from earth Use only an isolated laptop as PC connection to the USB connector on the device Communication LEDs Indicates operating condition of the communications BUS and the USB port Reset Resets a C445 overload after a trip has occurred User Controls Provides motor control by using push buttons
249. es of control Table 22 Solenoid Configuration Parameters Configuration Parameter Modbus Register Description Read Write Active Operation Mode 700 This parameter selects the Operation Mode R W Solenoid Open Time Delay 708 Time for the solenoid to reach it s open position control fault is masked during this time A setting of 0 disables control fault protection for opening Solenoid Close Time Delay 709 Time for the solenoid to reach it s closed position control fault masked during this time A setting of 0 disables control fault protection for closing Solenoid Non energized State 710 Non energized state of the solenoid valve R W 0 normally closed defaul 1 normally open Trip Enable Bit Field 1000 1001 Trip Fault protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired protections Warn Enable Bit Field 1002 1003 Warning protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired protection warnings C445 Local Source Selector 711 Select the Local Control source R W C445 Remote Source Selector 712 Select the Remote Control source R W C445 Feedback Signal Source Selector 713 Input source of the feedback signals R W 0 No feedback source 1 User interface inputs 2 Base control inputs 3 Fieldbus parameter C445 Q2 Output function select 716 Output 2 user function selection R W C445 Q3 Output function select 717 Output 3 user function selection R W Fiel
250. eserved Bit 13 Inhibited Bit 14 Ready Bit 15 AtRef or Up To Speed Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 191 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Input Instance 121 0x79 Status And Short Measurements continued Length 10 Bytes Byte Size Offset bytes Name Description 2 2 Current DCI_MOTOR_ _AVE_SCALED Average Average Motor Current Scaled Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor 4 2 Voltage DCI_LINE_V_LN_AVE_RMS Average Average RMS Voltage V 6 4 Trip Reason DCI_STATUS_TRIPPED_BITS 0x0000 0001 under voltage 0x0000 0002 over voltage 0x0000 0004 high resistance GF 0x0000 0008 residual GF 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x000 0x00 0 0 0010 current phase loss 0020 current unbalance 0040 instantaneous over current 0080 jam 0100 PF deviation 0200 voltage phase loss 0400 voltage unbalance 0800 freq deviation fast 1000 freq deviation slow 000 under current 000 high power 000 low power 00 overload 00 stall 00 phase rotation 00 exceeds starts limit 00 initialization fault 000 NV memory fault 000 comm loss 000 comm msg error OGOGGOGOGOCOCGOGOGOOOGOOGO g 0x0020 0x0040 0x0080 192 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Table 90 Connectio
251. et LED function 739 User Interface Button UINT16 RW NV Configuration parameter for the User Interface button LED 3 LEDS Purpose Default 3 Value Description Enum 0 No LED function Config CRC 1 Stop LED function Admin Lock 2 Auto LED function USB Lock 3 Run1 LED function Backup Mem 4 Run2 LED function 5 Reset LED function Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 263 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 740 User Interface Button UINT16 RW NV Configuration parameter for the User Interface button LED 4 repre Purpose Default 4 Value Description Enum 0 No LED function Config CRC 1 Stop LED function Admin Lock 2 Auto LED function USB Lock 3 Run1 LED function Backup Mem 4 Run2 LED function 5 Reset LED function 74 User Interface Status UINT16 RW NV Configuration parameter for the User Interface status LED 1 EDT nse Default 6 Value Description Enum 0 No status LED function Config CRC 1 Fault status LED function Admin Lock 2 Warning status LED function USB Lock 3 Ready status LED function Backup Mem 4 Up to speed status LED function 5 Overload fault status LED function 6 Ground fault status LED function 742 User Interface Status UINT16 RW NV Configuration parameter for the User Interface status LED 2 LERZ Purpos
252. et UDINT Motor Run Time Total Reset Motor Run Time Total Reset 15 15 OXF Get Set UINT Motor Max Starting Current Scaled Motor Max Starting Current Scaled 16 16 0x10 Get Set REAL Motor Max Starting Current Float Motor Max Starting Current Float 17 17 0x11 Get INT Power Apparent Power Factor Power Apparent Power Factor 18 18 0x12 Ge UDINT Current Demand Value Current Demand Value 19 19 0x13 Get Set UDINT Demand Peak Resettable Demand Peak Resettable 20 20 0x14 Ge UDINT Peak Demand Timestamp Peak Demand Timestamp 21 21 0x15 Ge DINT VA VA 22 22 0x16 Ge DINT VARS VARS 23 23 0x17 Ge DINT Total Watts for all three phases Total Watts for all three phases 24 24 0x18 Ge DINT Real Energy Real Energy 25 25 0x19 Get Set DINT Real Energy Resettable Real Energy Resettable 26 26 0x1A Ge DINT Reactive Energy Reactive Energy 27 27 0x1B Get Set DINT Reactive Energy Resettable Reactive Energy Resettable 28 28 0x1C Ge DINT Apparent Energy Apparent Energy 29 29 0x1D Get Set DINT Apparent Energy Resettable Apparent Energy Resettable 30 30 Ox1E Ge INT Seq Comp Pos Real Seq Comp Pos Real 31 31 0x1F Ge INT Seq Comp Pos Imag Seq Comp Pos Imag 32 32 0x20 Ge INT Seq Comp Neg Real Seq Comp Neg Real 33 33 0x21 Ge INT Seq Comp Neg Imag Seq Comp Neg Imag 34 34 0x22 Ge INT Seq Comp V Pos Real Seq Comp V Pos Real 35 35 0x23 Ge INT Seq Comp V Pos Imag Seq Comp V Pos Imag 36 36 0x24 G
253. ete outputs to be turned on and off Config configuration configuration Config provides capabilities of Control plus the ability to set configuration values Super_User superuser superuser Super_User provides the capabilities of Config plus the ability to change user names and passwords Note In addition to the individual levels a password exemption setting is provided This setting specifies a level that can be accessed without any password protection The default value of the password exemption is Super_User All capabilities of the web page are accessible without a password prompt until the password exemption is changed to a lower level User names and passwords are case sensitive and limited between 6 16 characters For security reasons it is recommended that the user change the default passwords and adjust the password exemption level to be lower than Super_User after configuration It is also recommended that these changes be made within a local subnet Refer to System Configuration and Commissioning on Page 47 for a complete description and procedure on how to use the password feature for the Web Pages 178 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Configuration Using an EDS File EtherNet IP Protocol The C445 has an EtherNet IP EDS file available It can be The C445 Ethernet Card can be connected to any EtherNet imported into any EtherNet IP
254. external PT 921 PT Ratio Secondary UINT16 RW NV Default 1 Run Lock PT Ratio Secondary Only available with external PT Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 277 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 1000 Trip Enable Bits BYTE RW NV Enabling bits for tripping This is a bit field for enabling those protections the unit will trip on Array size 4 Bit Description Coil Default 0x38 0x00 0 Under voltage 5985 0x04 0x00 Bitfield 1 Over voltage 5986 Config CRC 2 External ground fault 5987 Run Lock 3 Residual ground fault 5988 Admin Lock 4 Current phase loss 5989 USB Lock 5 Current unbalance 15990 Backup Mem 6 Instantaneous over current 5991 7 Jam 5992 8 Power factor deviation 5993 9 Voltage phase loss 5994 10 Voltage unbalance 5995 11 Frequency deviation fast 5996 12 Frequency deviation slow 5997 13 Under current 5998 14 High power 5999 15 Low power 6000 16 Reserved 6001 17 Starts limit exceeded 6002 18 Overload 6003 19 Stall 6004 20 Phase rotation mismatch 6005 21 PTC 6006 22 Under voltage restart 6007 23 Peak demand 6008 278 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Appendix D Modbus Reg
255. faults or inhibits active This normally open fault contact provides fail safe operation in case power is lost Outputs 2 and 3 are user configurable outputs that may be used to indicate a Fault Trip Motor or Warning status as well as general purpose outputs controlled by the fieldbus master The Overload Only Operation mode does not control the contactor motor but it does protect it Per the output wiring diagrams shown later in this section a control source must be used in series with the normally open fault contact for control The only control allowed for this Operation Mode from any of the three potential sources User Interface Fieldbus or Fieldwire is to Reset a Fault or Test Trip the unit Recommended User Interface Overlays for the Overload Only Operation Mode Figure 60 C445UC I9 IEC Control and Status i 2232228 panasza E pes erent O status Ouss a H 0 D LETTTTER i wide Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Figure 61 C445UC I1 IEC Status Only FAULT WARNING O vorace O curReNT O poweR Ostatus Ouse Overlay Display e OFF LED solid On Motor is off in ready state no current detected no faults present e OFF LED blinking On Motor is off C445 control is faulted and or a control inhibit is present e RUN LED solid On Motor is running and is up to speed complete start detected e RUN LED blinking On Motor
256. for all operation modes Wiring options for all modes are shown later in this chapter Active Control Source The C445 system can have only one active control source at any given point of time At power up the control source is determined by the local remote power up mode setting which can be set to either remote control local control or hold last control state By default the setting is set to hold last control state and out of the box local control will be source of control The current active control source can be determined by reading the active control source parameter Switching Between Local and Remote Local to Remote When the active control source is local the following actions will change the active control source to Remote control 1 Pressing the AUTO button on the User Interface if User Interface is the local control 2 Setting the REMOTE input on the Fieldwire if the Fieldwire is used as the local control 3 Setting the Local Control Source to No local Control and the Remote Control Source is not set to No remote control source After switching to Remote control the Remote control source is determined by the Remote Control Source parameter Remote to Local When the active control source is remote the following actions will change the active control source to Local control 1 Pressing any button on the User Interface except the AUTO and the Reset button 2 Clearing the REMOTE input on the Fieldwire
257. g parameters are supported for both types of messages For Modbus serial and Modbus TCP all parameters including all operating parameters are available to monitor Appendix E contains a complete list of all parameters and their associated Modbus register address An operator interface or HMI device can also be used to monitor operating parameters from a C445 via any of the above supported fieldbus networks Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 159 Chapter 7 Monitoring and Diagnostics Monitoring Parameters A list and description of the available operating parameters for monitoring is shown below Table 56 Current Based Monitoring Parameter Name Range Units Description A L1 float Depends on frame size amps Phase A L1 motor current 2 accuracy within 30 125 of FLA B L2 float Depends on frame size amps Phase B L2 motor current 2 accuracy within 30 125 of FLA C L3 float Depends on frame size amps Phase C L3 motor current 2 accuracy within 30 125 of FLA average float Depends on frame size amps Average motor current 2 accuracy within 30 125 of FLA unbalance percent 0 100 Motor current unbalance percent average of FLA 0 720 of FLA amps Average motor current as a percentage of FLA nominal current Maximum start current floating Depends on frame size amps Maximum motor starting curren
258. ge condition Any voltage loss longer than VL Long Time will require the user to manually go through the restart sequence as the voltage loss restart functionality can no longer be used Operation Main voltage remains below Undervoltage Level setting for longer than VL Short Time Contactor remains open Start circuit Aux relays remain open Note C445 control voltage must remain available during main voltage loss or C445 relay may power down Example 5 Main voltage returns above Voltage Return Level setting in lt VL Long Time Long Delay Time begins counting Once time delay has expired contactor is pulled back in and motor is restarted Note If there is a run permissive in the circuit from a PLC DCS it must remain active or restart will not occur Figure 152 Example 5 Long Time Mains Voltage Returns Before Long Time Expires Long Time Example Voltage returns before Long Time expires VL Long Time I I VL Short Time 10 sec 1 I E 400ms gt 1 I I I I 100 i I SOT O Aa ge RR ee ee eee ae ee udat a aa Mains Voltage 1 3 q Voltage Return Level Possibly Control Pt Le sae ams ree nas ea fo gL ims stn a Voltage 50 i I i Voltage Loss Level 1 1 I 1 1 l l Long I i E Time I I 0 CLOSED C445 Output Relay In Start Circuit OPEN CLOSED 7 Motor Contactor OPEN Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eat
259. h no phase current detected after delay expires e Stop command active and current detected after delay expires Note Even with the control fault disabled the C445 will NOT transition to a new direction until current readings decrease to zero Figure 76 Timing Diagram for the Reverse Operation Mode Timing Diagram Interlock Time VW li REV i li l l Wl WN IK Aji Control Fault Delay Recommended User Interface Overlays for the Reverser Operation Mode Figure 77 C445UC I3 IEC Control and Status E T N Ei agaeaneae K a pi pi pi a h3 E Figure 78 C445UC I5 IEC Control and Status E T N Ei C445 O voLtace O current O poweR i 2 SEREEEE g O status Ouse PETEERE p J 4 FAULT WARNING 86 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Overlay Display OFF LED solid On Motor is off in ready state no current detected no faults present OFF LED blinking On Motor is off C445 control is faulted and or a control inhibit is present FWD REV LED solid On Active RUN command and motor is up to speed complete start detected FWD REV blinking On Active RUN command but motor is NOT up to speed AUTO LED Off C445 control is local source AUTO LED On C445 control is remote source Overlay Buttons OFF button Button press will put the contro
260. h to trigger motor operator in 1 0 ms 708 Solenoid open delay UINT16 RW NV tme Default 0 Units 10ms Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Delay time for solenoid valve to open in 10 ms 709 Solenoid close delay UINT16 RW NV tme Default 0 Units 10ms Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Delay time for solenoid valve to close in 10 ms 710 Non energized state UINT8 RW NV Non energized state of solenoid valve Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 Solenoid Valve normally closed energize to open Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1 Solenoid Valve normally open energize to close 711 Local motor control UINT8 RW NV Selects local motor control source source Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 Auto detect User Interface Config CRC 1 No local control Run Lock 2 User Interface local control Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 3 Fieldwire local control 252 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 712 Remote Control UINT8 RW NV Remote Control Source Select Selects the con
261. h want to write into KSZ s register register 58 58 0x3A Get Set BOOL Enable Write Access to KSZ s Register Enable Write Access to KSZ s Register Table 100 Motor Info Object Class 0x9B 155 Class Services Service Code Service Name Ox0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service Code Service Name Ox0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get Set UINT Rated Voltage Motor rated voltage 2 2 0x2 Get Set UDINT Motor Rated Hp Motor Scaled by 100 Motor Rated Hp Run1 3 3 0x3 Get Set UDINT Motor Rated Hp Motor2 Scaled by 100 Motor Rated Hp Run2 4 4 0x4 Get Set UDINT Motor Rated Watts Motor1 Motor Rated Watts Run1 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 209 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 100 Motor Info Object Class 0x9B 155 continued Instance Attributes
262. has a small range for the alarm level selection and uses the Fast Alarm Level Default 10 Alarm Debounce Time in the Protections General category for the delay between exceeding the set Scaled etault threshold and generating a warning The frequency deviation protection is always active This Range 2 to 200 parameter is scaled by 0 01 Units 0 01 Hz Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1068 Frequency Deviation UINT16 RW NV In the motor energized state the obtained percent deviation is compared against the set trip Fast Debounce Default 1000 threshold If the frequency deviation is higher than the Frequency Deviation Fast Trip Level for the plate duration of the Frequency Deviation Fast Debounce time the decision to trip the motor is made Range 20 to 2000 This debounce time delay only applies to the trip level Units ms Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1069 Frequency Deviation UINT16 RW NV Frequency Deviation Slow Trip Level has a large range for the trip level selection with a short time Slow Trip Level Default 10 delay to trip range If the frequency deviation from rated exceeds the set threshold for the duration Scaled etault of the Frequency Deviation Slow Debounce time it will trip the motor The frequency deviation Range 10 to 500 protection is active when the motor is in the energized state This parameter is scaled by 0 01 Units 0 01 Hz Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1070 Frequency Deviation UINT16 RW
263. he User Interface are e Circuit Breaker On Off status e Circuit Breaker tripped e AUX contact on the contactor e Panel temperature switch Below is a diagram showing the function of each of the 8 pins on the Input connector Figure 58 User Interface Input Connector Wiring 2 USB Port The USB port on the User Interface is a standard Micro USB port It supports the Modbus protocol and is typically used to interface the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool to the C445 Motor Management Relay for configuration and monitoring Since this port supports the Modbus slave protocol it will respond to Modbus commands from any Modbus master connected to this port All parameters shown in the C445 Modbus Register Table in Appendix E can be accessed by the Software Tool or any Modbus master When a Micro B cable is connected this port acts as a serial Modbus port with the following interface parameters 19200 Baud 8 bits byte Even Parity and 1 Stop Bit 44 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring 3 LEDs The optional User Interface provides diagnostic information that is both fixed and optionally user defined The User Interface shown below provides operational run stop status indication as well as diagnostic indication 4 Fixed diagnostic indicators and user definable indicators Figure 59 User Interface LED Overview Fixed LED Indicato
264. he control in Local and will send a RUN FAST command to the C445 to start the motor in fast mode AUTO button Selects the remote source as the active C445 control 102 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Control Settings The following parameters are used to configure the Two Speed Dahlander Operation Mode and the C445 sources of control Table 20 Two Speed Dahlander Configuration Parameters Configuration Parameter Modbus Register Description Read Write Active Operation Mode 700 This parameter selects the Operation Mode R W Control Fault Delay 701 Delay time before a control fault is issued Setting of 0 disables protection R W Control Switch Time Delay 703 Time delay when transitioning from fast gt slow Delay to allow motor to slow before R W transitioning to the slow output in 10ms Network Contactor Settle Time 704 Settle delay time before 2 4 contactor is activated ensures the net contactor is R W sealed in before activating the fast output in 10ms Motor 1 Overload FLA Scaled 900 Parameter to set overload full load amps for slow motor winding R W Motor 2 Overload FLA Scaled 901 Parameter to set overload full load amps for fast motor winding R W Motor Overload Trip FLA 500 This parameter contains the active motor overload FLA rating R will contain the m
265. he three phase ms value drops below the set threshold for the set length of time a fault is detected and th e overload can trip the starter or send and display an alarm of the condition All line related fau ts have an alarm no trip mode Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 173 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Ethernet Card C445CX E Introduction The C445 Ethernet option card C445XC E supports both the Modbus TCP and EtherNet IP protocols This card contains two Ethernet ports but only one IP address The ports act as a two port Ethernet switch allowing the user to optionally daisy chain modules together in a Ring or Linear network instead of running each module back to a centralized Ethernet switch in a Star Network Three supported Ethernet network topologies for the C445XC E card are shown below Figure 154 C445 Ethernet Star Network Connection Example Ethernet Switch Star Network Connection Example Figure 155 C445 Ethernet Ring Network Connection Example PLC with Ring Support Ring Network Connection Example 174 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay Figure 156 C445 Ethernet Linear Network Connection Example Linear Network Connection Example Installing the Ethernet Communication Card The Ethernet Communication Card is installed directly in
266. hen the output is energized both contacts change state When ordering the C445 Motor Management Relay one of the options is to obtain a Base Control Module where Output 3 is either a standard form C relay output or a latching form C relay output Output 3 operation as a standard form C relay output means the output will de energize and return the contacts to their normal state when the Base Control Module is powered off Output 3 operation as a latching relay output offers capability beyond what s available from a non latching or a standard relay output The energized state of the latching relay can be maintained after power has been removed from the Base Control Module Energized means that the normally open contact will be closed and the normally closed contact will be Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring open There are two additional configuration parameter for the latching relay and that involves the Power down behavior The following are the four choices for this behavior These parameter can be configured using the Power Xpert inControl Software or via a Modbus message from a Modbus master These parameters are called Base Control Module Relay 3 Behavior Modbus register 719 e Behave like a non latching relay default Modbus value 0 e Behave like a latching relay Modbus value 1 If Behave like a latching relay is selected for the parameter above then the following options are available in the Output 3 Latching
267. hese registers to clear a password The only way to write to these registers if there is a password set is to first log in Then once logged in hexadecimal Os can be written to these register to clear the password A Reset to Factory Defaults also clears resets the password Since this can be accomplished using the button on the Base Control Module a C445 with an unknown password can be recovered in this manner but will need to be reconfigured All parameters will have been set to factory defaults not just the Admin password Table 13 USB Lockout Password Codes Parameters Base Control Module Assigned Name Active Operation Mode Max Star Winding Time Fieldbus Motor Control Fi Fi Fi Fi Control Interlocking Time eld Output Communication Fault Action eld Output Communication Fault State eld Output Communication Idle Action eld Output Communication Idle State Control Switching Time Output 1 Function Select Output 2 Function Select Output 3 Function Select Output 3 Function Select reset Measurement Module Wire Config Base Control Module Modbus Port Address Base Control Module Modbus port Baud Rate Base Control Module RS 485 Modbus Timeout Base Control Module Modbus port Parity and Stop Bits Base Control Module Modbus port TX mode Modbus Scan List Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www
268. hese will not take effect until a soft reset is issued to the C445 or until it receives a power cycle Go offline with the C445 in the software tool 7 Set the DIP Switches so only the following switches are ON 2 and 9 The Ethernet Card will now be configured for NV Static IP Address 8 Issue a soft reset or power cycle the C445 When it powers up the Ethernet Card will be configured with the static IP address subnet mask and gateway address it was configured for with the inControl software tool 9 This same process could be accomplished using the USB port or the RS 485 port with the inControl software tool Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 175 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards When switch 9 is ON and other DIP switches are 0 Static IP hardcoded IP address of 192 168 1 254 1 DHCP Pulls IP address from DHCP server 2 NV Static Full address taken from device Non Volatile Memory static 3 NV DHCP Addresses are taken from the DHCP server and assigned to device NV memory To keep this address as static power down the device and then change DIP Switch setting to 2 NV Static before re powering the device 4 Internal IP Address Allocation Method Device disregards DIP Switch selections and IP configuration is done via inControl software by setting parameter IP ADDRESS ALLOCATION METHOD The available settings for this parameter are the s
269. i al inputs wiring harness 200 cm 16 AWG wires C445XU 200 User interface digi al inputs wiring harness 300 cm 16 AWG wires C445XU 300 User interface digi al inputs wiring harness 100 cm 1 mm2 wires C445XU 100CXH USB cables are used to connect to Power Xpert inControl software tool via USB port to the Base Control Module or the User Inter ace Table 7 Catalog Numbers C445XS Spare Parts Kit and USB Cables Description Spare parts kit terminal connectors mounting feet Catalog Number C445XS TERM Standard USB A Male to Micro USB Male cable C445XS USBMICRO Standard USB A Male to RJ12 cable C445XS USBRJ12 Standard USB A Male to Loose Leads cable for use with Modbus Serial terminals C445XS USBLEADS Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 7 Chapter 1 Power Xpert C445 Overview Modules Overview Base Control Module Basic Overview The Base Control Module is the controller of the C445 system providing the various monitoring protection and control algorithms Equipped with native I O connections communication card options and USB connectivity the Base Control Module provides users with real time data on the health and status of their applications Various pre configured operation modes are available that simplify the wiring and logic requirements for the user Figure 7 Base Control Module Image Base C
270. iagnostic Telegram Details 0 0 0 002000 e eee ee 232 Table 120 PROFIBUS Configuration File 0 0 0 0 00000 c cece eee 234 Table 121 Bit Mapping Parameters for Cyclic Acyclic Writeable Parameters 235 Table 122 Fieldbus Motor Control Bits 0 20 eee eee 235 Table 123 Bit Mapping Parameters for Cyclic Acyclic Readable Parameters 235 Table 124 PROFIBUS Cyclic Acyclic Readable Parameters 0000005 236 Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map 0000 0c cece eee 237 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com xi Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay Safety Definitions and Symbols A WARNING This symbol indicates high voltage It calls your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you and other persons operating this equipment Read the message and follow the instructions carefully A This symbol is the Safety Alert Symbol It occurs with either of two signal words CAUTION or WARNING as described below A WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in serious injury or death A CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in minor to moderate injury or serious damage to the product The situation described in the CAUTION may if not avoided lead to serious results Important safety measures are desc
271. ial protocols and may be found in Appendix D of this user manual Table 114 Modbus TCP Function Codes FunctionCode Name Standard Function Codes 0x01 Read Coils 0x02 Read Discrete Inputs 0x03 Read Holding registers 0x04 Read input registers 0x05 Write single coil 0x06 Preset Single register 0x07 Read exception status 0x08 Diagnostics 0x0F Write Multiple Coils 0x10 Write Multiple Registers 0x17 Read Write Multiple Registers 0x2B 0x0E Read device identification Vendor Specific Function Codes 0x42 Device Services 0x43 Read Attribute 0x44 Write Attribute 0x45 Read Write attribute 226 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com PROFIBUS Communication Card Introduction The PROFIBUS communication card is an optional add on to the C445 Base Control Module that allows the user to communicate via PROFIBUS This module allows a PROFIBUS master to fully control and monitor the C445 This module functionally supports both PROFIBUS DPVO and DPV1 functionality The main purpose of PROFIBUS DPVO is fast Cyclic Data exchange between the DP master and periphery devices such as the C445 Motor Management Relay PROFIBUS DPV1 is an extension of the DP protocol The main purpose for PROFIBUS DPV1 is to add Acyclic Data exchange of parameters Installing the PROFIBUS Communication Card The PROFIBUS Communication Card is installe
272. if the Fieldwire is used as the local control After switching to Local control the Local control source is determined by the Local Control Source parameter Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 75 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Pre Defined Operation Modes There are 11 selectable Operation modes for the C445 This section describes the modes in detail Selecting one of these modes will determine the behavior of the relay s inputs and outputs Active Operation Mode The Active Operation Mode parameter is used to select the active mode Any change to this parameter will require a soft reset or power cycle before the new mode takes effect The following modes are supported e Overload Only e Direct FVNR e Reverser FVR e Star Delta e Two Speed Two Winding e Two Speed Dahlander e Auto Transformer e Solenoid Valve e MCCB Actuation e Contactor Feeder e General Purpose Input Output 76 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Overload Only Operation Mode Description The Overload only mode uses the Motor 1 parameters for all control protections C445 outputs e Output 1 is used as the fault contact It is a normally open contact e Outputs 2 and 3 are general purpose outputs At power up the C445 Motor Management relay closes Output 1 provided the C445 is in the Ready state no
273. iguration If changes are made to any parameters on this page and the user does not need to view the second page select the check mark to save the changes made on this page and exit the wizard If changes are made to any parameters on this page or not selecting the right arrow button will save those changes and progress to the second page shown below At any time there is a Close button located at the bottom right of each wizard screen not shown above If that is selected no changes are saved and you will Exit the wizard Note When a wizard opens on an online C445 DTM the parameters contained in the wizard are read from the C445 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 51 Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning C445 Eaton Corporation Offline Set Up Wizard Firmware 1 00 0012 Set Up Wizard O Overload Trip Class 5 Motor Overload FLA Nominal Current s 0 300 A Motor Rated Watts Motor 14914 w Motor Rated HP Motor 1 20 00 HP Motor Rated Speed Motor1 1750 RPM Motor Rated Service Factor 115 Motor Rated Voltage aooo i y Motor Rated Frequency 60 Hz Motor Rated Efficiency 85 Motor Rated Power Factor 83 50 Motor Start Threshold 30 Motor Stop Threshold ec y Motor Transition Threshold Percent 115 Close After modifying parameters on page 2 above select the check mark to save all changes an
274. ile will signal the motor is running anytime current readings exceed 5 the active overload FLA rating Two conditions will then set the AtRef bit signaling the motor is up to speed e f motor current first exceeds 115 of the active overload FLA rating and then decreases back below 115 of the active overload FLA rating it is determined the motor has come up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set e f motor current exceeds 30 of the active overload FLA rating and remains until after the start delay time expires the motor is determined to be up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set 78 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Wiring Diagrams for the Overload Only Operation Mode Figure 63 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power L1 L2 L3 PE C445UC E lt Optional Modbus C445BD SD Us 24 VDC Us Uc 24 VDC Uc Figure 64 Non isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc C445 Power u1 L2 L3 PE Qi I DID TD eos C445UC a C445BD SD Us 24 VDC Us Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 79 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Figure 65 120 Vac Inpu
275. imal values that when sent to the C445 with the System Services word cause the C445 to perform the designated function o No Active Service Clear Fault Queue Clear Trip Snapshot Test Trip Re pair external modules Factory Reset Soft Reset Reset Fault Proof Test ONOaRWN gt BCM Field Output Control Word is one of the selections for an output data word The following are the bits that control the 3 outputs on the Base Control Module Bit 0 Output 1 Bit 1 Output 2 Bit 2 Output 3 if a Base Control Module with the latching relay option is being used this bit is used to Set this output Bit 3 This bit is only used when a BCM with the latching relay option is used This bit resets the latching relay output Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 235 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 124 PROFIBUS Cyclic Acyclic Readable Parameters Parameter Description Motor Control Status Running1 Running2 Auto Tripped Warned Active Fault Active Inhibit Active Warning Motor Current Phase A Scaled Motor Current Average Percent FLA Motor Current Average Scaled Motor Current Phase B Scaled Motor Current Phase C Scaled Motor Current Scale Factor Motor Unbalance Percent Line Frequency Scaled Line Voltage LL Phases AB Line Voltage LL Average Line Voltage LL Phases BC Line V
276. ing to ATEX directive 94 9 EC The C445 global motor management relay provides EEx e protection to motor installed in explosive areas EEx e Types of Protection The overload protection and the thermistor motor protection of C445 global motor management relay comply with requirements for overload protection of explosion protected motors of the type of protection EEx e increased safety e g according to EN 60079 7 EC Type Certificate DEMKO 15 ATEX 1286 User shall refer C445 safety manual MN042004EN pdf before installing C445 to protect the motors installed in Hazardous Area ATEX Approval for Operation in Areas Subject to Explosion Hazard The C445 global motor management relay is certified according to ATEX Ex II 2 G and GD for gases and dust The C445 global motor management relay is certified for the protection of motors in areas subject to explosion hazard according to e ATEX Ex I M2 equipment group category M2 mining e ATEX Ex II 2 GD equipment group Il category 2 in area GD Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 315 Appendix E Safety Manual Lice This p nses roduct includes embedded software that incorporates or interfaces with the following third party software IwIP is licensed under the BSD license Copyright c 2001 2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary for
277. ing1 Run1 command is present Bit2 0 local control source active 1 remote control source is active 108 Bit3 0 no fault present 1 C445 fault present Bit4 0 no warning present 1 C445 warning present Bit5 0 no inhibit present 1 C445 control inhibit present Bit6 0 C445 not ready fault and or inhibit present 1 C445 ready for control No fault or inhibit present Bit7 0 motor is not up to speed AtRef 1 C445 has detected motor is up to speed on delta winding AtRef Two conditions will set the AtRef bit signaling the motor is up to speed After transitioning to the full voltage output if motor current increases above 115 of the active overload FLA rating and then decreases back below 115 of the active overload FLA rating it is determined the motor has come up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set After transitioning to the full voltage output if motor current exceeds 30 of the active overload FLA rating and remains until after the start delay time expires the motor is determined to be up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Wiring Diagrams for the Auto Transformer Operation Mode Figure 117 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power ES a oe eens C445UC tee E t4 i re EE
278. ion Revision of this object 2 2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Description 1 4 0x4 Get Set USINT Motor Overload Trip Class Overload trip class 2 5 0x5 Get UINT Motor Current Average Scaled Scaled motor current average 3 6 0x6 Get USINT Motor Unbalance Percent Motor current unbalance percent 4 7 0x7 Get USINT Thermal memory Percent Thermal memory 5 8 0x8 Get UINT Motor Current Phase A Scaled Scaled phase A motor current 6 9 0x9 Get UINT Motor Current Phase B Scaled Scaled phase B motor current 7 10 0xA Get UINT Motor Current Phase C Scaled Scaled phase C motor current 8 11 OxB Get UINT GF Residual RMS Motor residual ground fault current RMS 202 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 94 Overload Object Class 0x2C 44 continued Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access DataType Attribute Name Attribute Description 9 101 0x65 Get UINT Motor Overload Trip FLA Motor Overload Trip FLA 10 102 0x66 Get Set UINT Motor Overload Trip FLA Motor1 Motor O
279. ions Communications Isolation Notes The isolation between the Modbus Port and BCM electronics is functional isolation only All connections to the Modbus terminal shall meet PELV requirements The isolation between the PROFIBUS Port and BCM electronics is functional isolation only All connections to the PROFIBUS Port terminal shall meet PELV requirements The isolation between the Ethernet Port and BCM electronics is functional isolation only All connections to the Ethernet Port terminal shall meet SELV PELV requirements Table 65 Environmental Specifications Description Specification Temperature 40 C to 85 C 40 F to 185 F non operating 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F operating Operating Humidity 5 95 non condensing Altitude NEMA ICS1 2000 meters 6600 feet Shock IEC 60068 2 27 15 g any direction for 11 milliseconds non operating Vibration IEC 60068 2 6 5 gnon operating and 3 g operating in any direction Pollution Degree 3 Protection Degree Internal Components IP20 User Interface IP54 amp UL Type12 Cooling Convection natural Table 66 Power Supply Specifications Summary Description Specification AC Control Power Rated supply voltage operating range 110 120 Vac 60 Hz 94 132 Vac 220 240 Vac 50 Hz 187 264 Vac Requirement of an external control power transformer when the product is used above 150 Vac 220 240 Vac DC Control Power Rated supply volt
280. ip AB L1 L2 Default 0 Units V Backup Mem Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 301 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 1312 Name Snap Shot Voltage BC L2 L3 Attribute UINT16 RO Default 0 Units V Backup Mem Description Voltage BC L2 L3 RMS volts at time of trip Snap Shot Voltage CA L3 L1 UINT16 RO Default 0 Units V Backup Mem Voltage CA L3 L1 RMS volts at time of trip 1314 Snap Shot Frequency Scaled UINT16 RO Default 0 Units 0 01 Hz Backup Mem Line Frequency at time of trip scaled by 0 01 Hz 1315 Snap Shot Watts SINT32 RO Default 0 Units W Backup Mem Real Power at time of trip 1317 Snap Shot VA SINT32 RO Default 0 Units VA Backup Mem Apparent Power at time of trip Snap Shot Power Factor Scaled SINT16 RO Default 0 Units 0 01 Backup Mem Power Factor at time of trip scaled by 0 01 1320 Snap Shot Ground Current UINT16 RO Default 0 Units scaled A Backup Mem Ground Fault Current RMS at time of trip See motor current scale factor for scaling 3000 Modbus Scan Data UINT16 RW Data used for Modbus Scan List Array size 32 Array of 32 registers 3032 Modbus Scan List UI
281. ip FLA Nominal Current Scaled is a read only parameter indicating the active Tara c Default 101 RW ae Sie kori eee FLA a a este indicate the y active motor winding setting Scaled by parameter 1 Scale Factor Range 1 to 65535 RW Units scaled A 501 Motor Rated Speed UINT16 RO RPM nameplate rating of the active motor winding Rev acive Default 1750 Range 300 to 3600 Units RPM 502 Motor Rated HP UINT32 RO hp nameplate rating of the active motor winding This value is scaled by 0 01 For example if the Active Scaled Units HPx100 motor is rated at 123 25 hp then this parameter should contain 12325 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 247 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 504 Motor Rated Watts UINT32 RO Watts nameplate rating of the active motor winding Active Default 14914 Range 10 to 3728500 Units W 506 Active Control UINT8 RO Active Control Source Source Enum PROA Value Description 0 No active control source 1 User Interface is the active control source 2 FieldBus is the active control source 3 FieldWire is the active control source 600 Fieldbus Motor BYTE RW Fieldbus Motor Contro Control Bitfield Run 1 Command Bit This bit is Profile dependant For example this is the Run bit for a FV
282. is present The C445 PROFIBUS communication card will also set the appropriate word bit bits in diagnostic data bytes 11 and 16 to indicate to the user the reason for the fault warning condition When the fault condition is cleared the ext diag bit bit3 in first diagnostic data byte will also clear indicating to the Master that the C445 system is healthy and ready for operation Table 119 C445 Diagnostic Telegram Details Byte No Description 1to6 PROFIBUS DP standard diagnostics 7 to 10 Extended diagnostics header 11 to 12 Active Fault Code Modbus Register No 312 13 to 16 Warning Status Bits Modbus Register No 318 Below picture shows how diagnostics message is sent to Master DP slave diagnostic in hexadecimal format DP slave diagnostic in hexadecimal format Structured Display o Standard Diagnostics 08 OC 00 05 OF 3F 81 01 00 14 00 00 00 00 00 e elated diagnosh 0x001A indicates a lost with 232 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Extended diagnostics frame has 10 bytes where first 4 bytes are header followed by 6 bytes fault and warning data For example in above picture OA 81 01 00 bytes are header information 1A 00 00 00 00 00 are diagnostics information where 1A 00 forms a fault code word 0x001A which means Communication lost with MM 00 00 00 00 are the warning bits per Modbus register 318 When there is no fault or warning i
283. ister Map Register Name Attribute Description 1002 Warning Enable Bits BYTE RW NV Only those protections that are enabled by checking the associated box will provide a warning when that condition occurs Array size 4 Bit Description Coil Default 0 0 Under voltage 6017 Bitfield 1 Over voltage 6018 Config CRC 2 External ground fault 6019 Admin Lock 3 Residual ground fault 6020 USB Lock 4 Current phase loss 6021 Backup Mem 5 Current unbalance 6022 6 Instantaneous over current 6023 7 Jam 6024 8 Power factor deviation 6025 9 Voltage phase loss 6026 10 Voltage unbalance 6027 11 Frequency deviation fast 6028 12 Frequency deviation slow 6029 13 Under current 6030 14 High power 6031 15 Low power 6032 16 Reserved 6033 17 Starts limit exceeded 6034 18 Overload 6035 19 Stall 6036 20 Phase rotation mismatch 6037 21 PTC 6038 22 Under voltage restart 6039 23 Peak demand 6040 1004 Overload Trip Class UINT8 RW NV Overload Trip Class Default 5 Range 5 to 40 Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 279 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 1005 Name Overload Alarm Level Attribute UINT8 RW NV Default 90 Range 1 to 100 Units Config CRC
284. it 7 Reserved Bit 8 Output 1 Conditional Depends on profile selected Bit 9 Output 2 Conditional Depends on profile selected Bit 10 Output 3 set Conditional Depends on profile selected Bit 11 Output 3 reset Conditional Depends on profile selected Bits 12 15 Reserved Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 185 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Input Instance 107 0x6B Extended Overload Input w IO Length 2 Bytes Byte Size Offset bytes Name 0 2 Basic Overload w Relay Description Extended overload assembly with I0 0 Faulted Tripped it 1 Warning 2 Output 1 3 Output 2 4 Input 1 5 Input 2 6 Input 3 Bit 7 Input 4 Bit 8 Running1 Bit 9 Running2 0 Remote or CtrlFromNet 1 Output 3 2 Reserved 3 4 7y Inhibited Ready 5 AtRef or Up To Speed 1 1 1 it1 1 1 Input Instance 110 0x6E Status Current Voltage Trip Length 22 Bytes Byte Size Offset bytes Name 0 2 Device Status Description DCI_PACKED_C445_DEVICE_STATUS Device Bit Array 0 Faulted Tripped it 1 Warning 2 Output 1 3 Output 2 4 Input 1 5 Input 2 6 Input 3 Bit 7 Input 4 Bit 8 Running1 Running2 Remote or CtrlFromNet Output 3 Reserved Inhibited vyu 9 1 Bit 1 1 1 1 1 AtRef or Up To Speed 2 2 Current 11 0 1 2 3 4 Ready 5
285. its PTC Backup Mem 5 Tripped Status Bitt Phase rotation mismatch 6 Tripped Status Bits Stall 7 Tripped Status Bitt Overload 8 Tripped Status Bits Starts limit exceeded 9 Tripped Status Bitt Low power 10 Tripped Status Bitt High power Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 253 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 715 Output 1 Function UINT16 RW NV Output Function Select for General Purpose Output 1 continued pales Value Description 11 Tripped Status Bits Under current 12 Tripped Status Bitt Frequency deviation slow 13 Tripped Status Bitt Frequency deviation fast 14 Tripped Status Bitt Voltage unbalance 15 Tripped Status Bits Voltage phase loss 16 Tripped Status Bitt Power factor deviation 17 Tripped Status Bits Jam 18 Tripped Status Bits Instantaneous over current 19 Tripped Status Bitt Current unbalance 20 Tripped Status Bitt Current phase loss 21 Tripped Status Bits Residual ground fault 22 Motor Control Status Motor at speed 23 Motor Control Status Ready 24 Motor Control Status Inhibited 25 Motor Control Status Warning 26 Motor Control Status Faulted 27 Motor Control
286. k Backup Mem Undercurrent Debounce is the time delay following the trip level being exceeded until a trip occurs Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 283 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 1024 Name Phase Rotation Protection Attribute UINT8 RW NV Description Bits 0 2 determine the phase rotation protection 0 No Fault 1 ABC Rotation 2 ACB Rotation Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 Ignore phase order Config CRC 1 ABC L1 L2 L3 phase order Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 2 ACB L1 L3 L2 phase order 1025 Overvoltage Trip Level UINT16 RW NV Default 110 Range 90 to 150 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Loc Backup Mem Overvoltage Trip Level when exceeded and following the Overvoltage Debounce time will generate a trip 1026 Overvoltage Alarm Level UINT16 RW NV Default 110 Range 90 to 150 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Overvoltage Alarm Level when exceeded and following the Alarm Debounce Time in the Protections General category will generate a warning 1027 Overvoltage Debounce UINT16 RW NV Default 20 Range 1 to 60 Units seconds Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock
287. l when exceeded and following the Alarm Debounce Time in the Protections General category will generate a warning Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 281 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 1014 Instantaneous UINT16 RW NV Instantaneous Overcurrent Start Delay is a delay at power up to inhibit raising this trip condition Overcurrent Start until this time expires If the condition is no longer present when this time expires no trip will occur Delay Default 0 Range 0 to 180 Units seconds Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1015 Instantaneous UINT16 RW NV Instantaneous Overcurrent Debounce is the time delay following the trip level being exceeded until Overcurrent A a trip occurs Debounce Default 2000 Range 1 to 2000 Units ms Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1018 Unbalance Trip UINT8 RW NV Current Unbalance Trip Level Percent when exceeded and following the Unbalance Debounce Level Percent time will generate a trip Default 15 Range 1 to 60 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1019 Unbalance Alarm UINT8 RW NV Current Unbalance Alarm Level Percent when exceeded and after the Alarm Debounce Time in the Level Percent Protections General category expires will caus
288. l 1 I I i Motor i i Contactor i 1 OPEN Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 143 Chapter 6 Motor Protection Example 4 Main voltage does not return above Voltage Return Level setting in lt VL Short Time Contactor does not re close Figure 151 Example 4 Short Time Mains Voltage Does Not Return Before Short Time Expires Short Time Example Voltage returns after Short Time expires l VL Short Time lt 400ms gt VL Auto Time I 100 i 200ms gt i Mains Voltage oii a ee ade re es By oa a re Voltage Return Level Possibly Control Se ee ge eg Be ee Voltage Loss Level Voltage 50 g I l 0 l l i I 1 I l 1 CLOSED 1 l 1 C445 Output i i Relay 1 In Start Circuit l 1 OPEN I I CLOSED T Motor Contactor OPEN 144 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 6 Motor Protection VL Long Time VL Long Time is a command to automatically pull a contactor back in to restart a motor in the event of an undervoltage condition that has exceeded the VL Short Time duration A user configurable time delay is available to prevent out of sync starting of motors In addition to having the ability to vary VL Short Time delays for multiple motors a second timer can be utilized after VL Long Time to further avoid brownouts from motors restarting together based ona common undervolta
289. l Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 195 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 93 Control Supervisor Object Class 0x29 41 Class Services ID Service Requirements 0x0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services ID Service 0x0E Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 Set_Attribute_Single 0x05 Reset Service Type 0 Class Attributes Sr No ID Access Rule Data Type Name Description Default Range 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision 1 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance 1 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of 1 Instances Instance Attributes Sr No ID Access Rule Data Type Description 1 3 0x3 Set BOOL Run1 Run Stop Event Matrix 0 0 1 2 4 0x4 Set BOOL Run2 Run Stop Event Matrix 0 0 1 3 5 0x5 Set BOOL NetCtrl Requests Run Stop control to be local or from network 0 0 1 0 Local Control Network Control Note that the actual status of Run Stop control is reflected in attribute 15 CtrlFromNet 4 7 0x7 Get BOOL Running1 Enabled and Run1 or Stopping and Running1 or 0 0 1 Fault_Stop and Running1 0 Other state 5 8 0x8 Get BOOL Running2 Enabled and Run1 or Stopping and Running1 or 0 0 1 Fault_Stop and Running1 0 Other state 6 9 0x9 Get BOOL Ready Ready or Enabled or Stopping 0 0 1 0 Other state 7 11 0xB Get BOOL Warning Warning not latched 0 0 1 0 No Warnings present 8 2 OxC Set
290. l in Local and will send a STOP command to the C445 overload which will drop out all control outputs and stop the motor FWD button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a FWD RUN command to the C445 overload to enable the forward output relay Q1 REV button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a REV RUN command to the C445 overload to enable the reverse output relay Q2 AUTO button Selects the remote source as the active C445 control RESET button Resets fault if condition has cleared Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 87 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Control Settings The following parameters are used to configure the Reverser Operation Mode and the C445 sources of control Table 17 Reverser Configuration Parameters Configuration Parameter Modbus Register Description Read Write Active Operation Mode 700 This parameter selects the Operation Mode R W Control Fault Delay 701 Delay time before a control fault is issued A setting of 0 disables protection R W Control Interlock Time Delay 702 Time delay before change of direction allowed R W Motor 1 Overload FLA Scaled 900 This parameter is used to set the motor nameplate full load amps for the overload R W Motor Overload Trip FLA 500 This
291. lated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power 114 Figure 126 Non isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vde C445 Power 115 Figure 127 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power 116 Figure 128 Timing Diagram for MCCB Feeder Operation Mode 117 Figure 129 C445UC I7 IEC Control and Status n anaana aaan eee 118 Figure 130 C445UC I8 IEC Control and Status niyi nenns mere s Er r a a D 118 Figure 131 C445UC N7 NEMA Control and Status 20 0 000 000 0002 eee eee 118 Figure 132 C445UC N8 NEMA Control and Status 000 118 Figure 133 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power 120 Figure 134 Non isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vde C445 Power 120 Figure 135 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power 121 Figure 136 Timing Diagram for the Contactor Feeder Operating Mode 122 Figure 137 C445UG 17 EC Controliand Status b saccc ase cay eda pentan ewe da 122 Figure 138 C445UC I8 IEC Control and Status 0 0 122 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com vii Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay List of Figures continued Figure 139 C445UC N7 NEMA Control and Status 0 0 0 0 000 cece 122 Figure 140 C445UC N8 NEMA Control and Status 0 000 000 cece 122 Figure 141
292. lay Settle Time hs x Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 101 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Recommended Use Interface Overlays for the Two Speed Dahlander Operation Mode Figure 103 C445UC I2 IEC Control and Status E 1 N E C445 a pess gt aren hs Ostatus BASARAN i A Oas O vowtace A H O current Je i 5 O rower C Figure 104 C445UC I6 IEC Control and Status E T N Ei C445 C C F PYTTITY O Erm raun k O status Ouss O voutace gresss O current AUTO O ower Overlay Display OFF LED solid On Motor is off in ready state no current detected no faults present OFF LED blinking On Motor is off C445 control is faulted and or a control inhibit is present SLOW FAST LED solid On Active RUN command and motor is up to speed complete start detected SLOW FAST blinking On Active RUN command but motor is NOT up to speed AUTO LED Off C445 control is local source AUTO LED On C445 control is remote source Overlay Buttons OFF button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a STOP command to the C445 which will drop out all control outputs and stop the motor SLOW button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a RUN SLOW command to the C445 to start the motor in slow mode FAST button Button press will put t
293. le or user interface CH2 Port Provides connection and power from the Base Control Module to the connected module Measurement Module or user interface Measurement Module Basic Overview The Measurement Module is a pass through device which samples current and voltage data consumed by the system This data is continually transmitted back to the Base Control Module for analysis Various frame sizes are available for applications up to 800 A with factory orderable options for voltage measurement and positive temperature coefficient PTC protection Figure 10 Measurement Module Image Chapter 1 Power Xpert C445 Overview Measurement Module Features e 0 3 136 A pass through current measurement e External CTs for applications up to 800 A e Optional line voltage measurement and protection e Optional positive temperature coefficient PTC protection e DIN rail or panel mounting e The Measurement Module is powered through its cable connection to the Base Control Module Figure 11 Measurement Module Features and Connections easurement odule Top 7 A a a o0 HH O00 Pass through a Voltage Terminals current measurement O 0000 Ean ome a OOO RJ 12 Terminal PTC Terminal Measurement Module Bottom Voltage Terminals Optional Factory installed terminals for measuring line voltage Required for monit
294. lowing the Residual Ground Fault Debounce time Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor 1061 Residual GF Alarm Threshold Scaled UINT16 RW NV Default 101 Range 1 to 65535 RW Units scaled A Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Residual Ground Fault Alarm Threshold Scaled is a value if exceeded that will generate a warning following the Alarm Debounce Time in the Protections General category Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 291 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 1062 Name Residual GF Start Delay Attribute UINT16 RW NV Default 0 Range 0 to 5000 Units ms Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Description Residual Ground Fault Start Delay is a delay at power up to inhibit raising a ground fault trip condition until this time expires If the ground fault trip condition is no longer present when this time expires no trip will occur 1063 Residual GF Debounce UINT16 RW NV Default 5 Range 1 to 60 Units seconds Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Residual Ground Fault Debounce is the time delay before a trip occurs 1064 Residual GF Use Inhibit Current BOOL RW NV Default FALSE Config CRC
295. lowing the Undervoltage Debounce time 1031 Undervoltage Debounce UINT16 RW NV Default 20 Range 1 to 60 Units seconds Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Undervoltage Debounce is the time delay following the trip level being exceeded until a trip occurs Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 285 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 1032 Under Voltage UINT8 RW NV Under Voltage Restart Fault Level is the level set where the C445 will be allowed to restart Restart Fault Level following an Under Voltage fault provide Under Voltage fault is enabled Default 70 Range 65 to 90 Units Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1033 Under Voltage UINT8 RW NV Under Voltage Restart Restoration Level Restart Restoration Default 90 Level efault Range 80 to 100 Units Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1034 Voltage Loss Auto Time UINT16 RW NV Default 200 Range 100 to 400 Units ms Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Voltage Loss Restart Maximum Time for Automatic Restart 1035 Voltage Loss Short Delay UINT32 RW NV Default 1000 Range 100 to 500000 Uni
296. lt 0 Value Description Enum 0 None Config CRC 1 Fault Reason Type Load fault Power based Run Lock 2 Fault Reason Type Supply fault Voltage based Admin Lock 3 Fault Reason Type Motor fault Current based USB Lock 4 Tripped Status Bits PTC Backup Mem 5 Tripped Status Bitt Phase rotation mismatch 6 Tripped Status Bits Stall 7 Tripped Status Bitt Overload 8 Tripped Status Bits Starts limit exceeded 9 Tripped Status Bits Low power 10 Tripped Status Bits High power 11 Tripped Status Bits Under current 12 Tripped Status Bits Frequency deviation slow 13 Tripped Status Bits Frequency deviation fast 14 Tripped Status Bits Voltage unbalance 15 Tripped Status Bits Voltage phase loss 16 Tripped Status Bits Power factor deviation 17 Tripped Status Bits Jam 18 Tripped Status Bits lnstantaneous over current 19 Tripped Status Bits Current unbalance 20 Tripped Status Bits Current phase loss 21 Tripped Status Bits Residual ground fault 22 Motor Control Status Motor at speed 23 Motor Control Status Ready 24 Motor Control Status Inhibited 25 Motor Control Status Warning 26 Motor Control Status Faulted 27 Motor Control Status Remote enabled 28 Motor Control Status Running 2 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 257 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued
297. lue Description Coil 0 PTC OK no fault 0 Running 1 4785 1 PTC over temperature fault 1 Running 2 4786 2 PTC shorted fault 2 Remote enabled 4787 3 PTC open fault 3 Faulted 4788 4 Warning 4789 5 Inhibited 4790 6 Ready 4791 7 Motor at speed 4792 162 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Table 64 Active Fault Warning and Inhibit Values Value Description Active Fault Chapter 7 Monitoring and Diagnostics Table 64 Active Fault Warning and Inhibit Values continued Value Description Active Fault continued 0 No Faults 34 Measurement Module firmware is incompatible 1 Under voltage 35 User Interface firmware is incompatible 2 Over voltage 36 Ethernet Option Card firmware is incompatible 3 External GF 37 Profi Option Card firmware is incompatible 4 Residual GF 500 Internal communication loss with Power Supply Board 5 Current phase loss 501 Internal Power Supply Board is not responding to SPI 6 Current unbalance 502 Internal Checksums in NV memory FRAM didn t match during read 7 Instantaneous over current neither pair 503 Internal Checksums in NV memory FRAM didn t match during write 8 Jam neither pair 3 PF Deviation 504 Internal RTC Backup Memory Opti
298. m Watts nameplate rating for motor winding 2 Used in star delta two speed and dahlander profiles 909 Motor Rated hp Motor1 Scaled UINT32 RW NV Default 2000 RW Range 1 to 500000 Units HPx100 Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem hp nameplate rating for motor winding 1 Used in all control profiles This value is scaled by 0 01 For example if the motor is rated at 123 25 hp then this parameter should contain 12325 Motor Rated hp Motor2 Scaled UINT32 RW NV Default 2000 Range 1 to 500000 Units HPx100 Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem hp nameplate rating for motor winding 2 Used in star delta two speed and dahlander profiles This value is scaled by 0 01 For example if the motor is rated at 123 25 hp then this parameter should contain 12325 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 275 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 913 Motor Rated PF SINT16 RW NV Motor Rated Power Factor in Percent Scaled A parameter value of 8512 is equal to 85 12 Scaled or 8512 Default 8350 Range 5000 to 10000 Units Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 914 Motor Rated Speed UINT16 RW NV RPM nameplate rating for m
299. ment unit This module is discussed in more detail later in this section Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning Power Xpert inControl Commissioning Software Tool There is a Power Xpert inControl User Manual that describes all the features of this powerful Software Tool publication MN040013EN Below is information on using the Start Up Wizard in this Software Tool The Start Up Wizard executes under the following conditions 1 Each time a new C445 is added to a project and the parameters are accessed in the offline mode 2 Each time the parameters for a C445 are accessed online for the first time or if they are accessed again without having been saved then opened the saved configuration file for the C445 The wizard consists of 2 pages of parameters for single motor applications and 3 pages of parameters for two motor applications The two pages of parameters for single motor applications are shown below C445 Eaton Corporation Offline Set Up Wizard Firmware 1 00 0012 E Set Up Wizard Pana D O Active Operation Mode t Direct Online hd 1 45mm 0 3 2 4A PTC Voltage Measurement Module Selection C445MA 2P4A 3 4105 001A A Local Motor Control Source 0 Auto Detect User Interface X Remote Control Source Select 1 Fieldbus is Remote Control Source oe 0 Two Wire Field Wiring Conf
300. meters and diagnostic data It also contains parameter information that may be used for acyclic messaging 228 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com PROFIBUS Card LED Definitions Table 118 PROFIBUS Card LED Definitions Appendix C Optional Communication Cards State Wait_Param state Wait_CFG state Data exchange DP_Error state Fault State PROFIBUS display No Communication Communication Everything OK CFG_Error Parameterization H W ID Fault Board revision Fault state Master Offline No Data Ex Error Incorrect Slave address Fault on BCM LED Profibus ON ON ON ON NA Active Green LED_SF Red OFF OFF OFF OFF ON LED_BF Red ON Flashing 500 mSec OFF Flashing 500 mSec NA Note In the table above while there are only two LEDs the LED labeled BF acts as both the Active and BF LED C445 Cyclic Polling The most common way of exchanging data with the C445 is via cyclic messages from a PROFIBUS master The master sends control data to the C445 and reads monitoring data from the C445 Typically the control information involves a single or more bytes to instruct the C445 to run the motor or reset a fault Data read from the C445 typically involves running status and fault state along with motor parameters such as motor current voltage power and so on The GSD file for the C445 available from the Eaton website defines the cyclic modules used to read and write t
301. min Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1076 Fault Reset on Power BOOL RW NV lf enabled perform a fault reset on power up Up Default FALSE Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 1077 Backspin Inhibit Time UINT16 RW NV Anti backspin inhibit time before a reset is allowed Default 0 Range 0 to 3600 Units seconds Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 295 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 1078 Name Motor State Transition to run delay from Start Attribute UINT16 RW NV Default 10 Range 2 to 360 Units seconds Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Description If the motor is instructed to run by the user but the current thresholds are not reached the C445 will not fault on Undercurrent if that protection is enabled because it has not realized a run state If the user wants the unit to fault under these conditions on an enabled protection following the selected debounce time for that protection a time must be selected for this parameter The default is 10 seconds 1079 Alarm Debounce Time UINT16 RW NV Default 2000 Range 200 to 5000 Units ms Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Alarm Debounce Time applies to all protection functions
302. mmunications are considered lost Every valid message received Timeout Default 2000 will reset this timer The timeout is based on milliseconds When this timer expires communication etault loss behavior will be triggered A value of zero 0 will disable the communication timeout Units ms Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock 6008 REST Web services UINT16 RW NV The time before HTTP REST communications are considered lost Every valid poll assembly message Communication Default 0 received will reset this timer The timeout is based on milliseconds When this timer expires Timeout etault communication loss behavior will be triggered A value of zero 0 will disable the communication Units ms timeout Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock 6010 Present Ethernet IP UINT8 RO The Active IP Address Being used on the Network Address A 7 Array size 4 Array of 2 registers 6012 Present Ethernet UINT8 RO The Active Subnet Mask IP Address Being used on the Network Subnet Mask 3 A Array size 4 Array of 2 registers 6014 Present Ethernet UINT8 RO The Active Default Gateway IP Address Being used on the Network Default Gateway A Array size 4 Array of 2 registers Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 307 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Descripti
303. ms with or without modification are permitted provid ed that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the di stribution 3 The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLI ED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEM PROC PLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO UREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHE RWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE WWW 316 FreeRTOS org Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com E T N
304. n Flashing Green Standby If the device has not been configured the module status indicator shall be flashing green Flashing Red Minor Fault If the device has detected a recoverable minor fault the module status indicator shall be flashing red Steady Red Major Fault If the device has detected a non recoverable major fault the module status indicator shall be steady red Table 82 Network Status Indicator Indicator State Summary Requirement Steady Off Not Powered No IP Address The device is powered off or is powered on but with no IP address configured Interface Configuration attribute of the TCP IP Interface Object Flashing Green No Connections An IP address is configured but no CIP connections are established and an Exclusive Owner connection has not timed out Steady Green Connected At least one CIP connection any transport class is established and an Exclusive Owner connection has not timed out Flashing Red Connection Time out An Exclusive Owner connection for which this device is the target has timed out The network status indicator shall return to steady green only when all timed out Exclusive Owner connections are re established Steady Red Duplicate IP If the device has detected a non recoverable major fault the module status indicator shall be steady red Flashing Green Self test While the device is performing its power up testing the module status indicator shall be flashing g
305. n Description None Warning Status Bits PTC Fault Reason Type Load Fault Power based Warning Status Bits phase rotation Fault Reason Type Supply Fault Warning Status Bits stall Fault Reason Type Motor Fault Warning Status Bits overload Tripped Status Bits PTC Warning Statu s Bits exceeds starts limit Tripped Status Bits phase rotation Warning Status Bits low power Tripped Status Bits stall Warning Status Bits high power Tripped Status Bits overload Warning Status Bits under current Tripped Status Bits exceeds starts limit Warning Status Bits freq deviation slow Tripped Status Bits low power Warning Status Bits freq deviation fast Tripped Status Bits high power Warning Status Bits voltage unbalance Tripped Status Bits under current Warning Status Bits voltage phase loss Warning Status Bits PF deviation Tripped Status Bits freq deviation fast Warning Status Bits jam Tripped Status Bits voltage unbalance Warning Status Bits instantaneous over current Tripped Status Bits voltage phase loss Warning Status Bits current unbalance Tripped Status Bits PF deviation Warning Status Bits current phase loss Tripped Status Bits jam Warning Status Bits residual GF Tripped Status Bits Instantaneous Over Current Warning Statu s Bits External GF
306. n Manager Object Class 0x6 6 Class Services Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x01 Get Attributes All Instance Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x01 Get Attributes All 0x10 Set Attribute Single 0x02 Set Attributes All 0x4E Forward Close 0x52 Unconnected Send 0x54 Forward Open 0x5A Get Connection Owner 0x5B Large Forward Open Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Ge UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 2 0x2 Ge UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Ge UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device 4 4 0x4 Ge STRUCT Optional Attribute List List of optional instance attributes utilized in an object class implementation 5 6 0x6 Ge UINT Maximum ID Number Class The attribute ID number of the last class attribute of the class Attributes definition implemented in the device 6 7 0x7 Ge UINT Maximum ID Number Instance The attribute ID number of the last instance attribute of the class Attributes definition implemented in the device Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Data Type A
307. n for user configuration and function can be selected by the user The AtRef At Reference bit in the Motor Control Status register is set based on the following two conditions At Reference signals that the motor is up to speed 1 If motor current first exceeds 115 of the active overload FLA rating and then decreases back below 115 of the active overload FLA rating it is determined the motor has come up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set 2 If motor current exceeds 30 of the active overload FLA rating and remains until after the Motor State Transition to Run Delay from Start time expires the motor is determined to be up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set This time delay parameter can be found in the General Protections category in the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool Figure 94 Timing Diagram for the Two Speed Operation Mode Timing Diagram Control Fault Delay Speed Transition Delay bd cs i ft ii FAST i Check for motor current 0 ij l 96 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Recommended User Interface Overlays for the Two Speed Two Winding Operation Mode Figure 95 C445UC I2 IEC Control and Status aa g Ostatus greezaesay Ouse Ovomace H O current O POWER Hi 4 F Nn E T N Ei C445 n s a O Erm raun S O status preesers ae O voutace aura O current O PowER Chapter 5 Syst
308. n the system all 6 bytes of diagnostics data will be 0 Optional Features Freeze Mode Freeze Mode is supported in the C445 PROFIBUS communication card Sync Mode Sync Mode is supported in the C445 PROFIBUS communication card Fail Safe Mode Fail Safe Mode is supported in the C445 PROFIBUS communication card On the reception of a Clear Data frame from the Master the C445 PROFIBUS communication module outputs will go to fail safe mode outputs disabled Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 233 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards C445 PROFIBUS Configuration File PROFIBUS communication uses User Parameterization to configure the device C445 PROFIBUS card has several parameters added to User Parameterization to aid the configuration At situations when user does not want PROFIBUS to do the configuration this configuration can be disabled by parameter Parameterization Download Enable Table 120 PROFIBUS Configuration File Operation Mode Operation Mode Parameterization Download Enable 7 7 m Protection Unbalance Alarm Percent Level Active Starter Profile Protection Stall Trip Level BCM Remote Source Selector Protection Jam Trip Level BCM Local Source Selector P
309. nal RTC Backup Memory Option Card is missing 505 Internal RTC Backup Memory Option Card does not match actual 506 Internal RTC Backup Memory Option Card has NV Fault 507 Internal serial flash memory fault Attempt Factory Reset first Return to manufacturer if not cleared 508 Internal logic mapping error Attempt factory reset 1300 Fault Snap ShotLog UINT16 RO Fault Snap Shot Log Year vga Default 0 Backup Mem 1301 Fault Snap ShotLog UINT8 RO Fault Snap Shot Log Month Month Default 0 Backup Mem 1302 Fault Snap Shot Log UINT8 RO Fault Snap Shot Log Day pay Default 0 Backup Mem 1303 Fault Snap Shot Log UINT8 RO Fault Snap Shot Log Hour nour Default 0 Backup Mem 1304 Fault Snap Shot Log UINT8 RO Fault Snap Shot Log Minute Minute Default 0 Backup Mem 1305 Fault Snap Shot Log UINT8 RO Fault Snap Shot Log Second seeond Default 0 Backup Mem Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 299 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 1306 Fault Snap Shot Trip UINT16 RO The fault that caused the trip enson Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 No Faults Backup Mem 1 Under voltage 2 Over voltage 3 External GF 4 Residual GF 5 Current phase loss 6 Current unbalance 7 Instantaneou
310. nce time Applies to both raising amp Falling edge mSec Table 92 Discrete Output Object Class 0x9 9 Class Services Service code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Number of object instances currently created at this class Instances level of the device Instance Attributes Sr No Instance Attribute ID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 3 0x3 Set BOOL Logic output state ON OFF Status of Digital Outputs 2 0x2 bit field BCM Field Output control 3 0x3 4 0x4 2 1 0x1 5 0x5 Se BOOL Fault Action Action taken on output s value in 2 0x2 Communication Fault state 3 0x3 3 1 0x1 6 0x6 Se BOOL Fault Value User defined value for use with Fault 2 0x2 Action attribute 3 0x3 4 1 0x1 7 0x7 Se BOOL dle Action Action taken on output s value in 2 0x2 Communication Idle state 3 0x3 5 1 0x1 8 0x8 Se BOOL Idle Value User defined value for use with Idle 2 0x2 Action attribute 3 0x3 Power Xpert C445 Globa
311. ndix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 6004 Base Control Module UINT16 RW NV The time before Modbus communications are considered lost Every valid message received will RS485 Modbus Default 2000 reset this timer The timeout is based on milliseconds When this timer expires communication loss Timeout etault behavior will be triggered A value of zero 0 will disable the communication timeout Units ms Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 6005 Base Control Module UINT16 RW NV The time before Modbus communications are considered lost Every valid message received will USB Modbus Default 10000 reset this timer The timeout is based on milliseconds When this timer expires communication loss Timeout etault behavior will be triggered A value of zero 0 will disable the communication timeout Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 6006 User Interface USB UINT16 RW NV The time before Modbus communications are considered lost Every valid message received will Modbus Timeout Default 0 reset this timer The timeout is based on milliseconds When this timer expires communication loss efault behavior will be triggered A value of zero 0 will disable the communication timeout Units ms Backup Mem 6007 Modbus TCP Com UINT16 RW NV The time before Modbus TCP co
312. ned to be mounted utilizing a standard 35 mm DIN rail or utilizing a panel mount method When mounting the modules on 35 mm DIN rail ensure that the rail is properly secured to support all devices installed on the rail Provide proper clearances between devices on the rail as required by device s specifications Table 8 Mounting Hardware All C445 devices may be panel mounted The C445B base module and C445MA Measurement Module utilize optional mounting feet that are snapped into place A minimum of two 2 mounting feet are required Tabs are installed at locations so one tab is on the top and one on the bottom of the device when mounted vertically C445MB and C445MC Measurement Modules have mounting tabs molded into the housing assembly Installation of panel mount screws on all mount tabs are required The C445B base module may be installed directly on top of the C445MA Measurement Module by aligning the mating slots of the two devices and snapping them together If the two devices are to be panel mounted all four 4 panel mount tabs are required Mounting Fasteners mm Grade 4 8 SAE Grade 5 Device Quantity Size Grip Torque Size Grip Torque C4458 2 M5 0 8 mm 2 0 2 7 Nm 10 0 032 in 30 42 Ib in C445B amp C445MA 4 M5 0 8mm 2 0 2 7 Nm 10 0 032 in 30 42 Ib in C445MB 2 M5 8 0mm 2 0 2 7 Nm 10 0 312 in 30 42 Ib in C445MC 4 M5 8 0 mm 2 0 2 7 Nm 10 0 312 in 30 42 Ib in
313. ner Auto Reset mode should not be used in environments where excessive restart attempts may cause component damage and or create unsafe conditions A CAUTION The motor the wiring diameter and the switching device s must be suitable for the selected Trip Class A CAUTION The current dependent protective device must be selected so that not only is the motor current monitored but the blocked motor is switched OFF within the temperature rise time xii Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 1 Power Xpert C445 Overview Chapter 1 Power Xpert C445 Overview System Overview The Power Xpert C445 is an advanced global motor management relay with full line load and motor system monitoring and protection It is designed to protect single or three phase AC electric induction motors ranging from 0 3 to 800 A In the event of an overload trip C445 disconnects power flow to the monitored motor C445 additionally provides advanced monitoring and contro algorithms for efficiency torque speed energy deviation and voltage loss restart C445 offers a modular pass through design separating monitoring protection and control functionality into individual modules This allows the user to select the appropriate options for each module and combine them to meet the exact needs of their application The C445 also offers multiple pre programmed operation modes to support fast eas
314. net the optional Ethernet card must be installed in the C445 Base Control Module Using Modbus serial can be accomplished via the optional RS 485 serial port on the Base Control Module or via a Micro USB port on either the Base Control Module or the optional User Interface module The Micro USB ports use a standard USB Micro USB cable This cable may be ordered from Eaton as catalog number C445XS USBMICRO To access the C445 via the RS 485 serial port a USB to RS 485 flying leads cable is also available from Eaton as catalog number C445XS USBLEADS 48 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning 2 Web Pages can be easily accessed using any web browser and an Ethernet cable connected between the computer running the Power Xpert inControl Software and the optional Ethernet card connected to the C445 Base Control Module An IP address or IP addressing method must be selected using the DIP Switches on the Base Control Module Refer to Installation and Wiring on Page 13 for information on setting the DIP Switches when an Ethernet Card is installed in the C445 Base Control Module The computer must then be configured with an IP address in the same range as the C445 Ethernet card Connect an Ethernet cable between the computer and the C445 Ethernet Card Enter the IP address of the C445 Ethernet Card on the command line in the web browser and press th
315. ng 1047 200 200 110 1 60 2 1079 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 157 Chapter 6 Motor Protection Peak Demand Alarming A utility company s bill is based on consumption kWHr and more typically on peak demand in the last month In the US demand is typically calculated as the average kW ina 15 minute window The peak demand is simply the maximum value of the calculated demand Industrial users may have rather sophisticated load shedding and demand response processes running at the feeder level or higher The C445 will provide a simplified demand warning system that will provide the current demand estimate a resettable peak demand with date and time stamp stored in nonvolatile memory and a demand warning threshold The time window for demand calculation will be adjustable to provide for more flexibility Table 55 Peak Demand Fault Fault Action Code Protection Parameter Modbus Units Min Max Default Peak Demand Demand Window Duration 1054 Minutes 1 240 15 Peak Demand Warning Threshold 1052 Watts 0 Peak Demand Watts Present Demand Watts Demand Timestamp Unix 158 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 7 Monitoring and Diagnostics Chapter 7 Monitoring and Diagnostics Methods for Monitoring There are a number of different ways to monitor operating parameters from a C445 Motor Manageme
316. ng Time 705 Maximum time the control will stay on the star winding before transitioning to the R W delta winding in 100ms Motor 1 Overload FLA Scaled 900 This parameter is to set the overload full load amp rating when on the star winding R W Motor 2 Overload FLA Scaled 901 This parameter is to set the overload full load amp rating when on the delta winding R W Motor Overload Trip FLA 500 This parameter contains the active motor overload FLA R will contain the motor1 setting when on the star winding and the motor2 setting when on the delta winding Trip Enable Bit Field 1000 1001 Trip Fault protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired motor protections Warn Enable Bit Field 1002 1003 Warning protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired motor protections warnings C445 Local Source Selector 711 Select the Local Control source R W C445 Remote Source Selector 712 Select the Remote Control source R W Note Soft reset power cycle required for changes to these parameters to take effect Fieldbus Control Word The star delta motor starter profile will accept the following control commands over a fieldbus network Control Bits BitO 0 Stop command de activate all control outputs 1 Run1 command begin start sequence Bit3 0 No action 1 Reset fault will clear fault provided condition has cleared Bit5 0 No action 1 The C445 will issue a Test Trip fault causing the Outputs 1 3 control relays to op
317. ng in to a system with an Administrator password set are 5002 5003 Reading the value at register 5010 will indicate if an Administrator password is set in the device or not If a value of 1 is read this indicates that an Administrator password is active A value of 0 indicates that an Administrator password is not currently active Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 57 Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning When 5000 and 5001 each contain hexadecimal zeros Ox0000 this means no password is set This is also what must be written to these registers to clear a password The only way to write to these registers if there is a password set is to first log in Then once logged in hexadecimal Os can be written to these register to clear the password A Reset to Factory Defaults also clears resets the password Since this can be accomplished using the button on the Base Control Module a C445 with an unknown password can be recovered in this manner but will need to be reconfigured All parameters will have been set to factory defaults not just the Admin password The Admin password can also be set using the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool under the Security category Table 12 Administrator Password Lock Parameters Parameters Base Control Module Assigned Name Active Operation Mode Max Star Winding Time Fj Fj Fj Fi Control Interlocking Ti eld O
318. ng with Fieldwire for either control source Input 2 is Permissive Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 95 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Two Speed Two Winding Operation Mode Description The two speed motor starter operation mode accepts off slow fast commands to control two speed motor applications A run slow command will activate Output 1 slow A run fast command will activate Output 2 fast A stop command de activates both of the outputs When transitioning from fast gt slow the C445 will de activate Output 2 fast and will delay activating Output 1 slow until the Control Switching Time expires allowing the motor time to slow down before transitioning to the slow speed The Control Switching Time parameter can be found in the Operation Mode category in the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool The C445 will issue a control fault when e The RunSlow or RunFast command is active and phase voltage is present and no phase current is detected e A Stop command is active and current is detected Note Even with the control fault disabled after de activating the present speed the C445 will NOT transition to the new speed until current readings decrease to zero e Outputs 1 and 2 will be de activated anytime the C445 experiences a fault inhibit condition e Output 1 slow starter coil NO e Output 2 fast starter coil NO e Output 3 ope
319. nhibit Current Percent Residual GF Alarm Threshold Scaled Residual GF Threshold Scaled Residual GF Start Delay 64 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Table 13 USB Lockout Password Codes continued Parameters Residual GF Use Inhibit Current Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning Unbalance Alarm Level Percent Unbalance Debounce Unbalance Trip Level Percent nstantaneous Overcurrent Alarm Level nstantaneous Overcurrent Debounce nstantaneous Overcurrent Start Delay nstantaneous Overcurrent Trip Level Jam Alarm Level Jam Debounce Jam Trip Level Overvoltage Alarm Level Overvoltage Debounce Overvoltage Trip Level Overload Alarm Level Overload Trip Class Motor1 Overload FLA Nominal Current Scaled Motor2 Overload FLA Nominal Current Scaled Overload Reset Threshold Fault Reset on Power Up Phase Rotation Protection Power Factor Deviation Alarm Level High Power Factor Deviation Alarm Level Low Power Factor Deviation Debounce Power Factor Deviation Trip Level Low Power Factor Deviation Trip Level High all Trip Level llowed Starts Per Hour ip Enable Bits ndercurrent Alarm Level ndercurrent Trip Level ndervoltage Alarm Level ndervoltage Start Delay ndervoltage Deboun
320. nt 1 C445 fault present 0 no warning present 1 C445 warning present 0 no inhibit present 1 C445 control inhibit present 0 C445 not ready fault and or inhibit present 1 C445 ready for control No fault or inhibit present 0 MCCB feeder is in open tripped position CB on false 1 MCCB feeder is in closed position CB on true 119 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Wiring Diagrams for the MCCB Feeder Operation Mode Figure 133 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power C445UC CR ay T ITS BTV l I a a z a JS I S lt p t TUT oT Optional Modbus C445BD SD L Jerg or TET EL eo parparpezpery peeps py PE i I ta o ola o ay i w w o x x kn Us 24 VDC Us rs rs rn Uc 24 VDC e Uc OFF ON 24V C CB MOTOR OPERATOR Figure 134 Non isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc C445 Power C445UC T a a RA E CLOSED NV ALARM TT DUT DT Optional Modbus C445BD SD l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l L CLOSE REMOTE RESET aE Us 24 VDC 4
321. nt Relay System One way to monitor operating parameters from a C445 is to use the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool All available parameters are viewable from this software and the most common operating parameters are located in a Control Monitor Dashboard category while other parameters related to current voltage power and system parameters are categorized under a Measurement category In addition there is a Faults and Events category where all active faults warnings and inhibits are displayed along with the 10 deep fault queue and snap shot values Snap shot values are parameters values saved with the last fault code to provide more detailed information on that fault such a current values power factor thermal memory voltages power and more Another way to monitor operating parameters from a C445 is via a fieldbus network from the system controller If a fieldbus network such as EtherNet IP Modbus serial Modbus TCP or PROFIBUS are being used for control the master controller on these networks can monitor operating parameters constantly with other input and output polled cyclic data or via specific one time acyclic explicit messages only when an event occurs The C445 supports both implicit polled messages as well as explicit messages of all operating parameters on EtherNet IP The C445 supports acyclic DPV1 messages on PROFIBUS as well as cyclic messages used for control and monitoring on a constant basis All operatin
322. nterface Status LED 0 Purpose ser Interface Status LED 1 Purpose ser Interface User LED 0 Purpose ser Interface User LED 1 Purpose ser Interface User LED 2 Purpose ser Interface Button 0 CFG ser Interface Button 1 CFG ser Interface Button 2 CFG U U U U U U User Interface Status LED 2 Purpose U U U U U U U ser Interface Button 3 CFG Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 61 Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning Table 12 Administrator Password Lock Parameters continued Parameters ser Interface Button 4 CFG ser Interface LED 0 color CFG ser Interface LED 1 color CFG ser Interface LED 2 color CFG ser Interface LED 3 color CFG ser Interface LED 4 color CFG ser Interface LED 5 color CFG ser Interface LED 6 color CFG eak Demand Warning Threshold nable MCCB Actuation Voltage Loss Auto Time U U U U U U U U P E Voltage Loss Short Time Voltage Loss Long Time Voltage Loss Short Delay Voltage Loss Long Delay Local Remote power up mode Motor Control Network Idle Behavior Solenoid open delay time Solenoid close delay time Non energized state Input Debounce Time Set Admin Password Set USB Port Password Motor Run Parameter Lock Override Base Control Module Relay 3 Beha
323. o a C445 by the PROFIBUS master The GSD file is installed into the PROFIBUS master s programming software and used to configure the master for the data it will exchange with the C445 The following are the various modules from the C445 GSD file a Motor Management Prc BB cyclic Module 2 II Cyclic Module 3 II Cyclic Module 4 II Cyclic Module 5 DB cyclic Module 6 BB Cyclic Module 7 II Cyclic Module 8 II cyclic Module 9 BB cyclic Module 10 PB cyclic Module 11 BB cyclic Module 12 BB Cyclic Module 13 BB cyclic Module 14 BB Cyclic Module 15 Each module contains a different number of input and output bytes There are 15 different Modules where any 1 or 2 of these modules may be selected for each C445 Module 1 Motor Management Profile as per IEC 61915 2 Command format 200 and Monitor Format 200 This profile is the only one that does not have selectable data The I O data is fixed This profile includes the following Output data The Motor Control Word 2 bytes Input data The Motor Status word and Average Current Scaled 4 bytes total The Motor Control Word is defined as follows Bit 0 Run Reverse Bit 1 Reserved Bit 2 Run Forward Bit 3 Reserved Bit 4 Reserved Bit 5 Reserved Bit 6 Reset Bit 7 Reserved Bits 8 15 Reserved The Motor Status Word is defined as follows Bit 0 Running Reverse Bit 1 Reserved Bit 2 Running Forward Bit 3 Overload Warning Bit 4 Reserved Bit 5 Reserved Bit
324. odbus 20 Stall Fault Trip 1007 FLA 50 400 200 0 0 0 Note Only active during transition from start cycle to run cycle Current Unbalance Current unbalance is defined using the following equation Current Unbalance 100 max Phase Irms min Phase a avg Phase Irms The C445 will monitor the Current Unbalance If the value exceeds the threshold for the required length of time a fault is detected and the unit will trip The Current Unbalance protection is enabled only in the Motor Running state Modifying the TRIP ENABLE DISABLE register will enable or disable the Current Unbalance protection feature Current Unbalance Table 40 Current Unbalance Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 6 Current Unbalance Fault Trip 1018 1 60 15 1 60 15 1020 Fault Warning 1019 1 60 15 0 2 5 2 1079 150 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 6 Motor Protection Current Phase Loss The Current Phase Loss protection monitors the current unbalance of the motor and will trip the motor if the unbalance exceeds the set threshold The Current Phase Loss protection is active when the motor is in the Running state f a C445 relay is commissioned to monitor an AC motor the current must be fed on all three poles to prevent early tripping Measurement Precondition Imax gt 50 of FLA Imin l
325. odbus Address for the Base Control Module s port The address is loaded at startup A power Modbus Port Default cycle is required for change in address to take effect Address efault 1 Range 1 to 247 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 6001 Base Control Module UINT8 RW NV Selects the Modbus Baud Rate for the Base Control Module s Modbus port A power cycle is Modbus port Baud required for change in baud rate to take effect Rate Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 19200 Config CRC 1 9600 Admin Lock 2 38400 USB Lock 3 57600 Backup Mem 4 115200 6002 Base Control Module UINT8 RW NV Selects the Modbus Parity and Stop Bits for the Base Control Module s Modbus port A power cycle Modbus port Parity is required for change to take effect Note MODBUS_PARITY_NONE_1_STOP_BIT is not valid and Stop Bits when in MODBUS_ASCII_TX_MODE mode Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 Even parity 1 Stop bit Config CRC 1 Odd parity 1 Stop bit Admin Lock 2 No parity 2 Stop bits USB Lock 3 Even parity 2 Stop bits Backup Mem 4 Odd parity 2 Stop bits 5 No parity 1 Stop bits 6003 Base Control Module UINT8 RW NV Selects the RTU ASCII Modbus Mode for the Base Control Module s Modbus port Modbus port TX Z mode Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 RTU Tx Mode 8 data bits Config CRC 1 ASCII Tx Mode 7 data bits Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 306 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appe
326. ode Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 7 Instantaneous Fault Trip 1012 FLA 50 400 400 1 2000 2000 1015 Overcurrent Fault Warning 1013 FLA 50 400 400 200 5000 2000 1079 Fault Trip Delay At powerup 0 18000 0 1014 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 149 Chapter 6 Motor Protection Jam The C445 will monitor the average RMS value of the three phase currents If the RMS value rises above the threshold for the required length of time a Fault is detected and the unit will trip The Jam settings will only be active during the Motor Running state The Jam protection feature can be disabled by modifying the TRIP ENABLE DISABLE register over the network General Trip Enable Bits gt Jam Table 38 Jam Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 8 Jam Fault Trip 1008 FLA 50 400 400 1 60 5 1010 Fault Warning 1009 FLA 50 400 400 0 2 5 2 1079 Stall The Stall protection monitors the average phase current as a percentage of FLA of the motor and will trip the motor if the current exceeds the set threshold The Stall protection is only active as the motor transitions from the Starting to Running states General Stall Trip Level Table 39 Stall Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default M
327. of the available outputs from the following list with the Software Tool 0 None 1 Fault Reason Type Load Fault Fault Reason Type Supply Fault Fault Reason Type Motor fault Tripped Status Bits PTC Temperature Tripped Status Bits Phase Rotation Tripped Status Bits Stall Tripped Status Bits Overload Tripped Status Bits Exceeds Starts Limits oO On On FW DN Tripped Status Bits Low Power o Tripped Status Bits High Power Tripped Status Bits Under Current a N Tripped Status Bits Frequency Deviation Slow w Tripped Status Bits Frequency Deviation Fast D Tripped Status Bits Voltage Unbalance ol Tripped Status Bits Voltage Phase Loss O Tripped Status Bits PF Deviation N Tripped Status Bits Jam O Tripped Status Bits Instantaneous Over Current oO Tripped Status Bits Current Unbalance N O Tripped Status Bits Current Phase Loss N Tripped Status Bits Residual GF N N Motor Control Status Motor at Speed N w Motor Control Status Ready N NS Motor Control Status Inhibited N Ol Motor Control Status Warning N O Motor Control Status Fault N N Motor Control Status Remote Enabled N 00 Motor Control Status Running 2 N oO Motor Control S
328. of this object 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 219 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 108 BCM Object Class 0xB1 177 continued Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access DataType Attribute Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get Word Base Control Module DIP Switches Base Control Module DIP Switches 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Base Control Module Control Voltage Base Control Module Control Voltage 24VDC 24VDC 3 3 0x3 Get INT Base Control Module Ambient Board Base Control Module Ambient Board Temperature Temperature 4 4 0x4 Get Set INT Base Control Module Maximum Control Base Control Module Maximum Control Board Board Temperature Temperature Table 109 BUI Object Class 0xB2 178 Class Services Service Code Service Name Ox0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attri
329. ol Software Tool to the C445 Motor Management Relay for configuration and monitoring Since this port supports the Modbus slave protocol it will respond to Modbus commands from any Modbus master connected to this port All parameters shown in the C445 Modbus Register Table in Appendix E can be accessed by the Software Tool or any Modbus master When a Micro B cable is connected this port acts as a serial Modbus port with the following interface parameters 19200 Baud 8 bits byte Even Parity and 1 Stop Bit The LED labeled USB above the USB port flashes green when the port is connected and data is being transferred Test Reset Button There is a small indented push button on the front of the Base Control Module that supports reset and Test Trip functions as follows Factory Reset This is a power up service With the C445 powered down press the button and hold it while applying power Continue to hold down the button for 5 seconds after applying power Test Trip This is a runtime service With the C445 already powered press and hold the button for at least 5 seconds and a Test Trip Fault will occur Fault Reset This is a runtime service With the C445 already powered press and hold the button for at least 0 5 seconds to perform a fault reset RJ12 Ports The two RJ12 ports on the bottom of the Base Control Module are used to connect the Measurement Module and the optional User Interface module to create a
330. ol Software Tool If the Base Control Module includes a real time clock board then time stamping will be in UNIX format day of week month day of month time HH MM SS time zone year If a real time clock board is not present then time stamping will use the number of seconds that have elapsed since the Base Control Module started up 56 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN0O42003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning RTC Module Non Volatile Memory Operation One of the main purposes of the RTC module is to simplify the replacement of a C445 Base Control Module if desired The RTC module stores a copy of the configuration parameters that can be transferred to another unit with minimal downtime The memory module functionality in the RTC chip operates as follows 1 When plugged into a C445 Base Control Module for the first time the C445 will write its configuration to the non volatile memory on the RTC module continuously 2 When plugged into a different C445 Base Control Module the RTC module will download the configuration to that new C445 Base Control Module Once download is completed the new C445 Base Control Module will begin continuously writing its configuration to the memory on the RTC module 3 Unplugging an RTC module and plugging back into the same C445 Base Control Module will simply result in resuming normal operation No configuration download from the memory
331. olor Selection LED olor GEG Default 1 Value Description Enum 0 Sets LED color to green 1 Sets LED color to red 2 Sets LED color to amber 760 User Interface User UINT16 RW NV User Interface User Defined LED 2 Color Selection FED ZeoloreEG Default 1 Value Description Enum 0 Sets LED color to green 1 Sets LED color to red 2 Sets LED color to amber 761 User Interface User UINT16 RW NV User Interface User Defined LED 3 Color Selection FED S color CG Default 1 Value Description Enum 0 Sets LED color to green 1 Sets LED color to red 2 Sets LED color to amber 900 Motor1 Overload FLA UINT16 RW NV Motor1 Overload FLA Nominal Current Scaled Scaled Full Load Amperes for the motor from the Nominal Current Default 101 motor nameplate If this is an application with a 2 motor profile this is the first motor Scaled by Scaled Range 1 to 65535 RW Units scaled A Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem parameter Scale Factor Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 273 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 901 Motor2 Overload FLA UINT16 RW NV Motor2 Overload FLA Nominal Current Scaled Scaled Full Load Amperes for the motor from the Nominal Current Default 101 motor nameplate If this is an application with a 2 motor profile this is the second mo
332. oltage LL Phases CA Line V Unbalance Percent Power Apparent Power Factor Efficiency in percent Config Inhibit Reason Motor State enum Number of Contactor Operations During Last Hour Thermal memory Percent BCM Control Voltage 24VDC Fault Snap Shot Log Day Fault Snap Shot Log Hour Fault Snap Shot Log Minute Fault Snap Shot Log Month Fault Snap Shot Log Second Fault Snap Shot Log Year Di Line Voltage Phase Order GF Residual RMS PTC Status Torque Motor Rated Speed Active MM Voltage Scale Factor Proof Test Status BUI Input States gital Input Status 236 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Appendix D Modbus Register Map C445 Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map Register Name Attribute Description 300 Motor Control Status BYTE RO Present Motor Control Status Bits Pitfielg Bit Description Coil 0 Running 1 4785 1 Running 2 4786 2 Remote enabled 4787 3 Faulted 4788 4 Warning 4789 5 Inhibited 4790 6 Ready 4791 7 Motor at speed 4792 301 IA L1 Scaled UINT16 RO Phase A L1 Motor Current Scaled Scaled by parameter Scale Factor Units scaled A 302 IB L2 Scaled UINT1
333. ommand 1 Running1 Run1 command is present Bit2 0 local control source active 1 remote control source is active Bit3 0 no fault present 1 C445 fault present Bit4 0 no warning present 1 C445 warning present Bit5 O no inhibit present 1 C445 control inhibit present Bit6 0 C445 not ready fault and or inhibit present 1 C445 ready for control No fault or inhibit present Bit 7 0 motor is not up to speed AtRef 1 C445 has detected motor is up to speed AtRef Motor status is determined by current readings obtained from the measurement module The overload profile will signal the motor is running anytime current readings exceed 5 the active overload FLA rating Two conditions will then set the AtRef bit signaling the motor is up to speed e f motor current first exceeds 115 of the active overload FLA rating and then decreases back below 115 of the active overload FLA rating it is determined the motor has come up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set e f motor current exceeds 30 of the active overload FLA rating and remains until after the start delay time expires the motor is determined to be up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 83 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Wiring Diagrams for the Direct Operation Mode Figure 73 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power
334. on 6016 Stored Ethernet IP UINT8 RW NV The IP address used in the NV address select configuration The dip switch settings on the Base Address Control Module determine if a static IP address of 192 168 1 x where x the value on the dip switch settings is used or if DHCP is used or if the IP address stored at this parameter is used To use this IP address enter an IP address for this parameter power down the C445 set the dip switches for the NVMEM selection and when the unit is powered again the C445 Ethernet module will be using this IP address Array size 4 Array of 2 registers Default OxFE 0x01 0xA8 0xC0 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock 6018 Stored Ethernet UINT8 RW NV The IP subnet mask used in the NV address select configuration If the dip switches on the Base Subnet Mask Control Module are set for NVMEM this IP subnet mask will take effect following a power cycle Array size 4 Array of 2 registers Default 0x00 OxFF OxFF OXFF Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock 6020 Stored Ethernet UINT8 RW NV The IP default gateway used in the NV address select configuration Default Gateway A Array size 4 Array of 2 registers Default 0x01 0x01 0xA8 0xC0 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Loc 6022 Ethernet Port 1 UINT16 RW NV Select the Ethernet link speed Only used when Auto Negotiate is disabled spear Default 100 Value Description Enum 10 10 Mbps Units Mbs 100 100 Mbps Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock 6023 Ethernet Port 1 UINT16 RO Actual
335. on Card is missing 10 Voltage phase loss 505 Internal RTC Backup Memory Option Card does not match actual 11 Voltage unbalance 506 Internal RTC Backup Memory Option Card has NV Fault 12 Frequency deviation fast 507 Internal serial flash memory fault Attempt Factory Reset first 13 Frequency deviation slow Return to manufacturer if not cleared 14 Under current 508 Internal logic mapping error Attempt factory reset 15 High power 509 Internal CUI NV memory error 16 Low power 510 Internal Option card NV memory error 17 Contactor failure Active Warning 18 Starts limit exceeded 0 No Warnings 19 Overload 1 Under voltage 20 Stall 2 Over voltage 21 Phase rotation mismatch 3 External GF 22 PTC See PTC State for details 4 Residual GF 23 Under voltage restart 5 Current phase loss 24 Measurement Module fault 6 Current unbalance 25 Communication loss on active fieldbus 7 Instantaneous over current 26 Measurement Module not available or communication loss with the 8 Jam module 9 PF Deviation 27 User Interface not available or communication loss with the module 10 Voltage phase loss 28 Test trip was triggered 11 Voltage unbalance 29 Option Card not available or communication loss with the module 12 Frequency deviation fast 30 RTC Backup Memory Option Board NV memory fail 13 Frequency deviation slow 31 Currently connected User Interface does not match with what was 14 Under current connected before 32 Currently connected Measurement Module
336. on com 145 Chapter 6 Motor Protection Example 6 Mains voltage does not return above Voltage Return Level setting in lt VL Long Time Contactor does not re close and voltage loss restart has ended User must manually go through restart sequence once voltage returns Figure 153 Example 6 Long Time Mains Voltage Does Not Return Before Long Time Expires Long Time Example Voltage returns after Long Time expires lt VL Long Time I VL Short Time 10 sec I I 400ms I 100 VLAuto Time 1 i lt 200ms gt A i Mains Voltage 90 1 SAD ge i ee ee eae Voltage Return Level Possibly Control Joo i bie Voltage ease ee ee n Voltage Loss Level 0 CLOSED C445 Output Relay In Start Circuit OPEN CLOSED Motor Contactor OPEN Protection and Monitoring The C445 Base Control Module monitors several parameters for motor protection The Power Xpert inControl Software provides two displays for parameter monitoring e The data analyzer graph is available to display changes in the values of the parameters e The monitoring menu displays all of the available monitoring parameters The current values are shown in windows that are updated Trip Protection will stop the motor if select parameter values exceed set limits There are data log records created and stored in non volatile memory These snapshots can be analyzed to determine the cause of failure After a trip has occurred a restart fe
337. on on local distributors or sales offices Voice 877 ETN CARE 386 2273 8 00 a m to 6 00 p m EST After Hours Emergency 800 543 7038 6 00 p m to 8 00 a m EST Technical Resource Center Overload Starter and MCC Communications Products Voice 877 ETN CARE 386 2273 option 2 option 2 option 5 8 00 a m to 5 00 p m CST UTC 6 email ControlVoicemailT RC eaton com Online Chat eaton com chat For Customers in Europe contact Phone 49 0 228 6 02 3640 Hotline 49 0 180 5 223822 email AfterSalesEGBonn Eaton com www eaton com moeller aftersales ii Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay Table of Contents SAFETY Definitions and SyMbols 1 5 26 205 sasana tg ane seh due aya Glenn k dob AAEE ees xii Hazardous High Voltage 2 2 0 0 eee xii Warnings andiCautions onee enee Kia eek ees bow Aa e ed dee oes xii CHAPTER 1 POWER XPERT C445 OVERVIEW SYSTEM OVERVIGWS Sesser eto a eee eon PDS cee phn a hate Renate el 1 Catalog NUuMBerinG gta mia aa eni R nn iaa dae a a eiea a deed E eat 2 ACCESSOPIES Teyat y 6h nse ahi GRE a a E ee 6 Modules OVERMVIS Wir oo ccc laiot So E y E ES SN I eh AN 8 CHAPTER 2 RECEIPT UNPACKING GENET All eset Sen ace Pod ate ke ie dete nlite ai a dea belle Wil haba wey 12 Unpacking wtazeave aa ee oah ke peed ad S eee ey eee oes arg Mae ae Se 12 StOlaGe pides yaw sy dele ewe D
338. on slow 39 Warning Status Bits Frequency deviation fast 40 Warning Status Bits Voltage unbalance 41 Warning Status Bits Voltage phase loss 42 Warning Status Bits Power factor deviation 43 Warning Status Bits Jam 44 Warning Status Bits lnstantaneous over current 45 Warning Status Bits Current unbalance 46 Warning Status Bits Current phase loss 47 Warning Status Bits Residual ground fault 48 Warning Status Bits External ground fault 49 Warning Status Bits Over voltage 50 Warning Status Bits Under voltage 51 Tripped Status Bits Under voltage 52 Tripped Status Bitt Over voltage 53 Tripped Status Bits External ground fault 54 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 0 55 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 1 56 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 2 57 Base Control Module Field Output control word Bit 3 65535 Reserved 747 User Interface UINT16 RW NV CFG parameter for the User Interface button 1 function BONIS Default 1 Value Description Enum 0 No User Interface button present Config CRC 1 User Interface button configured as STOP Admin Lock 2 User Interface button configured as AUTO USB Lock 3 User Interface button configured as RUN1 Backup Mem 4 User Interface button configured as RUN2 5 User Interface button configured as RESET 270 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued
339. onfiguration and Operation Contactor Feeder Operation Mode The Contactor Feeder operation mode accepts open close commands to control the contactor in a feeder application A close command will activate Output 1 An open command will de activate Output 1 C445 Feedback Signal Source Selector parameter Input source of the feedback signals e 0 No feedback source e 1 User interface inputs In 2 aux on e 2 Base control inputs In 2 aux on e 3 Fieldbus parameter 2nd bit aux on The C445 will issue a control fault when e An Open command active and the Aux On feedback input is true e Current is detected after an open command e A Close command is active and the Aux On feedback input is false When the C445 experiences a fault inhibit condition Output 1 will be de activated to open the feeder e Output 1 feeder contactor coil NO e Outputs 2 and 3 open for user configuration and their function can be selected by the user Figure 136 Timing Diagram for the Contactor Feeder Operating Mode Timing Diagram Control Fault delay Recommended User Interface Overlays for the Contactor Feeder Operating Mode Figure 137 C445UC I7 IEC Control and Status C4 rd Cc Figure 138 C445UC I8 IEC Control and Status oa g Cc CO O status garn Ouse O vorace s O CURRENT O Power W 122 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay
340. onfiguration parameter for the Use Configuration parameter for the User Interface status LED 2 Interface status LED 2 10 10 OxA Get Se UINT Configuration parameter for the Use Configuration parameter for the User Interface user LED 0 Interface user LED 0 11 11 OxB Get Se UINT Configuration parameter for the Use Configuration parameter for the User Interface user LED 1 Interface user LED 1 12 12 OxC Get Se UINT Configuration parameter for the Use Configuration parameter for the User Interface user LED 2 Interface user LED 2 220 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 109 BUI Object Class 0xB2 178 continued Instance Attributes Sr No AttributeID Access DataType Attribute Name Attribute Description 13 13 OxD Get Se UINT CFG parameter for the User Interface CFG parameter for the User Interface button 0 function button 0 function 4 14 OxE Get Se UINT CFG parameter for the User Interface CFG parameter for the User Interface button 1 function button 1 function 5 15 OXF Get Se UINT CFG parameter for the User Interface CFG pa
341. ontrol Module Features e Motor protection e Current voltage power and system monitoring e Pre configured operating modes e 120 240 Vac or 24 Vdc supply voltage options e Four 120 Vac or 24 Vdc inputs 2NO and 1NO 1NC relay outputs e Integrated USB port e Real time clock and memory backup module option slot e Multiple fieldbus communication options e Status LEDs e Provides power and communications to the Measurement Module and the user interface through the cable connection Figure 8 Base Module Features and Connections Front View DIP Switches E Communication GTN eus a Modules KE o g ale Gaal O Ried Output Status Stal W RTC Module 8 O Input Status gl S ae Fn ton Status LEDs E mopBus O Pi G EVO 9 Inputs oje E S felall alio q ia EN ee USB Port Test Reset DIP Switches Used for node addressing and configuration selections Output Status LEDs indicate the ON OFF status of each output Input Status LEDs indicate the ON OFF status of each input Inputs Four digital inputs available Must be purchased as 24 Vdc or 120 Vac Test Reset Used to manually trip the Base Control Module Also used to reset the module after a trip has occurred USB Port Micro AB connector Enables configuration upload Status LEDs e Status Indicates the fault and w
342. or 711 Select the Local Control source R W C445 Remote Source Selector 712 Select the Remote Control source R W C445 Q2 Output function select 716 Output 2 user function selection R W C445 Q3 Output function select 717 Output 3 user function selection R W Note Soft reset power cycle required for changes to these parameters to take effect Fieldbus Control Word The direct motor starter profile will accept the following control commands over a fieldbus network Control Bits Bit3 0 No action 1 Reset fault will clear fault provided condition has cleared Bit5 0 No action 1 The C445 will issue a Test Trip fault causing the Output 1 control relay to open Control Status Word The control status word of the direct motor starter profile can be accessed over the fieldbus network Status Bits BitO 0 Stopped No current detected 1 Running1 Current flow detected Bit2 0 local control source active 1 remote control source is active Bit3 0 no fault present 1 C445 fault present Bit4 0 no warning present 1 C445 warning present Bit5 0 no inhibit present 1 C445 control inhibit present Bit6 0 C445 not ready fault and or inhibit present 1 C445 ready for control No fault or inhibit present Bit7 0 motor is not up to speed AtRef 1 C445 has detected motor is up to speed AtRef Motor status is determined by current readings obtained from the measurement module The overload prof
343. or Contro Reserved Fieldbus Motor Contro Test Trip Fieldbus Motor Contro Reserved Fieldbus Motor Contro Reserved Fieldbus Motor Contro BCM Field Output control0 BCM Field Output control BCM Field Output control1 BCM Field Output control BCM Field Output control2 BCM Field Output control BCM Field Output control3 BCM Field Output control Note For more information about any of the parameters listed above refer to System Configuration and Commissioning on Page 47 or Appendix E Table 122 Fieldbus Motor Control Bits Bit Position Bit Description Bit 0 Run 1 Bit 1 Run 2 Bit 2 Reserved Bit 3 Fault Reset Bit 4 Reserved Bit 5 Test Trip Bit 6 Reserved Bit 7 Reserved Appendix C Optional Communication Cards C445 PROFIBUS Cyclic Acyclic Readable Parameters Table 123 Bit Mapping Parameters for Cyclic Acyclic Readable Parameters Bit Description Parameter Description Running 1 BCM Status Word Running 2 BCM Status Word Remote Enabled BCM Status Word Faulted BCM Status Word Warning BCM Status Word Inhibited BCM Status Word Ready BCM Status Word Up to Speed BCM Status Word FIELD INPUT 1 Digital Input Status of BUI FIELD INPUT 2 Digital Input Status of BUI FIELD INPUT 3 Digital Input Status of BUI FIELD INPUT 4 Digital Input Status of BUI System Services is one of the selections for an output data word The following are dec
344. or Flash Red Fault Red Slow 1s ON 1s OFF Connected device missing or Yellow Warning failed Green No Green Rapid 50ms ON 50ms OFF Device Discovery Fault Warning Green Mostly ON 1 45s ON 50ms OFF Device connected data being exchanged Green Mostly OFF 50ms ON 1 45s OFF Device STATUS 6 COM connected no data being exchanged ae bake Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 43 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring User Interface 1 Input Connector The connector on the User Interface module is used for four 24 Vdc digital inputs These inputs may be used as general purpose inputs The state of these inputs is contained in the Digital Input Status Modbus register They can be monitored by the system controller via any of the supported fieldbus networks Figure 57 User Interface Input Connector 123 4 in Description 24V Source for Inputs 24V Source for Inputs 24V Source for Inputs 24V Source for Inputs Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Input 4 N olan awn lo These inputs should only be used to monitor inputs from sources inside the same panel as the User Interface module they re wired to The reason for this is that the 24 Vdc source for these inputs is also on the 8 position connector with the four inputs Long runs outside of the panel are not recommended Some examples for the inputs on t
345. oring voltage power and energy and related protection features Cannot be installed in the field PTC Terminal Optional factory installed terminal for Positive Temperature Coefficient PTC protection PTC protection uses temperature measurement signals from the motors stator windings Cannot be installed in the field RJ 12 Terminal Connection port to the Base Control Module Pass through current measurement for measuring motor lead current from 0 3 to 136 A Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 9 Chapter 1 Power Xpert C445 Overview User Interface Basic Overview The user interface provides optional local motor control and status indication that can be operated from outside of the system s enclosure An external micro USB connection allows for device commissioning configuration and monitoring both with and without Power Xpert inControl Various overlay options are available to match the specific operation mode of the application Two color schemes are available for NEMA English text or IEC symbols based applications Figure 12 User Interface Image User Interface Features e Status and control LED indicators e USB local configuration e Pushbutton control options e 4 24 Vdc self powered dry contact inputs Wiring must meet SELV PELV requirements e Multiple overlay options to match the operation mode e Overload reset e The Base Control Module provid
346. otor winding 1 Used in all control profiles Mowe Default 1750 RW Range 300 to 3600 RW Units RPM Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 915 Motor Rated Speed UINT16 RW NV RPM nameplate rating for motor winding 2 Used in star delta two speed and dahlander profiles None Default 1750 RW Range 300 to 3600 RW Units RPM Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 916 Motor Rated UINT16 RW NV Motor rated efficiency in percent ener Default 8500 Range 5000 to 10000 Units 0 01 Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 276 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description Appendix D Modbus Register Map 917 Motor Rated Stator Resistance UINT16 RW NV Default 280 Units mOhms Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Motor Rated Stator Resistance CT Ratio Primary UINT16 RW NV Default 1 Config CRC CT Ratio Primary Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem CT Ratio Secondary UINT16 RW NV Default 1 Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock CT Ratio Secondary Backup Mem 920 PT Ratio Primary UINT16 RW NV Default 1 Run Lock PT Ratio Primary Only available with
347. otor1 setting when on the slow winding and the motor2 setting when on the fast winding Trip Enable Bit Field 1000 1001 Trip Fault protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired motor protections Warn Enable Bit Field 1002 1003 Warning protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired motor protections warnings C445 Local Source Selector 711 Select the Local Control source R W C445 Remote Source Selector 712 Select the Remote Control source R W Note Soft reset power cycle required for changes to these parameters to take effect Fieldbus Control Word The two speed Dahlander motor starter profile will accept the following control commands over a fieldbus network Control Bits Bit 0 1 00 Stop command de activate all control outputs 01 Run Slow command activate Output 1 0 Run Fast command activate Outputs 2 amp 3 1 Unknown command No action Bit3 0 No action Reset fault will clear fault provided condition has cleared Bit5 0 No action The C445 will issue a Test Trip fault causing the Outputs 1 3 control relays to open Control Status Word The control status word of the two speed Dahlander motor starter profile can be accessed over the fieldbus network Status Bits Bit 0 1 00 Stopped No active Run commands 01 Running1 Run Slow command is active 10 Running2 Run Fast command is active Bit2 0 local control source active 1 remote control source is active Bi
348. ource Input 3 is the Remote input When power is applied to Input 3 the C445 will be in Remote mode 4 Fieldwire is the Remote control source and 2 wire control default is selected Input 3 is unused by this operation mode 5 3 wire control is selected along with Fieldwire for either control source Input 2 is Permissive 110 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Solenoid Valve Operation Mode The Solenoid Valve operation mode accepts energize de energize commands to open close a solenoid controlled valve The control can be adapted to both normally open amp normally closed valves An energize command will activate the Output 1 A de energize command will de activate Output 1 Limit switches can be used to provide feedback to the C445 indicating when the valve reaches open closed positions Solenoid parameters e Solenoid Non energized state e Solenoid Open Delay e Solenoid Close Delay C445 Feedback Signal Source Selector parameter Input source of the feedback signals 0 No feedback source e 1 User interface inputs In 2 open_fb In 3 close_fb e 2 Base control inputs In 2 open_fb In 3 close_fb 3 Fieldbus parameter 2nd bit open_fb 3rd bit close_fb The C445 will issue a control fault when e Both closed and open feedback is detected Normally closed valve e An Energize command is active and no open feedback is
349. p Level Level 2 2 0xC Get Se UINT Protection Instantaneous Overcurren Protection Instantaneous Overcurrent Debounce Debounce 3 3 0xD Get Se UINT Protection Instantaneous Overcurren Protection Instantaneous Overcurrent Alarm Level Alarm Level 4 4 0xE Get Se UINT Protection Instantaneous Overcurren Protection Instantaneous Overcurrent Start Delay Start Delay 5 5 OxF Get Se USINT Protection UnderCurrent Trip Level Protection UnderCurrent Trip Level 6 6 0x10 Get Se UINT Protection UnderCurrent Trip Debounce Protection UnderCurrent Trip Debounce 7 7 0x11 Get Se USINT Protection UnderCurrent Alarm Level Protection UnderCurrent Alarm Level 8 8 0x12 Get Se USINT Protection Unbalance Trip Percent Level Protection Unbalance Trip Percent Level 9 9 0x13 Get Se UINT Protection Unbalance Trip Debounce Protection Unbalance Trip Debounce Time Time 20 20 0x14 Get Se USINT Protection Unbalance Alarm Percent Protection Unbalance Alarm Percent Level Level 21 21 0x15 Get USINT Phase Loss Trip Level in percent Phase Loss Trip Level in percent 22 22 0x16 Get UINT Phase Loss Debounce Phase Loss Debounce Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 215 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 104 Motor Protection Object Class 0xA2 162 continued Instance Attributes
350. p Mem 336 Reactive Energy SINT32 RO Reactive Energy Scaled Sealey Default 0 Units 0 1kKVARh Backup Mem 338 Apparent Energy SINT32 RO Apparent Energy Scaled Scaled Default 0 Units 0 1kVAh Backup Mem 340 Real Energy SINT32 RW NV Real Energy User Resettable Scaled Resettable Scaled Default 0 Units 0 1 kWh Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 342 Reactive Energy SINT32 RW NV Reactive Energy User Resettable Scaled Resettable Scaled Default 0 Units 0 1kVARh Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 243 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 344 Apparent Energy SINT32 RW NV Apparent Energy User Resettable Scaled Resettable Scaled Default 0 Units 0 1kVAh Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 346 Total Motor Run UINT32 RO Total motor run time in seconds Time 7 Units seconds Backup Mem 348 Number of Starts UINT32 RO Total Number of Motor Starts anufacturing Lock Backup Mem 350 Number of Operating UINT32 RO Number of Operating Seconds Seconds Units seconds Backup Mem 352 Total Motor Run UINT32 RW NV Total run time user Resettable Time Resettable Default 0 Units seconds Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 354 Number of Starts UINT32 RW NV Num
351. parameter contains the active overload FLA R Trip Enable Bit Field 1000 1001 Trip Fault protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired motor protections Warn Enable Bit Field 1002 1003 Warning protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired motor protections warnings C445 Local Source Selector 711 Select the Local Control source R W C445 Remote Source Selector 712 Select the Remote Control source R W C445 Q3 Output function select 717 Output 3 user function selection R W Note Soft reset power cycle required for changes to these parameters to take effect Fieldbus Control Word The reverser motor starter profile will accept the following control commands over a fieldbus network Control Bits Bit 0 1 00 Stop command de activate all control outputs 01 Run FWD command activate Output 1 0 Run REV command activate Output 2 1 Unknown command No action Bit3 0 No action Reset fault will clear fault provided condition has cleared Bit5 0 No action The C445 will issue a Test Trip fault causing the Output 1 amp Output 2 control relays to open Control Status Word The control status word of the reverser motor starter profile can be accessed over the fieldbus network Status Bits Bit 0 1 00 Stopped No active Run commands 01 Running1 Run FWD command is active 10 Running2 Run REV command is active Bit2 0 local control source active 1 remote control source is activ
352. perations Device Functions Device Catalogue Network View 4 x Device Catalogue General Node Info C445 OfflineParameters X Device Summary T Eaton Corporation Unnamed Offline Parametrization 4 Network Search Enter at least 3 characters P Firmware 1 00 0012 a Foo Modbus Serial Modbus S Modbus Serial eects C445 Parameters Wi Confi ti J CAAS Modbus Serial M Me Basic Settings gt E Operation Mode S Ee Overload Trip Class 5 paren Motor Rated Service Factor 115 Real Time Clock yn pice Motor1 Overload FLA Nominal Current 101 A System View Motor2 Overload FLA Nominal Current 101 A Security Motor Rated Voltage 480 v Motor Rated Frequency 60 Hz Motor Rated Efficiency 85 Motor Rated Watts Motor1 14914 w Motor Rated Watts Motor2 14914 w Motor Rated HP Motor 1 20 00 HP Motor Rated HP Motor 2 20 00 HP Motor Rated Power Factor 83 50 Advanced Settings Motor Rated Speed Motor1 1750 RPM Motor Rated Speed Motor2 1750 RPM Motor Start Threshold 30 Motor Stop Threshold 5 Motor Transition Threshold Percent 115 Ok Cancel Apply There are many more features offered by this Software Tool that are described in more detail in the Power Xpert inControl User Manual publication MN040013EN To access a C445 online with this Software Tool two protocols are supported Modbus TCP Ethernet and Modbus Serial In order to use Ether
353. ptember 2015 www eaton com 217 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 106 Parameter Access Object Class 0xAA 170 Class Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service Service Name Code 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get Set UDINT Set Admin Password Set Admin Password 2 2 0x2 Get Set UDINT Admin Login Admin Login 3 3 0x3 Get Set UDINT Set USB Password Set USB Password 4 4 0x4 Get Set UDINT USB Login USB Login 5 5 0x5 Get Set BOOL Motor Running Parameter Lock Override Motor Running Parameter Lock Override 6 6 0x6 Ge USINT Motor Running Parameter Lock Motor Running Parameter Lock 7 7 0x7 Ge USINT Password Parameter Lock Password Parameter Lock 8 8 0x8 Get USINT USB Parameter Lock USB Parameter Lock 9 9 0x9 Get Set UDINT Set Manufacturing Password Set Manufacturing Password 10 10
354. q deviation slow under current high power low powe overload Stall phase rotation exceeds starts limit 20 PTC 21 initialization fault 22 NV memory fault 23 comm loss 24 comm msg error oOmanAroOnFPWN Oo 2 0x2 Get Set BYTE Warn Enable Bit Field Enabling bits for warning Bit location condition 0 under voltage 1 over voltage 2 high resistance GF 3 residual GF 4 current phase loss 5 current unbalance 6 instantaneous over current 7 jam 8 PF deviation 9 voltage phase loss voltage unbalance freq deviation fast freq deviation slow under current high power low powe overload stall phase rotation 9 exceeds starts limit 20 PTC 21 initialization fault 22 NV memory fault 23 comm loss 24 comm msg error oN ogon WN 3 0x3 Get Set UINT Alarm Debounce Time Alarm Debounce Time 4 0x4 Get Set BOOL Global Auto Reset Enable Boolean If disabled no auto reset if enabled auto reset based on trip auto reset bits 214 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 104 Motor Protection Object Class 0xA2 162 continued Instance Attributes
355. r Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 171 Appendix B Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Table 78 Motor Protection Fault Definitions continued Definition Source Result Power Xpert Protection Phase Rotation phase reversal Improper wiring leading to A miswired motor Inadvertent Phase reversal can cause unwanted Configurable phase protection allowing the user to phases being connected to the _ phase reversal by the utility directional rotation of a motor Inthe define the phase sequencing intended for that motor improperly event that the load attached to the application If no phase sequence is required the motor can only be driven in one user has the ability to disable this feature direction the result could be significant mechanical failure and or injury to an operator Frequency Variance When line frequency Malfunctioning alternator speed Variations in frequency can cause Advanced monitoring capabilities allow the user to is inconsistent regulator or poor line quality increases in losses decreasing the monitor frequency in real time Users can also caused by an overload of a supply efficiency of the motor In addition this optionally set an alarm or trip threshold for powered by individual sources can result in interference with frequency variations from 70 110 synchronous devices Table 79 Load Protection Fault Definitions Definition Source Result Power Xpert Protection
356. rameter for the User Interface button 2 function button 2 function 6 16 0x10 Get Se UINT CFG parameter for the User Interface CFG parameter for the User Interface button 3 function button 3 function 7 17 0x11 Get Se UINT CFG parameter for the User Interface CFG parameter for the User Interface button 4 function button 4 function 8 18 0x12 Get Se UINT User Interface LED 0 Color cfg parameter User Interface LED 0 Color cfg parameter 9 19 0x13 Get Se UINT User Interface LED 1 Color cfg parameter User Interface LED 1 Color cfg paramete 20 20 0x14 Get Se UINT User Interface LED 2 Color cfg parameter User Interface LED 2 Color cfg paramete 21 21 0x15 Get Se UINT User Interface LED 3 Color cfg parameter User Interface LED 3 Color cfg paramete 22 22 0x16 Get Se UINT User Interface LED 4 Color cfg parameter User Interface LED 4 Color cfg paramete 23 23 0x17 Get Se UINT User Interface LED 5 Color cfg parameter User Interface LED 5 Color cfg paramete 24 24 0x18 Get Se UINT User Interface LED 6 Color cfg parameter User Interface LED 6 Color cfg paramete 25 25 0x19 Get Se UINT User Interface LED 7 Color cfg parameter User Interface LED 7 Color cfg paramete 26 26 0x20 Get Se UINT User Interface LED 8 Color cfg parameter User Interface LED 8 Color cfg paramete Table 110 Option Card Object Class 0xB3 179 Class Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Att
357. ranges pair Power Xpert with Eaton s D64 External GF relay Note GF settable thresholds vary with motor FLA See Table 29 Current Based Protections for each minimum level c t Imbalanced Phases voltage and current Uneven voltage or currents between phases ina three phase system When a three phase load is powered with a poor quality line the voltage per phase may be imbalanced Imbalanced voltage causes large imbalanced currents and as a result this can lead to motor stator windings being overloaded causing excessive heating reduced motor efficiency and reduced Provides two protection settings that address this problem The user can choose to set current imbalance thresholds or voltage imbalance thresholds each of which can trip the starter Additionally both of these may be monitored insulation life through Power Xpert s advanced monitoring capabilities allowing the customer to notice in real time when and where a condition is present Phase Loss Current single phasing One of the three phase current Multiple causes loose wire Single phasing can lead to unwanted Fixed protective setting that takes the starter offline is not present improper wiring grounded phase open fuse and so on motor vibrations in addition to the results of imbalanced phases as listed above if a phase drops below 60 of the other two phases Power Xpert C445 Global Moto
358. re is incompatible 36 Ethernet Option Card firmware is incompatible 37 Profi Option Card firmware is incompatible 500 Internal communication loss with Power Supply Board 501 Internal Power Supply Board is not responding to SPI 502 Internal Checksums in NV memory FRAM didn t match during read neither pair 503 Internal Checksums in NV memory FRAM didn t match during write neither pair 504 Internal RTC Backup Memory Option Card is missing 505 Internal RTC Backup Memory Option Card does not match actual 506 Internal RTC Backup Memory Option Card has NV Fault 507 Internal serial flash memory fault Attempt Factory Reset first Return to manufacturer if not cleared 508 Internal logic mapping error Attempt factory reset 1307 Snap Shot Thermal UINT8 RO Overload Thermal Memory Percent at time of trip Memory Default 0 Backup Mem 1308 Snap Shot Phase A UINT16 RO Phase A L1 RMS current at time of trip Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor L1 Current Scaled Default 0 Units scaled A Backup Mem 1309 Snap Shot Phase B UINT16 RO Phase B L2 RMS current at time of trip Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor L2 Current Scaled Default 0 Units scaled A Backup Mem 1310 Snap Shot Phase C UINT16 RO Phase C L3 RMS current at time of trip Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor L3 Current Scaled Default 0 Units scaled A Backup Mem 1311 Snap Shot Voltage UINT16 RO Voltage AB L1 L2 RMS volts at time of tr
359. real power apparent power 28 2 Residual Ground DCI_MOTOR_GF_I_RES_RMS Current Residual Ground Current in Amps x 100 x0 01A 30 2 Line frequency DCI_LINE_FREQ Line Frequency x0 01Hz Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 189 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Input Instance 116 0x74 Full Monitoring continued Length 41 Bytes Byte Size Offset bytes Name Description 32 4 Trip Reason DCI_STATUS_TRIPPED_BITS 0x0000 0001 under voltage 0x0000 0002 over voltage 0x0000 0004 high resistance GF 0x0000 0008 residual GF 0x0000 0010 current phase loss 0x0000 0020 current unbalance 0x0000 0040 instantaneous over current 0x0000 0080 jam 0x0000 0100 PF deviation 0x0000 0200 voltage phase loss 0x0000 0400 voltage unbalance 0x0000 0800 freq deviation fast 0x0000 1000 freq deviation slow 0x0000 2000 under current 0x0000 4000 high power 0x0000 8000 low power LO OOO C 0x0001 0000 overload 0x0002 0000 stall 0x0004 0000 phase rotation 0x0008 0000 exceeds starts limit 0x0010 0000 initialization fault 0x0020 0000 NV memory fault 0x0040 0000 comm loss 0x0080 0000 comm msg error Oc 36 4 Error Code DCI_STATUS_WARNING_BITS Warning Alarm Indications 0x0000 0001 under voltage 0x0000 0002 over voltage 0x0000 0004 high resistance GF 0x0000 0008 residual GF 0x0000 0010 current pha
360. reen and Red and red Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 177 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Ethernet LED Indications Table 83 Ethernet LED Description LED Description 1 Ethernet Link status Flashes with Ethernet message activity 2 Ethernet Link speed Displays the link speed Amber LED on the Ethernet Jack is ON when link speed is 100 mbps Amber LED on the Ethernet Jack is OFF when link speed is 10 mbps Configuration Using a Web Browser The Ethernet Card includes an embedded web page that provides the ability to monitor the status and set the configuration of the C445 Motor Management Relay System and the Ethernet Card The Web Pages have been validated for use with Internet Explorer To use the web page open your Internet Explorer browser and enter the IP address assigned to the Ethernet Card http IP Address The web page provides five levels of authorization as shown in the chart below Table 84 Five Levels Of Authorization Default Default Level UserName Password Description Open lt none gt lt none gt Open access has no password Allows opening web page to be viewed but no additional information is available Read_Only readonly readonly Read_Only access allows parameters to be viewed but no control or configuration Control control control Control provides capabilities of Read_Only plus allows motor and discr
361. ribed in CAUTION as well as WARNING Hazardous High Voltage A WARNING Motor control equipment and electronic controllers are connected to hazardous line voltages When servicing drives and electronic controllers there may be exposed components with housings or protrusions at or above line potential Extreme care should be taken to protect against shock Stand on an insulating pad and make it a habit to use only one hand when checking components Always work with another person in case an emergency occurs Disconnect power before checking controllers or performing maintenance Be sure equipment is properly grounded Wear safety glasses whenever working on electronic controllers or rotating machinery Warnings and Cautions This manual contains clearly marked cautions and warnings which are intended for your personal safety and to avoid any unintentional damage to the product or connected appliances Please read the information included in cautions and warnings carefully A WARNING The C445 may reset at any time enabling a motor start When faulted FAULT LED is ON the READY LED will flash when an auto reset is pending A CAUTION Record all passwords in a safe location Once a password has been set it cannot be displayed If a password is forgotten the only method of resetting the password s is a factory reset A CAUTION In the Auto Reset mode caution must be exercised to assure that any restart occurs in a safe man
362. ribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Rule Data Type Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get UINT Revision Revision of this object 2 2 0x2 Get UINT Max Instance Maximum instance number of an object currently created in this class level of the device 3 3 0x3 Get UINT Number of Instances Number of object instances currently created at this class level of the device Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access Data Type Attribute Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get Set UINT Modbus Comm Loss Timeout Value ms Modbus Comm Loss Timeout Value ms 2 2 0x2 Get Set UINT Web services Comm Loss Timeout Value Web services Comm Loss Timeout Value ms ms 3 3 0x3 Get Set BOOL Master Key for Hardcoded IP Address Master Key for Hardcoded IP Address Selection Selection 4 4 0x4 Get Array of 4 Active IP Address Active IP Address USINT Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 221 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 110 Option Card Object Class 0xB3 179 continued Instance Attributes Sr No AttributeID Access DataType Attribute Name Attribute Description 5 5 0x5 Ge Array of 4 Active Subnet Mask Active Subnet Mask USINT 6 6 0x6 Ge Array of 4 Active Default Gateway Active Default Gateway USINT
363. ring Ethernet Card DIP Switch settings when no optional communication card is installed in the Base Control Module but the optional RS 485 Modbus port is included Figure 53 Base Control Module DIP Switches with Built In Modbus CEELOLLLOL Oo PTT E gt a Ea Esk Future B1 Modbus Baud Rate See Table 1 NWPEUAN WO OO OFF ON Modbus address 0 Software Configurable 4 2 1 o O al re o1 gt 0 Switches 1 7 define address VGC 89L ZEL dl WIS Figure 54 Base Control Module DIP Switches with PROFIBUS Card _ o TEEN 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 e Reserved for future use Figure 55 Base Control Module DIP Switches with poya uoeoojy SSa1ppy d eWalu Note See Appendix C Optional Communication Cards for Modbus Baud Rate See Table 1 PROFIBUS Modbus address gt 0 Switches 1 7 define address Table 9 Modbus Data Rate B1 B0 Rate 0 0 Software Configurable 0 1 9600 1 0 115200 1 1 19200 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com detailed information on each Communication Option 41 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring USB Port The USB port on the Base Control Module is a standard Micro USB port It supports the Modbus protocol and is typically used to interface the Power Xpert inContr
364. ription 1 1 0x1 Ge UINT Fault Snap Shot Log Year Fault Snap Shot Log Year 2 2 0x2 Ge USINT Fault Snap Shot Log Month Fault Snap Shot Log Month 3 3 0x3 Ge USINT Fault Snap Shot Log Day Fault Snap Shot Log Day 4 4 0x4 Ge USINT Fault Snap Shot Log Hour Fault Snap Shot Log Hour 5 5 0x5 Ge USINT Fault Snap Shot Log Minute Fault Snap Shot Log Minute 6 6 0x6 Ge USINT Fault Snap Shot Log Second Fault Snap Shot Log Second 7 7 0x7 Ge UINT Fault Snap Shot Trip Reason Fault Snap Shot Trip Reason 8 8 0x8 Ge USINT Fault Snap Shot Log TP Fault Snap Shot Log TP 9 9 0x9 Ge UINT Fault Snap Shot Log la Fault Snap Shot Log la 0 0 OxA Get UINT Fault Snap Shot Log Ib Fault Snap Shot Log Ib 1 1 0xB Get UINT Fault Snap Shot Log Ic Fault Snap Shot Log Ic 2 2 OxC Get UINT Fault Snap Shot Log Vab Fault Snap Shot Log Vab 3 3 OxD Get UINT Fault Snap Shot Log Vbc Fault Snap Shot Log Vbc 4 4 OxE Get UINT Fault Snap Shot Log Vea Fault Snap Shot Log Vca 5 5 OXF Get UINT Fault Snap Shot Log Frequency Fault Snap Shot Log Frequency 6 2 0x10 Get T Fault Snap Shot Log Real Power watts Fault Snap Shot Log Real Power watts 7 3 0x11 Get T Fault Snap Shot Log Apparent Power VA Fault Snap Shot Log Apparent Power VA 8 4 0x12 Get INT Fault Snap Shot Log Power Factor Fault Snap Shot Log Power Factor 9 5 0x13 Get UINT Fault Snap Shot Log Ground Fault RMS Fault Snap Shot Log Ground Fault RMS Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN Se
365. rnet Linear Network Connection Example 174 Figure 157 Installing the Ethernet Communication Card 00000005 174 Figure 158 Base Control Module DIP Switches with Ethernet Card 175 Figure 159 Installing the PROFIBUS Communication Card 205 227 Figure 160 Base Control Module DIP Switches with PROFIBUS Card 228 viii Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com List of Tables Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Table 19 Table 20 Tab Table 22 Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Table 29 Tab Table 31 Tab Tab Table 37 Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Tab Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay e 1 User Interface NEMA Color Scheme Options English e 2 User Interface lIEC Color Scheme Symbols 0000 005 e 3 Suggested Current Transformers 00 eee e 4 Catalog Numbers C445XC Optional Communication Cards and C445XO i MOGUIES i i ose eens c Bee bok id WEEE Bee bod ROS ae e 5 Catalog Numbers D77E santa 2 CAD ES ray cers g or ee th geet 2 taka Rpm ch Re tebe e 6 Catalog Numbers C445XU User Interface Wiring Harnesses e 7 Catalog Numbers C445XS Spare Parts Kit and USB Cables e 8 Mounting Hardware e 9 Modbus Data Rat
366. rol and Status 0 20 00 anaua aa 102 Figure 107 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vde Power 0 104 Figure 108 Non isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vde C445 Power 104 Figure 109 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power 105 Figure 110 Timing Diagram for the Auto Transformer Operation Mode 106 Figure 111 C445UC I0 IEC Control and Status 0 0 0 0 0 cee 106 Figure 112 C445UC I1 IEC Status Only 0 0 00 0000 ee 106 Figure 113 C445UC I4 IEC Control and Status 0 0 0 0 106 Figure 114 C445UC NO NEMA Control and Status 1 2 0 20 00 000 cee eee eee 106 Figure 115 C445UC N1 NEMA Status Only 0 0 0 000000 c eee eee 107 Figure 116 C445UC N4 NEMA Control and Status 00 0 00002 eee eee 107 Figure 117 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power 04 109 Figure 118 Non isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc C445 Power 109 Figure 119 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power 110 Figure 120 Timing Diagram for the Solenoid Valve Operation Mode 111 Figure 121 C445UC I0 IEC Control and Status 0 000000 cee 111 Figure 122 C445UC I4 IEC Control and Status 0 0 E EE eee 111 Figure 123 C445UC NO NEMA Control and Status 00 0000 c eee ee 112 Figure 124 C445UC N4 NEMA Control and Status 0 0 0 0 000 cece 112 Figure 125 Iso
367. rotection Jam Alarm Level Motor Control Communication Loss Behavior otor Overload Alarm Threshold Motor Control Network Idle Behavior Residual Ground Fault Threshold Scaled Delay before control fault is issued in 10ms Residual Ground Fault Alarm Threshold Scaled Interlocking time between contactor direction changes in 0 1sec Residual Ground Fault Start Delay Output function select 0 Residual Ground Fault Apply Inhibit Current Output function select 1 Protection UnderVoltage Alarm Level Output function select 2 Protection UnderVoltage Start Delay Latching Relay Behavior at Power down Protection UnderVoltage Trip Level Motor Overload Trip Class Protection V Unbalance Trip Percent Level Motor Overload Trip FLA Motor1 Protection V Unbalance Alarm Percent Level Motor Overload Trip FLA Motor2 Protection V Unbalance Trip Debounce Time Rated Voltage Protection OverVoltage Alarm Level Rated Freq Protection OverVoltage Trip Level Motor Rated Efficiency Protection OverVoltage Trip Level Motor Rated Watts Motor1 Protection High KW Alarm Level Motor Rated Watts Motor2 Protection High KW Trip Level Global Auto Reset Enable boolean Protection Low KW Alarm Level Motor Rated PF Protection Low KW Trip Time Debounce Motor Rated Service Factor Protection Low KW Trip Level Phase Rotation Peak Demand Warning Threshold Perform reset on power up Protection Under Voltage Restart Fault Level Percent Auto reset enable capability for each trip bit
368. rs FAULT Indicates the device is in a fault condition tripped WARNING Indicates an alarm threshold has been triggered OVERLOAD Indicates the device has faulted on a thermal overload fault Note IEC Overlays show EARTH FAULT in place of OVERLOAD User Definable LED Indicators 3 Red Green Amber LEDs that can be customized using pre printed and blank labels provided with the User Interface As standard these LEDs come with the following labels VOLTAGE Fault Warning is related to voltage CURRENT Fault Warning is related to current POWER Fault Warning is related to power The fixed LED indicators provide information whether a fault warning or an overload trip occurred The user defined LEDs when left in their default state indicate whether the fault is a current voltage or power issue The user defined LEDs can also be pre defined by the user to specific fault or warning indications In the box with the User Interface is a sheet of stickers with all other indications these three LEDs can be configured for as well as some blanks The selections can be made from the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool under the System User Interface category The selections for these three LEDs are as follows Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 45 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Table 11 User Defined LED Options for the User Interface Descriptio
369. ruptions 61000 4 29 24 Vde Criteria A Interruption 0 rated voltage for 10 ms Table 73 Agency Certifications and Regulatory Description Specification Agency Certifications UL and CSA UL 60947 4 1 CSA 22 2 60947 4 1 CSA 22 2 NO 0 10 Low Voltage directive 2006 95 EC EC EN 60947 4 1 EC EN 60947 5 1 EN 60947 8 ATEX 95 directive 94 9 EC Ex M2 Ex Il 2 GD EN 50495 2010 to SIL 1 EN 60079 7 For increased safety method of protection of Ex e motor EMC directive 2004 108 EC Machine Directive 2006 42 EC EC EN 61000 4 level 3 PROFIBUS ODVA Conformance Regulatory self declarations Recast RoHS Directive RoHS II Restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment recast Directive 2011 65 EU WEEE Directive Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment 2002 96 EC REACH Directive 2006 121 EC Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals 1907 2006 1 Compliance according with REACH article 67 and 2 The compliance of the duty to inform by the supplier according to REACH article 31 and 33 Life Cycle Assessment LCA reference ISO 14025 Note ATEX Certification will apply to BCM PROFIBUS option card Ethernet option card and MM including PTC option to satisfy NAMUR requirements 168 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix A Technical Data an
370. s in specific categories The Web Pages can be used to configure parameters monitor and control Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 49 Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning 50 Any Modbus serial master can be connected to the optional RS 485 port or to either Micro USB port to modify any parameter that is a read write parameter A complete C445 Modbus Register Map is in Appendix D of this manual Any Modbus TCP Ethernet master can be used to commission a C445 provided an optional Ethernet card is installed in the C445 Base Control Module Any read write parameters may be modified using the Modbus Register Map in Appendix D of this manual The Ethernet card for the C445 also supports EtherNet IP An EtherNet IP master can configure C445 parameters via explicit messages Refer to Appendix C the EtherNet IP section for additional information If a PROFIBUS option card is installed in the C445 Base Control Module read write parameters can be modified via the Configuration file sent from the master each time a connection is established to the C445 or from PROFIBUS DP V1 acyclic messages sent from the master The C445 PROFIBUS Card supports both DP VO and DP V1 PROFIBUS features Refer to Appendix C the PROFIBUS section for additional information Optional Real Time Clock and memory backup module RTC module continually reads the C445 configuration and downloads it to a replace
371. s in the Field Output Control word to the available outputs There are 2 bits that are needed to control output 3 if the C445 is ordered with the latching relay output option Only output 3 can be ordered as a latching relay output The 2 bits used for controlling output 3 when it is a latching relay are to set and reset the output If output 3 is not ordered as a latching relay then output 3 is controlled with one bit like outputs 1 and 2 This is the reason there are four bits in the Field Output Control word for controlling 3 outputs For more information on the Operation modes and associated output wiring refer to System Configuration Operation on Page 75 All the available outputs not used for an Operation mode can be configured as general purpose outputs or can also be configured to indicate a specific Fault Trip Motor or Warning status The available outputs can be configured for specific purposes using the Power Xpert nControl configuration Software Tool or via Modbus commands Refer to Appendix D for the Modbus Register map for C445 to perform this configuration using a Modbus master The configuration Software Tool provides a user friendly way to configure the outputs for the various selections Outputs dedicated to the selected Operation mode will be shown as Reserved in the Software Tool when online with the C445 Available Outputs will be shown configured as None by default The following functions can be selected for each
372. s off C445 control is faulted and or a control inhibit is present e RUN LED solid On Active RUN1 command and motor is up to speed complete start detected e RUN LED blinking On Active RUN1 command but motor is NOT up to speed e AUTO LED Off C445 control is local source e AUTO LED On C445 control is remote source Overlay Buttons e OFF button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a STOP command to the C445 overload to drop out the starter e RUN button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a RUN1 command to the C445 overload to start the starter e AUTO button Selects the remote source as the active C445 control e RESET button Resets fault if condition has cleared e HAND button Button press will put the control in Local and will send a RUN1 command to the C445 overload to start the starter 82 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Control Settings The following parameters are used to configure the Direct Operation Mode and the C445 sources of control Table 16 Direct Configuration Parameters Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Configuration Parameter Modbus Register Description Read Write Active Operation Mode 700 This parameter selects the Operation Mode R W Control Fault Delay 701 Delay time before a control fault is issued A se
373. s over current 8 Jam 9 PF Deviation 10 Voltage phase loss 11 Voltage unbalance 12 Frequency deviation fast 13 Frequency deviation slow 14 Under current 15 High power 16 Low power 17 Contactor failure 18 Starts limit exceeded 19 Overload 20 Stall 21 Phase rotation mismatch 22 PTC See PTC State for details 23 Under voltage restart 24 Measurement Module fault 25 Communication loss on active fieldbus 26 Measurement Module not available or communication loss with the module 27 User Interface not available or communication loss with the module 28 Test trip was triggered 29 Option Card not available or communication loss with the module 30 RTC Backup Memory Option Board NV memory fail 31 Currently connected User Interface does not match with what was connected before 32 Currently connected Measurement Module does not match with what was connected before 300 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 1306 Fault Snap Shot Trip UINT16 RO The fault that caused the trip continued Reason rar Value Description 33 Currently connected Option Card does not match with what was connected before 34 Measurement Module firmware is incompatible 35 User Interface firmwa
374. se Control Module Field Output control word Bit 3 65535 Reserved 258 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 718 Name Output 3 Function Select reset Attribute Description UINT16 RW NV Output Reset Function Select for General Purpose Output 3 Available when this output is not used by the Application Mode and only when Output 3 is a latching relay Default none If used by the Application Mode Reserved For latching relay 0 no change and 1 reset Default 57 Value Description Enum 0 None Config CRC 1 Fault Reason Type Load fault Power based Run Lock 2 Fault Reason Type Supply fault Voltage based Admin Lock 3 Fault Reason Type Motor fault Current based USB Lock 4 Tripped Status Bits PTC Backup Mem 5 Tripped Status Bitt Phase rotation mismatch 6 Tripped Status Bits Stall 7 Tripped Status Bits Overload 8 Tripped Status Bits Starts limit exceeded 9 Tripped Status Bits Low power 10 Tripped Status Bits High power 11 Tripped Status Bits Under current 12 Tripped Status Bits Frequency deviation slow 13 Tripped Status Bits Frequency deviation fast 14 Tripped Status Bits Voltage unbalance 15 Tripped Status Bi
375. se loss 0x0000 0020 current unbalance 0x0000 0040 instantaneous over current 0x0000 0080 jam 0x0000 0100 PF deviation 0x0000 0200 voltage phase loss 0x0000 0400 voltage unbalance 0x0000 0800 freq deviation fast 0x0000 1000 freq deviation slow 0x0000 2000 under current 0x0000 4000 high power 0x0000 8000 low power nO O OOt 0x0001 0000 overload 0x0002 0000 stall 0x0004 0000 phase rotation 0x0008 0000 exceeds starts limit 0x0010 0000 initialization fault 0x0020 0000 NV memory fault 0x0040 0000 comm loss 0x0080 0000 comm msg error 190 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Input Instance 116 0x74 Full Monitoring continued Length 41 Bytes Byte Size Offset bytes Name 40 1 Thermal Pile Percentage Description DCI_STATUS_OVLD_THERMAL_MEM_PERCENT Thermal Capacity 0 Cold Motor 100 Will Cause an Overload Trip Input Instance 121 0x79 Status And Short Measurements Length 10 Bytes Byte Size Offset bytes Name 0 2 Device Status Description DCI_PACKED_C445_DEVICE_STATUS Device Bit Array Bit 0 Faulted Tripped Bit 1 Warning Bit 2 Output 1 Bit 3 Output 2 Bit 4 Input 1 Bit 5 Input 2 Bit 6 Input 3 Bit 7 Input 4 Bit 8 Running1 Bit 9 Running2 Bit 10 Remote or CtrlFromNet Bit 11 Output 3 Bit 12 R
376. section is to provide detailed information regarding the trip and alarm thresholds and time delays of the warning functions of the Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay Configuration Parameter Locking The configuration parameters can be locked for three sets of registry values e Motorrunning Lock e Administrator Lock e USB Lock Each lock will prevent the changing of select parameters unless a password is entered A password may be created for each lock separately using any number from 1 to 4 294 976 295 Setting the password to 0 will result in the lock being disabled A CAUTION Record all passwords in a safe location Once a password has been set it cannot be displayed If a password is forgotten the only method of resetting the password s is a factory reset For a list of the parameters that will be included for each of the three locks refer to Appendix C List of Locked Configuration Parameters The attributes column will show which locks if any affect the parameter Chapter 6 Motor Protection Motor Running Lock When the motor is commanded to run and or there is motor current flowing this feature will lock selected parameters Any attempt to write values to those parameters will be ignored An error exception code will be returned to the sender Reading the values is allowed When parameters are not locked reads and writes follow normal behaviors Using Power Xpert inControl Software Tool navigate to the
377. sequence of the line voltage 1 ABC L1 L2 L3 2 ACB L1 L3 L2 Voltage unbalance percent 0 100 Supply voltage unbalance percentage VAB L1 L2 scaled V scaled Supply line to line voltage AB L1 L2 scaled VBC L2 L3 scaled V scaled Supply line to line voltage BC L2 L3 scaled VCA L3 L1 scaled V scaled Supply line to line voltage CA L3 L1 scaled Average line to line voltage V scaled Supply line to line voltage average scaled scaled Voltage scale Voltage scale factor applied to scaled voltage measurements 160 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Table 58 Power Based Monitoring Chapter 7 Monitoring and Diagnostics Parameter Name Range Units Description Total watts Depends on frame size watts Total real power 5 accuracy Total VA Depends on frame size Volt Amps Total apparent power 5 accuracy Total VARS Depends on frame size Vars Total reactive power 5 accuracy Power factor 0 100 Scaled by 0 01 via fieldbus Apparent power factor in percentage 1 accuracy Motor speed RPM Depends on motor 0 1 RPM Motor speed in RPM Motor torque Depends on motor 0 01 Nm Motor torque Motor efficiency percent PC tool in scaled by 0 01 via fieldbus Motor efficiency in percentage Real energy Depends on frame size 0 1 kWh Real energy scaled 5 accuracy Real energy resettable Depends on
378. ss on active fieldbus 26 Measurement Module not available or communication loss with the module 27 User Interface not available or communication loss with the module 28 Test trip was triggered 29 Option Card not available or communication loss with the module 30 RTC Backup Memory Option Board NV memory fail 31 Currently connected User Interface does not match with what was connected before 32 Currently connected Measurement Module does not match with what was connected before 33 Currently connected Option Card does not match with what was connected before 34 Measurement Module firmware is incompatible 298 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Appendix D Modbus Register Map Register Name Attribute Description 1200 Fault Queue Event UINT16 RO A List of the Last 10 Faults continued order Value Description 35 User Interface firmware is incompatible 36 Ethernet Option Card firmware is incompatible 37 Profi Option Card firmware is incompatible 500 Internal communication loss with Power Supply Board 501 Internal Power Supply Board is not responding to SPI 502 Internal Checksums in NV memory FRAM didn t match during read neither pair 503 Internal Checksums in NV memory FRAM didn t match during write neither pair 504 Inter
379. stem Configuration and Commissioning Table 14 Running Lock Option Codes continued Parameters Motor State Transition to run delay from Start Overload Trip Class Motor1 Overload FLA Nominal Current Scaled Motor2 Overload FLA Nominal Current Scaled Force Overload Perc Overload Reset Threshold Phase Rotation Protection Trip Enable Bits Delay before control fault in 10ms If Protection Start Inhibit Enable MCCB actuation pulse width Base Control Module Field Wiring Configuration Selector Remote Control Source Select Feedback Signal Source Select Under Voltage Restart Fault Level Under Voltage Restart Restoration Level Local motor control source Enable MCCB Actuation Voltage Loss Auto Time Voltage Loss Short Time Voltage Loss Long Time System Services Profi Modbus Mode Marketing demo unlock Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 69 Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning Web Pages Password Protection Only Super User has the ability to change the User Names and Passwords for the various levels The web page provides five levels of authorization Default Default Level User Name Password Description Open lt none gt lt none gt Open access has no password Allows opening web page to be viewed but no additional information is available Read
380. stem Configuration and Operation Recommended User Interface Overlays for the MCCB Feeder Operation Mode Figure 129 C445UC I7 IEC Control and Status E T N Ei C445 ESE i O TRIPPED k O status Ovonmace AUTO O current F O PoweR Figure 130 C445UC I8 IEC Control and Status EON TRIPPED Ostatus Quss O voutace O CURRENT O PowER Overlay Display e OFF LED solid On Feeder is in Off or Tripped position CB ON aux input is low e RUN LED blinking On Feeder has an active Close command but is in open position CB ON aux input is low e RUN LED solid On Feeder is in On position CB ON aux input is high e AUTO LED Off C445 control is local source e AUTO LED On C445 control is remote source e FAULT LED solid On C445 controller is faulted e WARNING LED solid On C445 controller has an active warning present e TRIPPED LED solid On Feeder is in the Tripped state CB ALARM aux input is high Overlay Buttons e OFF button Button press will put the control in Local and will send an OPEN command to the C445 to open the feeder e CLOSE button Button press will put the control in Local and will send an CLOSE command to the C445 to close the feeder e AUTO button Selects the remote source as the active C445 control e RESET button Resets fault if condition has cleared
381. t 25 Communication loss on active fieldbus 26 Measurement Module not available or comm loss with the module 27 User Interface not available or comm loss with the module 28 Test trip device fault 29 Option card not available or comm loss with the module 30 RTC Option board NV memory fail 31 Currently connected User Interface does not match with what was connected before 32 Currently connected Measurement Module does no match with what was connected before 33 Currently connected Comm Card does not match with what was connected before 500 Internal Communication loss with Power Supply Board 501 Internal Power Supply Board is not responding to SPI 502 Internal Checksums in NV Memory F RAM didn match during read neither pair 503 Internal Checksums in NV Memory F RAM didn match during write neither pair 504 Internal Expected backup memory RTC module is missing 505 Internal Expected backup memory RTC module is mismatched with actua 506 Internal Backup Memory RTC module has NV fault 507 Internal Serial flash memory fault in BCM 508 Internal Mapping Error Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 199 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 93 Control Supervisor Object Class 0x29 41 continued Instance Attributes Sr No ID Access Rule Data Type Description 20 109 0x6D Get UINT
382. t point Motor residual GF RMS Depends on frame size amps scaled Motor residual ground fault current RMS Accuracy meets UL 1053 IEC Class II B via fieldbus A L1 scaled Depends on frame size amps scaled Phase A L1 motor current scaled Scaled by parameter Scale Factor B L2 scaled Depends on frame size amps scaled Phase B L2 motor current scaled Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor C L3 scaled Depends on frame size amps scaled Phase C L3 motor current scaled Scaled by parameter Scale Factor average scaled Depends on frame size amps scaled Average motor current scaled Scaled by parameter Scale Factor scale factor Motor current scale factor Table 57 Voltage Based Monitoring Parameter Name Range Units Description Voltage AB L1 L2 0 690 V max 4 160 V with PT ratios Supply line to line voltage AB L1 L2 2 accuracy up to 690 Vac Voltage BC L2 L3 0 690 V max 4 160 V with PT ratios Supply line to line voltage BC L2 L3 2 accuracy up to 690 Vac Voltage CA L3 L1 0 690 V max 4 160 V with PT ratios Supply line to line voltage CA L3 L1 2 accuracy up to 690 Vac Average line to line voltage 0 690 V max 4 160 V with PT ratios Supply line to line voltage average 2 accuracy up to 690 Vac Li ne frequency x 100 47 63 Hz centi Hz Supply frequency in centi Hz Voltage phase order 0 unknown Reports phase
383. t relay switches inputs Option 2 Figure 46 DC Field Input Terminal ELT N cus ne ae 1 2 3 STATUS B 4 CH1 B CH 2 8 5 mopsus 8 reser 8 6 7 1 wh Pin Circuit Description 1 11 DC Field Input 1 2 12 DC Field Input 2 3 13 DC Field Input 3 4 14 DC Field Input 4 5 C Common for DC Field Input 6 OV Digital Electronics Ground 7 24V Source for DC Field Inputs Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Wiring Option 1 Four Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs When using option 1 no connections are made to pins 6 or 7 Wiring Option 2 Four Dry Contact Inputs To use this option pin 5 is shorted directly to pin 6 Pin 7 is connected through a switch or relay to the appropriate input The maximum wire length from pin 7 to the corresponding input is 10m DC Field Input wiring is accomplished with a 7 pin 5 00 mm pitch removable screw terminal plug Note When using Option 2 all wiring must meet PELV requirements Figure 47 DC Input Wiring Option 2 Isolated ISOLATED 24VDC INPUT WIRING Figure 48 DC Input Wiring Option 2 Non lsolated NON ISOLATED 24VDC INPUT WIRING Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 37 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Digital Outputs The three digital outputs are dedicated to specific functionality based on the Operation mode selected For example Output 1 is use
384. t 11 9617 1 Network feedback input 12 9618 2 Network feedback input 13 9619 3 Network feedback input 14 9620 4 Network feedback input I5 9621 5 Network feedback input 16 9622 6 Network feedback input 17 9623 7 Network feedback input 18 9624 603 System Services UINT8 RW System services are used to execute device level commands The command is automatically cleared Enum after being processed Value Description 0 No Active Service 1 Clear fault queue Clear trip snapshot Test trip Re pair external modules Factory reset Soft reset Reset Fault oji NI oo om A N Proof Test Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 249 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 700 Active Operation UINT8 RW NV Active Operation Mode Mode is a read write parameter used to configure the C445 for the application profile Overload Only uses Output 1 as a fault contact The output is closed when the unit is powered and no fault is present It opens on a fault Direct is FVNR Motor Control Reverser is FVR Motor Control Star Delta or Wye Delta applications use all three Base Control Module Outputs Two Speed Poll Changing is for Fast Slow Motor Control applications Two Speed Dahlander is for Slow Fast Variable Torque Motor Control Applications All 3 outputs are used HMCP M
385. t 25 of FLA No V Phase Loss or no voltage option Measurement Parameter Current unbalance percent Protections Current Phase Loss Table 41 Current Phase Loss Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 5 Current Phase Loss Fault Trip 1016 60 60 60 2 2 2 1017 Undercurrent Undercurrent Trip Level protection monitors the three phase currents and will fault if the measured current drops below the set threshold Table 42 Undercurrent Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 14 Undercurrent Fault Trip 1021 FLA 10 90 50 1 60 20 1023 Fault Warning 1022 FLA 10 90 50 0 2 5 2 1079 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 151 Chapter 6 Motor Protection Residual Ground Fault The Residual Ground Fault protection monitors the ground current of the motor and will trip the motor if the ground current exceeds the set threshold The Ground Fault protection is always active Protections Ground Fault Residual GF Table 43 Ground Fault Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Modbus Units Frame Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 4 Ground Fault Fault Trip 1060 amps C445MA2P4 0 12 24 1 1 60 5 1063 earth C445MA005 025 5 3 C445MA032
386. t Level Percent Level 19 19 0x13 Get Se UINT Protection V Unbalance Trip Protection V Unbalance Trip Debounce Time Debounce Time 20 20 0x14 Get Se USINT Protection V Unbalance Alarm Protection V Unbalance Alarm Percent Level Percent Level 21 21 0x15 Ge USINT V Phase Loss Trip Level in percent V Phase Loss Trip Level in percent 22 22 0x16 Ge UINT V Phase Loss Debounce V Phase Loss Debounce 23 23 0x17 Get Se BOOL Protection start inhibit enable Protection start inhibit enable 24 24 0x18 Get Se USINT Undervoltage start inhibit Undervoltage start inhibit threshold threshold 25 25 0x19 Get Se USINT Voltage Imbalance start inhibit Voltage Imbalance start inhibit threshold threshold 26 26 0x1A Get Se USINT Over Voltage start inhibit Over Voltage start inhibit threshold threshold 27 27 0x1B Get Se USINT Protection Under Voltage Restart Protection Under Voltage Restart Fault Level Percent Fault Level Percent 28 28 0x1C Get Se USINT Protection Under Voltage Restart Protection Under Voltage Restart Restoration Level Percent Restoration Level Percent 29 29 0x1D Get Se UINT Undervoltage restart max time for Undervoltage restart max time for immediate restart immediate restart 30 30 0x1E Get Se UDINT Undervoltage restart delay short Undervoltage restart delay short 31 31 0x1F Get Se UDINT Undervoltage restart max time for Undervoltage restart max time for delayed restart short delayed restart short 32 32 0x20 Get Se UINT Un
387. t exceeds 30 of the active overload FLA rating and remains until after the start delay time expires the motor is determined to be up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set 98 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Wiring Diagrams for the Two Speed Two Winding Operation Mode Figure 99 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power L2 L3 PE C445UC r CECCO L Optional Modbus C445BD SD SLOW FAST REMOTE RESET Q12 Qu a11 Q12 Us PAE K Us Uc 24 VDC O Uc Figure 100 Non isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc C445 Power L1 L2 L3 PE Qi I DID TD Soe C445UC E Optional Modbus C445BD SD REMOTE Us 24 VDC e o Us Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 99 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Figure 101 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power C445UC T Optional Modbus C445BA SA 7 7 FAST REMOTE RESET FB1 FERRITE Us 120 240 VAC us a s Uc 120 VAC Uc Notes 1
388. t3 0 no fault present 1 C445 fault present Bit4 0 no warning present 1 C445 warning present Bit5 0 no inhibit present 1 C445 control inhibit present Bit6 0 C445 not ready fault and or inhibit present 1 C445 ready for control No fault or inhibit present Bit7 0 motor is not up to speed AtRef 1 C445 has detected motor is up to speed AtRef Two conditions will set the AtRef bit signaling the motor is up to speed e f motor current first exceeds 115 of the active overload FLA rating and then decreases back below 115 of the active overload FLA rating it is determined the motor has come up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set e f motor current exceeds 30 of the active overload FLA rating and remains until after the start delay time expires the motor is determined to be up to speed and the AtRef bit will be set Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 103 Chapter 5 System Configuration and Operation Wiring Diagrams for the Two Speed Dahlander Operation Mode Figure 107 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power C445UC E eee C445BD SD a E g DOT D Optional Modbus 4 SLOW FAST REMOTE RESET PTC Q13 Us 24 VDC Us Uc 24 VDC Qi I DID TD 3S C445UC a C445B
389. tatus Running 1 38 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 30 Warning Status Bits PTC 31 Warning Status Bits Phase Rotation 32 Warning Status Bits Stall 33 Warning Status Bits Overload 34 Warning Status Bits Exceeds Starts Limit 35 Warning Status Bits Low Power 36 Warning Status Bits High Power 37 Warning Status Bits Under Current 38 Warning Status Bits Frequency Deviation Slow 39 Warning Status Bits Frequency Deviation Fast 40 Warning Status Bits Voltage Unbalance 41 Warning Status Bits Voltage Phase Loss 42 Warning Status Bits PF Deviation 43 Warning Status Bits Jam 44 Warning Status Bits Instantaneous Over Current 45 Warning Status Bits Current Unbalance 46 Warning Status Bits Current Phase Loss 47 Warning Status Bits Residual GF 48 Warning Status Bits External GF 49 Warning Status Bits Overvoltage 50 Warning Status Bits Undervoltage 51 Tripped Status Bits Undervoltage 52 Tripped Status Bits Overvoltage 53 Tripped Status Bits External GF 54 Field Output Control word bit 0 55 Field Output Control word bit 1 56 Field Output Control word bit 2 57 Field Output Control word bit 3 Outputs 1 and 2 are normally open form A relay outputs Output 3 is a form C relay output with one normally open and one normally closed contact W
390. terface module with a different part number to the Base Control Module while the system is powered will also result in a fault A fault reset will clear the fault If the desire is to use the new module a repair service should be sent with the Software Tool If the new module was connected by mistake connect the correct module with the old part number and send a fault reset A soft reset always follows a repair service Connecting a Measurement Module or User Interface module with a different part number to the Base Control Module while the system is powered down will result in a fault when the system is re powered A repair service should be sent if the desire is to use the module with the new part number If the new module was connected by mistake connect the module with the old part number and issue a fault reset A fault reset can be issued from the following sources 1 By holding the small button on the front of the Base Control Module down for at least 0 5 seconds while the device is powered 2 From the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool 3 From any Modbus master to the USB port or the RS 485 port 4 From a Modbus TCP master to the optional Ethernet card 5 From an EtherNet IP master to the optional Ethernet card Measurement Module 1 PTC Input To utilize this optional feature a Measurement Module must first be purchased with this feature included from the factory This is not a field upgrada
391. terface Overlay 2 30 46625 102 IEC User Interface Overlay 3 30 46625 103 IEC User Interface Overlay 4 30 46625 104 IEC User Interface Overlay 5 30 46625 105 IEC User Interface Overlay 6 30 46625 106 IEC User Interface Overlay 7 30 46625 107 IEC User Interface Overlay 8 30 46625 108 IEC User Interface Overlay 9 30 46625 109 IEC User Interface Overlay 10 30 46625 110 IEC User Interface Overlay 11 30 46625 201 NEMA User Interface Overlay 12 30 46625 202 NEMA User Interface Overlay 13 30 46625 203 NEMA User Interface Overlay 14 30 46625 204 NEMA User Interface Overlay 15 30 46625 205 NEMA User Interface Overlay 16 30 46625 206 NEMA User Interface Overlay Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 311 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 7002 Overlay type UINT8 RO Overlay type continued Value Description 17 30 46625 207 NEMA User Interface Overlay 18 30 46625 208 NEMA User Interface Overlay 19 30 46625 209 NEMA User Interface Overlay 20 30 46625 210 NEMA User Interface Overlay 255 Out of box or factory reset state No User Interface was ever connected Write protected by manufacturing lock service Preserved on WipeNV 7003 Base Control Module STRING8 RO Base Control Module Product Name Product Name
392. ters 1 Using a Modbus or Modbus TCP master and writing to the RTC parameters Refer to the Modbus register map in Appendix D The RTC parameters begin with Modbus register 4000 Each individual time clock parameter can be written to set the RTC or a single parameter register 4010 can be written with a value containing the Real Time clock in Seconds from the UNIX Epoch This is a 32 bit value 2 Using the Power Xpert inControl Software Tool and selecting a single button to set all RTC parameters from the RTC parameters on the computer running the software This is the most straight forward way to set the RTC Connect with the C445 via one of the supported protocols and ports and perform the following steps 1 Once online with the C445 select the Real Time Clock icon as shown below C445 ame AG Real Time Clock D hw lt A Oo Date Tuesday April 07 2015 Time 6 17 04 AM C Change Date and Time Timezone Central Standard Time CI Change Timezone The Real Time Clock window will open as below 3 Select the proper time zone 54 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning 4 Select the box to the left of Change Date and Time below the clock to display all the RTC parameters as shown below C445 Eaton Corporation Real Time Clock Bri lt Aw m Set Date and Time 4 April 2015
393. thermal overload and residual ground fault functions are active at all times Start Cycle and Transition Timing Motor Start Motor Stop and Motor Transition parameters are used by the C445 to recognize modes of operation for protection functions The Transition Threshold does not control any external devices but only changes protection operation parameters based on Start or Run profiles The following figure shows an example of how the C445 recognizes the stages in a normal operating cycle current profile Initially the motor is stopped and the current is zero As long as the C445 is not in a Fault Trip condition it will permit contactor energization by closing its trip contact in series with the contactor coil The contactor can be energized by the operator or by a Modbus command The C445 recognizes a motor Start when it measures motor current exceeding 30 of the FLA setting A motor Stop is recognized when the current falls below 5 of FLA During the Start cycle the C445 detects a transition point when the large starting currents have fallen below a transition level The parameters that control the transition profile are defined below Note The C445 transition from the Start cycle to the Run cycle is based on set time or current value whichever occurs first Note The start cycle time limit is also used as the stall inhibit time See Stall protection for details 130 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN
394. tion Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus 1 Undervoltage Fault Trip 1028 10 100 90 1 60 20 1031 Fault Warning 1029 10 100 90 0 2 5 2 1079 Start Trip Delay Delay Fault Trip at Startup 0 60 20 1030 Restart Fault Trip 1032 65 90 70 0 0 Restart Restore 1033 80 100 90 0 0 Table 33 Voltage Loss Restart Fault Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Modbus Units Min Max Default Min Max Default Modbus Voltage Loss Auto 1034 Seconds 0 1 0 4 0 2 0 0 0 Voltage Loss Short 1037 Seconds 0 2 5 0 0 4 0 1 500 0 1 0 1035 Voltage Loss Long 1040 Seconds 0 3600 4 1 3600 10 1039 Restart Fault Level 1032 65 90 70 0 0 0 Restart Restore 1033 80 100 90 0 0 0 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 139 Chapter 6 Motor Protection Figure 147 Voltage Loss Return Levels Parameters Voltage Loss Level When the main voltage falls below this user settable value 70 default a voltage loss has occurred Voltage Return Level After a voltage loss when the main voltage rises above this user settable value 90 default the main voltage is restored 100 90 a F G 70 Voltage Loss Level QP TT rrr rr nr frm rrr i 0 VL Auto Time A command to automatically pull a contactor back in to restart a motor in the event of an undervoltage condition No time delay is used in VL Auto Time mode as the voltage dip is considered to be short enough
395. tion Parameter Modbus Register Description Read Write Active Operation Mode 700 This parameter selects the Operation Mode R W Control Fault Delay 701 Delay time before a control fault is issued Setting of 0 disables protection R W Control Switch Time Delay 703 Time delay when transitioning from fast gt slow Delay to allow motor to slow before R W transitioning to the slow output Motor 1 Overload FLA Scaled 900 Parameter to set overload full load amps for slow motor winding R W Motor 2 Overload FLA Scaled 901 Parameter to set overload full load amps for fast motor winding R W Motor Overload Trip FLA 500 Parameter holds active motor overload fla rating R will contain the motor setting when on the slow winding and the motor2 setting when on the fast winding Trip Enable Bit Field 1000 1001 Trip Fault protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired motor protections Warn Enable Bit Field 1002 1003 Warning protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired motor protections warnings C445 Local Source Selector 711 Select the Local Control source R W C445 Remote Source Selector 712 Select the Remote Control source R W C445 Q3 Output function select 717 Output 3 user function selection R W Note Soft reset power cycle required for changes to these parameters to take effect Fieldbus Control Word Bit 2 The two speed motor starter profile will accept the following control commands over a fieldbus network Control
396. to the C445 Base Control Module To install the card follow the step by step directions 1 Remove the blank cover 2 Locate the communication card slot 3 Plug the Ethernet communication card into location Figure 157 Installing the Ethernet Communication Card MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Ethernet Communication Card and DIP Switches When an optional Ethernet card is connected to a C445 the DIP switches on the Base Control Module are dedicated to determining the IP address of this card per the diagram below If the C445 Base Control Module also includes the optional RS 485 Modbus serial port the node address and the data rate for this port must be configured using the Web Pages or the inControl Configuration Software DIP Switch settings on the C445 Base Control Module when an Ethernet Card is installed DIP Switch 10 is reserved for future use Figure 158 Base Control Module DIP Switches with Ethernet Card i Reserved for future use COC O A 0 0 Sara NWU AUAN O HASAN S9QY dOHC AN 32 16 8 4 2 1 5 O Q g re oOo VST L 89L ZEL dl OS 9 poya uoneoojjy sseuppy di ewalu Q Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Descriptions When switch 9 is OFF Low Octet DIP Switch numbers set low octet of static IP address 192 168 1 X where X is 0 253 Ethernet Port Setting The lower 8 switches 1 7 are each given a valu
397. to provide proper orientation of the module Firmly push the module into the C445B pocket until the module is completely seated Reinstall Option Cover 16 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Figure 20 Communication Card Installation Remove the C445B Option Cover as shown in Figure 18 The Option Cover may be discarded as it will not be reinstalled The C445XC E or C445XC P communication card installation is accomplished by firmly pushing the card downward into the C445B communications card pocket until the card is completely seated and the locking tab snaps into place Figure 21 Component Mating The C445B Base Module can be attached to the top of the C445MA Measurement module Orient both modules so the two 2 RJ12 jacks on the C445B module are on the same side as the RJ12 jack on the C445MA module Align the modules so there is an offset of 0 098 0 157 in 2 3 4 0 mm Slide the C445B Base Module downward on the C445MA Measurement Module until the locking tab moves into place Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 17 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring C445 Mounting To aid with the panel layout of the Power Xpert C445 modules refer to the dimension drawings The C445MB Base Control Module and the C445M Measurement Modules are desig
398. tor Scaled by Scaled efault parameter Scale Factor Range 1 to 65535 RW Units scaled A Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 902 Motor Rated Service UINT8 RW NV Motor Rated Service Factor racio Default 115 Range 100 to 255 Units Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 903 Motor Rated Voltage UINT16 RW NV Motor Rated Voltage Default 480 Range 100 to 5000 Units V Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 904 Motor Rated UINT16 RW NV Motor Rated Frequency in Hz Ereaueney Default 60 Range 50 to 60 Units Hz Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 274 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 905 Name Motor Rated Watts Motor1 Attribute UINT32 RW NV Default 14914 RW Range 10 to 3728500 Units W Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Description Watts nameplate rating for motor winding 1 Used in all control profiles 907 Motor Rated Watts Motor2 UINT32 RW NV Default 14914 RW Range 10 to 3728500 Units W Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Me
399. tor Protection Fault Definitions 0 0 0 0 000 cee 171 Table 79 Load Protection Fault Definitions 0 0 00 ccc eee 172 Table 80 Line Protection Fault Definitions 0 0 0 0 00 cece ee 173 Table 81 iModule Statussindicator 2 ecco aese aea Wane aa energie abe dua Beng Pawlenty g 177 Table 82 Network Status Indicator 2 0 ee eee 177 Table 83 Ethernet LED Description 0 000000 eee 178 Table 84 Five Levels Of Authorization nassen an a S ce eee 178 Table 85 EtherNet IP Object Model for the C445 Motor Management Relay 179 Table 86 Identity Object Class 0x01 1 2 eee 180 Table 87 Message Router Object Class 0x2 2 20 eee 181 Table 88 Assembly Object Class 0x4 4 0 eee 182 Table 89 C445 Assembly Object Instances 00 000 eee 182 Table 90 Connection Manager Object Class 0x6 6 0 0 00 2 cece ee 193 Table 91 Discrete Input Object Class 0x8 8 0 eee 194 Table 92 Discrete Output Object Class 0x9 9 2 eee 195 Table 93 Control Supervisor Object Class 0x29 41 2 0 eee 196 Table 94 Overload Object Class Ox2C 44 2 eee 202 Table 95 System Component Definition Object Class 0x88 136 203 Table 96 Voltage Object Class 0x93 147 2 eee 204 x Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay List of Tables continued Table
400. tribute Description 1 1 0x1 Get USINT Motor State enum Motor State enum 2 2 0x2 Ge UINT Speed RPM Speed RPM 3 3 0x3 Ge INT Torque Torque 4 4 0x4 Ge UINT Efficiency in percen Efficiency in percent 5 5 0x5 Ge USINT PTC Status PTC Status 6 6 0x6 Ge UDINT Number of Motor Starts Number of Motor Starts 7 7 0x7 Ge UINT Number of Contactor Operations During Number of Contactor Operations During Last Hour Last Hour 8 8 0x8 Get Set UDINT Number of Motor Starts User Number of Motor Starts User 9 9 0x9 Ge UDINT Number of Operating Seconds Number of Operating Seconds 10 10 0xA Get Set UDINT Number of Operating Seconds user Number of Operating Seconds user 11 11 OxB Get UINT Last Measured Starting Time Time to get Last Measured Starting Time Time to get up to speed up to speed 12 12 OxC Get UDINT Motor Run Time Latest Run How long the Motor Run Time Latest Run How long the motor was motor was running last time running last time 13 13 OxD Get UDINT Motor Run Time Total Motor Run Time Total 212 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 wwweaton com Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 103 Motor Monitoring Object Class 0xA1 161 continued Instance Attributes Sr No Attribute ID Access DataType Attribute Name Attribute Description 14 14 OxE Get S
401. trol and Status 0 0 0 000000 eee 81 Figure 71 C445UC N1 NEMA Status only 2000 00 00 eee eee 81 Figure 72 C445UC N4 NEMA Control and Status 0 0 00000 e eee eee 82 Figure 73 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power 0 84 Figure 74 Non isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vde C445 Power 84 Figure 75 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power 85 Figure 76 Timing Diagram for the Reverse Operation Mode 05 86 Figure 77 C445UC I3 IEC Control and Status 0 0 ee 86 Figure 78 C445UC I5 IEC Control and Status 00 0 0 00 c cc eee 86 Figure 79 C445UC N2 NEMA Status Only 000 0000000 eee eee 86 Figure 80 C445UC N5 NEMA Control and Status 0 000 000 86 Figure 81 Isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vdc Power 0 89 Figure 82 Non isolated 24 Vdc Inputs 24 Vdc Outputs 24 Vde C445 Power 89 Figure 83 120 Vac Inputs and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power 90 Figure 84 Timing Diagram for the Star Delta Operation Mode 91 Figure 85 C445UC I0 IEC Control and Status 0 0 0 00 cee 91 Figure 86 C445UC 11 IEC Status Only sesanga p ni aka aaa ane aalb ad ees 91 Figure 87 C445UC 4 IEC Control and Status 0 0 00 eee 91 Figure 88 C445UC NO NEMA Control and Status 000 0 00002 eee eee 91 Figure 89 C445UC N1 NEMA Status Only
402. trol source when in Auto Soue eet Default 1 Value Description Enum 0 No remote control source Config CRC 1 Fieldbus is remote control source Run Lock 2 Fieldwire is remote control source Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 713 Feedback Signal UINT8 RW NV Feedback Signal Source Select Selects the inputs for the needed feedback signals for certain Source Select control profiles used in Feeder amp Solenoid valve profiles Default 1 Value Description Enum 0 No feedback signals Config CRC 1 Feedback signals connected to User Interface inputs Run Lock 2 Feedback signals connected to Base Control Module field wiring inputs Admin Lock 3 Feedback signals provided by network USB Lock Backup Mem 714 Local Remote power UINT8 RW NV Base Control Module local remote power up mode upimiege Default 2 Value Description Enum 0 Local control is active control on power up Config CRC 1 Remote control is active control on power up Admin Lock 2 Hold last control state on power up USB Lock Backup Mem 715 Output 1 Function UINT16 RW NV Output Function Select for General Purpose Output 1 Select Available when this output is not used by the Application Mode Default none If used by the Application Mode Reserved Default 0 Value Description Enum 0 None Config CRC 1 Fault Reason Type Load fault Power based Run Lock 2 Fault Reason Type Supply fault Voltage based Admin Lock 3 Fault Reason Type Motor fault Current based USB Lock 4 Tripped Status B
403. ts Voltage phase loss 16 Tripped Status Bits Power factor deviation 17 Tripped Status Bits Jam 18 Tripped Status Bits lnstantaneous over current 19 Tripped Status Bits Current unbalance 20 Tripped Status Bits Current phase loss 21 Tripped Status Bits Residual ground fault 22 Motor Control Status Motor at speed 23 Motor Control Status Ready 24 Motor Control Status Inhibited 25 Motor Control Status Warning 26 Motor Control Status Faulted 27 Motor Control Status Remote enabled 28 Motor Control Status Running 2 29 Motor Control Status Running 1 30 Warning Status Bits PTC 31 Warning Status Bits Phase rotation mismatch 32 Warning Status Bits Stall 33 Warning Status Bits Overload Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 259 Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 718 Output 3 Function UINT16 RW NV Output Reset Function Select for General Purpose Output 3 continued Select reset rae Value Description 38 Warning Status Bits Frequency deviation slow 39 Warning Status Bits Frequency deviation fast 40 Warning Status Bits Voltage unbalance 41 Warning Status Bits Voltage phase loss 42 Warning Status Bits Power factor deviation 4
404. ts Protections General Protections Current Protections Voltage Protections Power Protections Frequency Protections Ground Fault Real Time Clock Modbus Ethernet Base Control Module User Interface Measurement Module Option Card input Power Board Security USER ASM1 USER ASM2 USER ASM3 USER ASM4 USER ASMS USER ASM6 USER ASM7 USER ASMS8 USER ASM9 USER ASM10 70 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning 2 Enter a user name and password for each level SET USER NAME AND PASSWORD Enter User Name readonly Enter Password eeceeeee Repeat Password eoccccce Type the user name and password in the above input boxes and click the proper button on the right You have to be a SUPER USER or the password waiver level has to be set at SUPER USER 99 CONTROL READ ONLY Set User Passwd Set User Passwd underscore Password should only contain printable ASCII SUPER USER Set User Passwd characters excluding white spaces and tabs STATUS Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 71 Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning 3 After entering the username amp password select the Set User Password button for each level A successful status message will be displayed per the following SET USER NAME AND PASSWORD Enter User Name readonly
405. ts ms Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Voltage Loss Restart Delay Time Short 286 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register 1037 Name Voltage Loss Short Time Attribute UINT32 RW NV Default 400 Range 200 to 500000 Units ms Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Description Voltage Loss Restart Maximum Time for Short Delayed Restart 1039 Voltage Loss Long Delay UINT16 RW NV Default 10 Range 1 to 3600 Units seconds Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Voltage Loss Restart Delay Time Long 1040 Voltage Loss Long Time UINT16 RW NV Default 4 Range 0 to 3600 Units seconds Config CRC Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Voltage Loss Restart Maximum Time for Long Delayed Restart 1043 Voltage Unbalance Trip Level UINT8 RW NV Default 6 Range 1 to 20 Units Config CRC Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem Voltage Unbalance Trip Level protection monitors the three phase voltages and will trip the motor if the measured unbalance percent exceeds this threshold following the Voltage Unbalance Debounce time Power Xpert C445
406. ts and 120 230 Vac Outputs C445 Power L1 gt Say C445UC r C445BA SA Optional Modbus FB1 FERRITE Us 120 240 VAC Us Uc 120 VAC Uc Notes 1 The inputs on the Base Control Module are only used by this Operation Mode if Fieldwire is selected for one of the control sources If Fieldwire is not the Local or Remote control source all 4 inputs may be used as general purpose inputs 2 Outputs 2 and 3 may be used as general purpose outputs for this Operation Mode 3 Fieldwire is the Local control source Input 3 is the Remote input When power is applied to Input 3 the C445 will be in Remote mode 4 Fieldwire is the Remote control source and 2 wire control default is selected Input 3 is unused by this operation mode 5 3 wire control is selected along with Fieldwire for either control source Input 2 is Permissive 80 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Direct Operation Mode Description Direct Motor starter is the default profile The Direct Motor starter profile will use the motor1 parameters for all control protections C445 outputs e Output 1 is dedicated by this application mode for controlling and protecting the motor e Outputs 2 and 3 are general purpose Output 1 controls and protects the contactor motor It will close when a valid RUN command is
407. tting of 0 disables this protection R W Motor 1 Overload FLA Scaled 900 This parameter is used to set the motor nameplate full load amps for the overload R W Motor Overload Trip FLA 500 This parameter contains the active overload FLA R Trip Enable Bit Field 1000 1001 Trip Fault protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired motor protections Warn Enable Bit Field 1002 1003 Warning protection enable bits R W Set bits to enable desired motor protections warnings C445 Local Source Selector 711 Select the Local Control source R W C445 Remote Source Selector 712 Select the Remote Control source R W C445 Q2 Output function select 716 Output 2 user function selection R W C445 Q3 Output function select 717 Output 3 user function selection R W Note Soft reset power cycle required for changes to these parameters to take effect Fieldbus Control Word The direct motor starter profile will accept the following control commands over a fieldbus network Control Bits BitO 0 Stop command de activate all control outputs 1 Run1 command activate Output 1 Bit3 0 No action 1 Reset fault will clear fault provided condition has cleared Bit5 0 No action 1 The C445 will issue a Test Trip fault causing the Output 1 control relay to open Control Status Word The control status word of the direct motor starter profile can be accessed over the fieldbus network Status Bits BitO 0 Stopped No active Run1 c
408. ttribute Name Attribute Description 1 1 0x1 Se UINT Open Requests Number of Forward Open service requests received 2 2 0x2 Se UINT Open Format Rejects umber of Forward Open service requests which were rejected due to bad format 3 3 0x3 Se UINT Open Resource Rejects umber of Forward Open service requests which were rejected due to lack of resources 4 4 0x4 Se UINT Open Other Rejects Number of Forward Open service requests which were rejected for reasons other than bad format or lack of resources 5 5 0x5 Se UINT Close Requests Number of Forward Close service requests received 6 6 0x6 Se UINT Close Format Requests Number of Forward Close service requests which were rejected due to bad format 7 7 0x7 Se UINT Close Other Requests Number of Forward Close service requests which were rejected for reasons other than bad format 8 8 0x8 Se UINT Connection Timeouts Total number of connection timeouts that have occurred in connections controlled by this Connection Manager Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 193 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Table 91 Discrete Input Object Class 0x8 8 Class Services Service code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single Instance Services Service code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single Class Attributes Sr No Attribute ID
409. tus Units Min Max Default Min Max Units 21 Phase Rotation Fault Trip Disabled ABC ACB ABC 0 0 0 11 Phase Loss Fault Trip Disabled 70 70 70 2 2 2 2 Overvoltage Fault Trip Disabled 90 150 110 1 60 20 Fault Warning Disabled 90 150 110 0 2 5 2 1 Undervoltage Fault Trip Disabled 10 100 90 1 60 20 Fault Warning Disabled 10 100 90 0 2 5 2 Voltage Loss Auto Auto Restart Disabled Seconds 0 1 0 4 0 2 0 0 0 Voltage Loss Short 0 2 5 0 0 4 0 1 500 0 1 0 Voltage Loss Long 0 3600 4 1 3600 10 11 Voltage Unbalance Fault Trip Disabled 2 20 6 1 60 20 Fault Warning Disabled 2 20 6 0 2 5 2 13 Frequency Deviation Fault Trip Disabled 0 01Hz 10 500 10 1 60 20 Slow Fault Warning Disabled 00Hz 10 500 10 02 5 2 12 Frequency Deviation Fault Trip Disabled 0 01Hz 2 200 10 0 02 60 1 Fast Fault Warning Disabled 00Hz 2 200 10 02 5 2 Power Based Protection Parameters Table 31 Power Based Protections Fault Default Fault Action Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Status Units Min Max Default Min Max Units 16 Low Power Fault Trip Disabled 200 200 50 1 60 20 Fault Warning Disabled 200 200 50 1 60 2 15 High Power Fault Trip Disabled 200 200 110 1 60 20 Fault Warning Disabled 200 200 110 1 60 2 9 Power Factor Deviation Fault Trip Disabled 0 01 10000 10000 10000 1 60 20 High Fault Warning Disabled 0 01 10000 10000 10000 1 60 2 9 Power Factor Deviation Fault Trip Disabled 0 01 1
410. ult 00 NV memory fault 00 comm loss 00 comm msg error 0 0 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards 12 2 Current Average DCI_M Average cS TOR_ _AVE_SCALED otor Current Scaled Scaled by parameter I Scale Factor 14 2 Voltage L1 L2 Phase A DCI_LINE_V_LL_AB_RMS RMS Voltage L1 L2 V 16 2 Voltage L2 L3 Phase B DCI_LINE_V_LL_BC_RMS RMS Voltage L2 L3 V 18 2 Voltage L3 L1 Phase C DCI_LINE_V_LL_CA_RMS RMS Voltage L3 L1 V 20 2 Voltage Average Average DCI_LINE_V_LN_AVE_RMS RMS Voltage V Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 187 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Input Instance 116 0x74 Full Monitoring Length 41 Bytes Byte Size Offset bytes Name Description 0 2 Device Status DCI_PACKED_C445_DEVICE_STATUS Device Bit Array Bit 0 Faulted Tripped Bit 1 Warning Bit 2 Output 1 Bit 3 Output 2 Bit 4 Input 1 Bit 5 Input 2 Bit 6 Input 3 Bit 7 Input 4 Bit 8 Running1 Bit 9 Running2 Bit 10 Remote or CtrlFromNet Bit 11 Output 3 Bit 12 Reserved Bit 13 Inhibited Bit 14 Ready Bit 15 AtRef or Up To Speed 2 2 Current 11 DCI_MOTOR_I_A_SCALED hase A L1 Motor Current Scaled caled by parameter I Scale Factor 4 2 Current 2 CI_MOTOR_I_B_SCALED se B L2 Motor
411. uration Selector selects 2 or 3 wire control Field Wiring ET Configuration Default 0 Value Description Selector Enum 0 Two wire field wiring configuration Config CRC 1 Three wire field wiring configuration Run Lock Admin Lock USB Lock Backup Mem 262 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Appendix D Modbus Register Map Table 125 C445 Modbus Register Map continued Register Name Attribute Description 729 Digital Input UINT16 RW NV Digital Input Debounce Debounce One 16 bit value for each of the 4 inputs The same value is used for both rising and falling edges The default is 20 milliseconds range is 1 5 000 ms Array size 4 Array of 4 registers Default 20 Range 5 to 5000 Units ms Backup Mem 737 User Interface Button UINT16 RW NV Configuration parameter for the User Interface button LED 1 LED Furnas Default 1 Value Description Enum 0 No LED function Config CRC 1 Stop LED function Admin Lock 2 Auto LED function USB Lock 3 Run1 LED function Backup Mem 4 Run2 LED function 5 Reset LED function 738 User Interface Button UINT16 RW NV Configuration parameter for the User Interface button LED 2 LED 2 Purpose Default 2 Value Description Enum 0 No LED function Config CRC 1 Stop LED function Admin Lock 2 Auto LED function USB Lock 3 Run1 LED function Backup Mem 4 Run2 LED function 5 Res
412. us and control for the discrete Outputs 7 0x29 41 Control Supervisor 1 Motor control functions 8 Ox2C 44 Overload 1 Motor overload protection 9 0x88 136 System Component Definition 5 Vendor Specific Object 10 0x93 147 Voltage Object 1 Vendor Specific object for monitoring voltage 11 0x96 150 Dynamic Input Assembly 1 An interface to insert the parameter in dynamic assembly Interface instance number 150 12 0xC7 199 Test Only 1 Vendor Specific Object 13 0x9B 155 Motor Info 1 Vendor Specific Object 14 0x9F 159 Operation Mode 1 Vendor Specific Object 15 OxA0 160 Modbus 1 Vendor Specific Object 16 0xA1 161 Motor Monitoring 1 Vendor Specific Object 17 OxA2 162 Motor Protection 1 Vendor Specific Object 18 0xA5 165 Snap Shot 1 Vendor Specific Object 19 OxAA 170 Parameter Access 1 Vendor Specific Object 20 OxBO 176 RTC 1 Vendor Specific Object Provides access to RTC 21 0xB1 177 BCM 1 Vendor Specific Object 22 0xB2 178 BUI 1 Vendor Specific Object 23 0xB3 179 Option Card 1 Vendor Specific Object 24 OxF4 244 Port Object 1 The Port Object describes the communication interfaces that are present on the device and visible to CIP 25 OxF5 245 TCP IP Interface 1 EtherNet IP Specific object Information about the TCP IP Interface Implemented per ODVA specification 26 OxF6 246 Ethernet Link 2 EtherNet IP Specific object Ethernet link object for each of the 2 Ethernet ports on the device
413. utput Communication Fault Action eld Output Communication Fault State eld Output Communication Idle Action eld Output Communication Idle State me Control Switching Time Output 1 Function Select Output 2 Function Select Output 3 Function Select Output 3 Function Select reset Measurement Module Wire Config Base Control Module Modbus Port Address Base Control Module Modbus port Baud Rate Base Control Module RS 485 Modbus Timeout Base Control Module Modbus port Parity and Stop Bits Base Control Module Modbus port TX mode Modbus Scan List Base Control Module USB Modbus Timeout Motor Control Communication Loss Behavior Motor Rated Frequency CT Ratio Primary CT Ratio Secondary Maximum Start Current Floating Point Maximum Start Current Scaled Motor Rated Efficiency Motor Rated Stator Resistance Motor Rated HP Motor1 Scaled Motor Rated HP Motor2 Scaled Motor Rated PF Scaled Motor Rated Service Factor 58 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning Table 12 Administrator Password Lock Parameters continued Parameters Motor Rated Speed Motor1 Motor Rated Speed Motor2 Motor Rated Watts Motor1 Motor Rated Watts Motor2 Total Motor Run Time Resettable Motor Start Threshold
414. ve e The unit will not be subjected to high shock or vibration conditions 12 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Introduction This chapter provides a description of the mounting and electrical connection s to the Power Xpert C445 global motor management relay While installing and or mounting the relay cover all openings to ensure that no foreign materials can enter the device Perform all installation work with the specified tools and without the use of excessive force The C445 relay must only be mounted on a non combustible base Relevant mounting and installation instructions are provided in the following instruction leaflets IL043001EN for C44B Base Control Module LO43003EN for C445M Measurement Modules ILO43002EN for C445U User Interface Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Mounting Positions The maximum permissible angle of inclination for all C445 devices is shown below Figure 14 Vertical Position Limits Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 13 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Clearance An installation clearance of 10 mm must be maintained in front of any C445 device A top and bottom clearance of 10 mm each is required A minimum of 10 mm side clearance is required between any C445 devices Figure 15 Clearance Dimensions Y
415. verload Contro Using External CTs with C445BA wis niye tease aes he eld eh dae 30 Figure 37 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control Using XCT800 External CTs with C445BD 2 ee 31 Figure 38 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control Using XCT800 External CTs with C445BA 20 0 ee 31 Figure 39 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control Using Potential Transformers with C445BD 2 0 0 0000 32 Figure 40 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control Using Potential Transformers with C445BA 2 0 ee 33 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com v Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay List of Figures continued Figure 41 Base Control Module Features and Connections 05 34 Figure 42 Base Control Module LED Overview 00 0000 ccc eee eee 35 Figure 43 Input Power Options 0 0 0 0 cee eee 35 Figure 44 AC Field Input Terminal iis siriar atre ieee le dated a ea wacko ohne a 36 Figure 45 120 Vac Input Terminal Diagram 0 0 0 0 ce eee 36 Figure 46 DC Fi ldilnput Tenminal 4 02 nen ss aac edo coke cad Mek ee en ae 37 Figure 47 DC Input Wiring Option 2 Isolated 0 0 00 0 eee 37 Figure 48 DC Input Wiring Option 2 Non lsolated 0 0 0 000 aaan eee 37 Figure 49 4 Point Form A NO Output Connector 0 00000 cc eee 40 Figure 50 3 Point Form C NO NC Output Conne
416. verload Trip FLA Motor1 11 103 0x67 Get Set UINT Motor Overload Trip FLA Motor2 Motor Overload Trip FLA Motor2 12 104 0x68 Get UINT Motor Current Scale Factor Motor Current Scale Factor 13 105 0x69 Get UINT Motor Current Average Percent FLA Motor Current Average Percent FLA 14 106 0x6A Get USINT Thermal capacity level remaining Thermal capacity level remaining 15 107 Ox6B Get UINT Time for overload to reach reset Time for overload to reach reset threshold threshold 16 108 Ox6C Get UINT Time to Trip overload Time to Trip overload 17 109 Ox6D Get Set USINT Motor Overload Alarm Threshold Motor Overload Alarm Threshold 18 110 Ox6E Get Set USINT Thermal overload reset threshold Level Thermal overload reset threshold Level where reset is where reset is possible possible 19 111 Ox6F Get Set UINT CT Ratio Active Primary CT Ratio Active Primary 20 112 0x70 Get Set UINT CT Ratio Active Secondary CT Ratio Active Secondary 21 113 0x71 Get REAL Motor Current Average Float Motor Current Average Float 22 114 0x72 Get REAL Motor Current Phase A Float Motor Current Phase A Float 23 115 0x73 Get REAL Motor Current Phase B Float Motor Current Phase B Float 24 116 0x74 Get REAL Motor Current Phase C Float Motor Current Phase C Float 25 117 0x75 Get UINT Measurement Module FLA Min easurement Module FLA Min 26 118 0x76 Get UINT Measurement Module FLA Max Measurement Module FLA Max
417. vior Profi Modbus Mode Marketing demo unlock 62 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Chapter 4 System Configuration and Commissioning USB Lockout Password The USB lockout password protection prevents anyone who has not logged into the system using a USB port from modifying any configuration parameters Parameters may be read but not written Out of box there is no active USB Lockout password protection The USB lockout password is a 32 bit value that can be set as a Hex ASCII or decimal value that fits in 32 bits Whatever format is used to set the password will need to be used when entering the password as well to be sure it is correct For example if the password is set by writing an ASCII value of 1234 and later someone tries to unlock it with a decimal or hexadecimal value of 1234 it will not work The Modbus register addresses that store the 32 bit USB password are 5004 5005 The Modbus register addresses that must be written to when logging in to a system with a USB password set are 5006 5007 Reading the value at Modbus register 5011 will indicate if a USB password is set in the device or not If a value of 1 is read this indicates that a USB password is active A value of O indicates that a USB password is not currently active When 5004 and 5005 each contain hexadecimal zeros Ox0000 this means no password is set This is also what must be written to t
418. with C445BA Optional Modbus Us 120 240 VAC Us Note Ground fault and phase imbalance is not available when the XCT300 or XCT600 external current transformers are used Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 29 30 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Figure 36 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control Using External CTs with C445BA Bak DT ptional Modbus Legend Q1 Cable and motor protection Q11 Run contactor External CT External Current Transformer connect in accordance with manufacturer s instructions PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient PTC sensor Fuse protection for V1 V2 V3 is recommended Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com FB1 FERRITE 120 240 VAC Us Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Figure 37 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control Using XCT800 External CTs with C445BD Optional Modbus C445BD l EXTERNAL CT Optional Modbus FB1 FERRITE Us 120 240 VAC Us Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 31 Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring Figure 39 Motor Connections for Standard Overload Control Using Potential Transformers with C445BD Legend l y l Tn g
419. y disturbances in the system from causing nuisance trips by allowing the C445 to ride though temporary Fault Trip events e Fault Warning Enable Any trip warning can be turned ON or OFF e Fault Warning Pickup Level Level of a measurement element that will begin the timing of the delay start or run e Fault Warning Delay also referred to as debounce time This delay parameter prevents momentary disturbances in the system from causing nuisance Fault Warning messages One parameter is used for all Fault Warnings Note that Fault Warnings will expire when the fault condition s is no longer active e Start Delay An option on selected parameters that will inhibit a fault trip condition during the motor starting cycle The Fault Trip and Fault Warning protective functions are organized into 4 categories e Current Based e Voltage Based e Power Based e Advanced Protection Algorithms e Voltage Loss Restart e Motor Torque e Motor Efficiency e Energy Deviation 136 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MNO042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Current Based Protection Parameters Table 29 Current Based Protections Chapter 6 Motor Protection Fault Default Fault Action Motor FLA Delay Seconds Code Protection Action Status Units Note Min Max Default Min Max
420. y Get DWORD F4 00 00 00 3 3 0x3 Configuration Control Get Set DWORD 02 dhcp 0 static 4 4 0x4 Physical Link Get STRUCT of Path Size UINT 0 Path Padded EPATH 0 5 5 0x5 Interface Configuration Get Set Struct of NV IP Address UDINT 192 168 1 254 Network Mask UDINT 255 255 255 0 Gateway Address UDINT 192 168 1 1 Name Server UDINT 0 Name Server 2 UDINT 0 Domain Name STRING 0 6 6 0x6 Host Name Get Set STRING 0 8 0x8 TTL Value Get USINT 1 8 9 0x9 Multicast Configuration Get Struct of Alloc Control USINT 0 Reserved USINT 0 Number of Mcast UINT 0x20 Starting Multicast Address DWORD 80 20 CO EE 9 10 OxA SelectAcd Set Get BOOL 1 10 11 0xB Last Conflict Detected Set Get Struct of ACD activity USINT 0 Remote MAC Array of 6 USINT 0 ARP PDU Array of28 USINT 0 11 13 OxD Encapsulation Inactivity Timeout Set Get UINT 0 Disable 1 3600 timeout in seconds Default 120 Table 113 Ethernet Link Object Class OxF6 246 Class Services Service Code Service Name Ox0E Get Attribute Single 0x01 Get Attributes All Instance Services Service Code Service Name 0x0E Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single 0x01 Get Attributes All 224 Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com Table 113 Ethernet Link Object Class 0xF6 246 continued Class Attributes Appendix C Optional Communication Cards
421. y and error free installation for the majority of applications How to Use this Manual The purpose of this manual is to provide you with information necessary to install set and customize parameters start up troubleshoot and maintain the Eaton Power Xpert C445 global motor management relay To provide for safe installation and operation of the equipment read the safety guidelines at the beginning of this manual and follow the procedures outlined in the following chapters before connecting power to the Eaton Power Xpert C445 global motor management relay Keep this operating manual handy and distribute to all users technicians and maintenance personnel for reference Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 1 Chapter 1 Power Xpert C445 Overview Catalog Numbering Relay Figure 1 C445 System Catalog Numbering C445 To B a Family Module Options C445 Power Xpert C445 global motor management relay Base Control Module Figure 2 Base Control Module Catalog Numbering Notes For other communication protocol options please see Table 4 Optional Communication Cards and Family C445 Power Xpert C445 global motor management relay Module B Base Control Module B Base Control Module M Measurement Module U User interface X Accessory Options depend on module selected
422. yte Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Fault Trip Input Instance 51 Extended Overload Length 1 Byte Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Warning Fault trip ES Input Instance 52 Basic Motor Starter Length 1 Byte Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Running 1 Reserved Faulted Tripped Input Instance 54 Extended Motor Starter 2 Length 1 Byte Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Cntr Ifrom Net Ready Running 2 Running 1 Warning Faulted Trip wo Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay MN042003EN September 2015 www eaton com 18 Appendix C Optional Communication Cards Input Instance 100 0x64 Status Current Length 8 Bytes Byte Size Offset bytes Name Description 0 2 Device Status DCI_PACKED_C445_DEVICE_STATUS Device Bit Array Bit 0 Faulted Tripped Bit 1 Warning Bit 2 Output 1 Bit 3 Output 2 Bit 4 Input 1 Bit 5 Input 2 Bit 6 Input 3 Bit 7 Input 4 Bit 8 Running1 Bit 9 Running2 Bit 10 Remote or CtrlFromNet Bit 11 Output 3 Bit 12 Reserved Bit 13 Inhibited Bit 14 Ready Bit 15 AtRef or Up To Speed 2 2 Current 11 DCI_MOTOR_I_A_SCALED hase

User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents